Manual Fiberline
Uploaded by
ScribdakiottoManual Fiberline
Uploaded by
ScribdakiottoPreface
The Fiberline Design Manual is a tool for architects, engineers and technicians to facilitate the design and
construction of well-functioning structures using composite profiles.
As composite materials can be combined and formed in an infinite number of ways, the manual cannot
replace dialogue with Fiberline Composites specialists when it comes to solutions for special projects.
Composite materials and production methods remain in a state of rapid development. There will thus also be
an ongoing need for us to update data and add new Sections to this edition. Your online access to the manual
means that you will automatically receive information on amendments and updates.
New Sections in the 2nd edition
The second edition of the Design Manual includes a number of new Sections:
The range of profiles is more extensive in the second edition. New square tubes in 120 mm, 160 mm,
200 mm, and 240 mm are now available. These profiles have been developed for use as columns.
New IL- and UL- profiles have also been introduced to provide slim, lightweight I- and U- profiles.
These profiles have been developed for use as beams. The stiffness of the new profiles is
typically 30-50% higher than previous profiles of the same weight. Engineers will find that these new
profiles will result in structures with increased performance when measured in terms of load capacity
per kg of profile.
New Sections have been added to cover gratings, planks, railings and stairs, as well as assembly
brackets, glued joints, and handling and transportation.
The Section on resistance to chemicals has been simplified. For ease of access the resistance
capacities are now stated in relation to representative groups of chemicals.
Currently, our engineers are writing two new Sections to cover load capacities of profiles in fire and
design guidance for glued connections.
Standards and calculations
Calculations in the 2nd edition are based on information in the EUROCOMP Design Code and Handbook,
which was written by The European Structural Polymeric Composites Group. In the first edition calculations
were based on the Danish standards DS 456, Dansk Ingenirforenings Code of Practice for Use of Glass
Fibre Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester.
Partial coefficients for loading and loading combinations are based on the Eurocode system, whereas partial
coefficients for material values have been selected in accordance with EUROCOMP. This has not significantly
affected the safety levels of structures dimensioned in accordance with the first edition of the Fiberline
Design Manual.
The European standard for pultruded profiles, EN 13706, is also new. Fiberline profiles meet or exceed the
highest quality level E23 in the standard.
Comments or improvements
We all hope you will find this manual to be a very valuable source of information. We would appreciate
receiving any comments and suggestions that can help make it even better.
We thank the many individuals and users who, either directly or indirectly, have been involved in the
preparation of this second edition of the Fiberline Design Manual
Kolding, Denmark
Henrik Thorning
1 May 2003
Fiberline Composites A/S. All rights reserved.
Index
Chapter.Section.Page
CHAPTER 0
Preface .............................................................................................................................................................. 0.0.01
Composites ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.0.03
Pultrusion ........................................................................................................................................................... 0.0.04
Fiberline Quality Codex ...................................................................................................................................... 0.0.10
Reservations ..................................................................................................................................................... 0.0.12
Recommendation .............................................................................................................................................. 0.0.13
CHAPTER 1
CONSTRUCTION CALCULATIONS
Section 1
Introduction
Guidelines ......................................................................................................................................................... 1.1.03
Symbols and indices ......................................................................................................................................... 1.1.04
Section 2:
Coefficients
Values and definitions .......................................................................................................................................
Static calculations .............................................................................................................................................
Deformation limits .............................................................................................................................................
Material properties ...........................................................................................................................................
Simplified beam calculation ...............................................................................................................................
Loads ...............................................................................................................................................................
Profiles .............................................................................................................................................................
1.2.03
1.2.04
1.2.05
1.2.09
1.2.10
1.2.11
1.2.13
Section 3
Profiles used as beams and columns
Profiles subjected to tensile strength or compression (columns and tension rods) ............................................. 1.3.03
Example 3.1: Column ......................................................................................................................................... 1.3.05
Example 3.2: Profile in lattice column ................................................................................................................. 1.3.06
Profiles subjected to compressive force and flexural moment ........................................................................... 1.3.08
Example 3.3: Column subjected to moment of stress ........................................................................................ 1.3.09
Beam loaded in transverse direction ................................................................................................................. 1.3.11
Example 3.4: Supporting beam ......................................................................................................................... 1.3.13
Section 4
Bolted joints
Calculation of bolted joints ................................................................................................................................. 1.4.03
Load-bearing capacity of bolts
- shear in longitudinal direction (0) ..................................................................................................................... 1.4.06
- shear in transverse direction (90) ................................................................................................................... 1.4.09
- tensile strength ................................................................................................................................................ 1.4.12
Example 4.1: Bolts subjected to shear .............................................................................................................. 1.4.13
Table 4.1 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in longitudinal direction (0) ................................................... 1.4.14
Table 4.2 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in transverse direction (90) ................................................. 1.4.14
Table 4.3 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - tensile strength .............................................................................. 1.4.15
Example 4.2: Foot detail of column - I 200 x 100 x 10 ......................................................................................... 1.4.16
Example 4.3: Foot detail of column - U 200 x 60 x 10 ......................................................................................... 1.4.17
Example 4.4: Foot detail of column - square tube 100 x 100 x 8 ........................................................................ 1.4.20
Example 4.5: Beam U 200 x 60 x 10 and column I 200 x 100 x 10 ..................................................................... 1.4.22
Example 4.6: Beam and column I 200 x 100 x 10 .............................................................................................. 1.4.24
Example 4.7: Beam U 200x60x10 and column - square tube 100x100x8 .......................................................... 1.4.26
Example 4.8: Two horizontal beams I 200 x 100 x 10 ......................................................................................... 1.4.28
Example 4.9: Two horizontal beams U 200 x 60 x 10 .......................................................................................... 1.4.31
Section 5
Glued joints
Glued joints
............................................................................................................................................. 1.5.03
Example of glued joint in combination with bolts ................................................................................................. 1.5.04
Section 6
Profile tables
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.003
I- profile ........................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.005
IL- profile ......................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.017
U- profile .......................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.029
UL- profile ........................................................................................................................................................ 1.6.047
Square tube .................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.059
Pipe profile ...................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.081
T - profile ......................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.085
L - profile ......................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.089
Handrail ........................................................................................................................................................... 1.6.117
Fiberline Design Manual - Revised 2002
Chapter.Section.Page
CHAPTER 2: CONSTRUCTION
Section 1
Planks, pultruded gratings and moulded gratings
Product programme and load-bearing capacities ............................................................................................. 2.1.03
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - planks ......................................................................................................... 2.1.05
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - pultruded gratings ........................................................................................ 2.1.06
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - moulded gratings ......................................................................................... 2.1.09
Moulded gratings with point load ....................................................................................................................... 2.1.13
Example 5.1: Uniformly distributed load on planks ............................................................................................ 2.1.15
Example 5.2: Point load on moulded gratings .................................................................................................... 2.1.17
Machining gratings ............................................................................................................................................. 2.1.20
Section 2
Railings
Product programme and load-bearing capacity ............................................................................................... 2.2.02
Design of railings ............................................................................................................................................... 2.2.03
Railing stanchions - load-bearing capacity in kN/m ........................................................................................... 2.2.04
Detail 3.1 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.2.07
Detail 3.2 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.2.08
Example of railing construction .......................................................................................................................... 2.2.09
Section 3
Stairs
Concept ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.03
Bases for construction ....................................................................................................................................... 2.3.04
Load-bearing capacity of strings in kN/m .......................................................................................................... 2.3.06
Detail 4.1 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.08
Detail 4.2 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.10
Detail 4.3 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.11
Detail 4.4 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.12
Detail 4.5 ............................................................................................................................................................ 2.3.13
Example of stair construction ............................................................................................................................. 2.3.14
CHAPTER 3: BRACKETS FOR ASSEMBLY
The products and how to use them ................................................................................................................... 3.1.03
Example 8.1 ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.1.04
Example 8.2 ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.1.07
Example 8.3 ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.1.09
Example 8.4 ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.1.12
CHAPTER 4: FIRE TECHNICAL PROPERTIES
Fire Technical Properties .................................................................................................................................... 6.1.03
CHAPTER 5: CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................... 5.1.03
Fiberline qualities compared to metals and wood .............................................................................................. 5.1.04
Chemical resistance .......................................................................................................................................... 5.1.05
CHAPTER 6
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING PROFILES
Section 1
Machining pultruded profiles ......................................................................................................................... 6.1.03
Section 2
Handling and transporting structures ........................................................................................................... 6.2.03
CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENT AND DISPOSAL / RECYCLING
Environment during manufacturing and machining ............................................................................................. 7.1.03
Environmental stress at the user's site .............................................................................................................. 7.1.03
Waste handling / recycling ................................................................................................................................. 7.1.04
CHAPTER 8: FIBERLINE STANDARD TOLERANCES
Standard tolerances for P2600, P3510 and 4506 ............................................................................................... 8.1.03
Fiberline Design Manual - Revised 2002
Chapter.Section.Page
CHAPTER 9: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1
Reference to standards and bibliography
Section 2
Glossary
Fiberline Design Manual - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 0: COMPOSITES
Section 1
Composites
Composites ........................................................................................................................................... 0.0.03
Pultrusion .............................................................................................................................................. 0.0.04
Fiberline Quality Codex ......................................................................................................................... 0.0.10
Reservations .......................................................................................................................................... 0.0.12
Recommendation .................................................................................................................................. 0.0.13
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.1
0.0.2
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
Composites
Composites are defined as materials which consist of not less than two different component materials, neither
of which are well suited for construction purposes on their own, but which in combination result in a very strong
and rigid material. Composites have been known and used in buildings for thousands of years. Straw mixed
with clay for building clay huts in the Stone Age is one example. Steel-reinforced concrete is an example from
modern times. In combinations of this type, tensile force is absorbed by the steel reinforcement, while the
concrete absorbs the compressive load.
Plastics reinforced with various forms of fibre make up a significant portion of the composites that are used by
modern society. Fibre-reinforced plastics can be divided roughly into two groups: synthetic materials reinforced
with short fibres, and synthetic materials reinforced with long (continual) fibres. Composites that are reinforced
with short fibres are used primarily for injection moulding or extruded plastic products. Composites reinforced
with long or continuous fibres are often used in large structures such as ships, pressure tanks, and wind turbine
wings. In fibre-reinforced plastic materials, the properties of the fibres are used to resist tensile and compressive
loads, while the plastic the matrix material transfers shear.
When using composite materials instead of traditional materials such as steel, for example, there are normally
significant reductions in weight due, in part, to the specific properties of the individual components and low
dead weight, and partly because it is possible to produce composites for specific purposes. Because it is a
combination of materials, a composite product can be combined and designed with a view to specific loadbearing capacities, while providing a number of advantages in relation to traditional materials, such as resistance
to chemicals, as well as electrical and thermal insulating properties.
During recent decades, composite materials have steadily gained ground in nearly all sectors. The rise in use of
composites can be explained by better and more comprehensive knowledge of the fundamental properties of
composites and their long service life. This has enabled more specific uses and has reduced security factors to
realistic levels.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.3
Pultrusion
With the exception of high-technology industries such as space and aeronautics, producing composite
materials has developed from production of low-technology products manufactured by hand, for example, to
automated manufacturing of more advanced products.
Pultrusion is a process for continual production of composite profiles with constant cross sections and
material properties which are manufactured for specific purposes. The method ensures consistent quality that
can be reproduced. In principle, the process is simple and has been used since the 50s in its basic form.
At Fiberline Composites A/S, pultrusion is done by continual reinforced material being pulled through a guide
where the fibres are placed precisely in relation to the profile cross section. The fibres are then led through
processing equipment where the fibres are impregnated with the matrix material. The combined mixture of
fibres and matrix is pulled on through the heated equipment where the profile is cured in its final geometry.
The fully cured profile is then pulled forward to a floating suspended saw which cuts the profiles into defined
lengths. (See Figure 1.)
Resin injection
Heating and curing
Ventilation
Pulling devices
Saw
Reinforcement
Fig. 1
The actual combination of reinforcement in a profile, in other words, the type and number of continuous fibres,
as well as the type and dimensions of complex weaves and mats are arranged in a way that facilitates visual
checking when the fibres and mats are positioned in a profile. Precise positioning of fibres and mats in
relation to the cross section of a profile is very important to the properties and qualities of the finished
product.
When the reinforcement is pulled into the processing equipment, the matrix is added by injection. Pultrusion
by injection is advantageous in controlling and checking the reinforcement, it speeds changing from one
profile to another, and eases matrix changes during a process. The degree of impregnation of the fibres is
another decisive factor for the properties of the finished product, and the injection method used by Fiberline
Composites A/S always ensures the best possible impregnation. The injection method is a fully enclosed
process which keeps evaporation of solvents at a minimum. This ensures a good work environment in
comparison with traditional pultrusion, in which reinforcement is led through an open vat containing the matrix.
0.0.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
After the fibres are impregnated with the injected matrix, the entire product moves forward to the next zone in
the process where heating takes place and where curing of the profile is accelerated. The final curing takes
place in the last section of the processing equipment. A profile is thus fully cured and stable in form when it
leaves the processing equipment. The pulling power that overcomes friction in the processing equipment
and thus the driving force in the process is provided by pullers placed outside the processing equipment.
Pulling can be done by either belts or reciprocal pullers. During the last phase of the process, the profiles are
shortened by a saw mounted to move at the same speed as the profile being pulled out of the equipment.
This ensures a continual process.
Fig. 2: Fiberline pultrusion equipment
Fig. 3: Precise control of fibreglass reinforcement
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.5
A profile produced by pultrusion contains three primary components: reinforcement, matrix and additives.
Reinforcement
The role of reinforcement in composite materials is primarily to add mechanical properties to the material such
as strength and stiffness. However, electrical properties also depend on the reinforcement, and the type of
reinforcement is therefore of decisive importance for the properties of a profile. The most common types of
reinforcement are fibreglass, carbon fibres and aramid fibres. Fibreglass adds good all-round properties to the
material, while carbon fibres provide high stiffness. Aramid fibres enable profiles to withstand impact. Fibreglassreinforced profiles provide electrical insulation and electromagnetic transparency, whereas carbon fibres result
in electro-conductive profiles.
Finally, the orientation direction of reinforcement is of great importance for the properties of finished products in
relation to load-bearing capacities.
The profiles manufactured by Fiberline Composites A/S are a combination of various types of roving and different
types of complex weaves and mats.
Structural profiles are often subjected to loads that are transverse to the length of the profile (i.e. transversal to
the direction of pultrusion), and these profiles must often be capable of resisting pulling and similar stress
caused by bolt removal, etc. Therefore, not only is smooth unidirectional roving used, but also roving with some
of the fibres oriented transversely. In addition, mats and weaves with different fibre orientations are used. Mats
and weaves with fibre orientations of between 45 and 90 contribute primarily to improving resistance to stress
caused by removal of bolts and mechanical properties in the transverse direction. The combination of roving and
mats can be designed according to the requirements made to the individual profile. The content of the reinforcement
in Fiberline structural profiles is normally 60% according to weight. All structural profiles contain combinations of
mats and weaves. Therefore, Fiberline structural profiles always comply with the mechanical properties which
are stated in this Design Manual.
Types
of
roving
Unidirectional
Spun
Mock
Weave
0/90
Complex mat
0/90 membrane + random
fibre orientation
Types of mat
Continuous mat
Random fibre orientation
0.0.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
Bidirectional complex
mat
0/45/90 weave + random
fibre orientation
If a profile will be used in a corrosive environment, a so-called overlay veil is used which can be thin fibreglass
matting, thin thermal plastic polyester matting, or acrylic matting which is placed on the entire profile surface to
protect against corrosion of the glass fibres and ensuing deterioration in the mechanical properties of the profile.
The pultrusion process necessitates that a certain number of the fibres are oriented in the direction of pultrusion,
but apart from this, reinforcement can be structured in innumerable ways, depending upon the load. It is therefore
important to note that profiles which are not produced as structural profiles can have mechanical properties that
are significantly different from the values which are stated in this book.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.7
Matrix
The role of the matrix in a composite profile is partly to bind the reinforcement together, and partly to hold the
reinforcement in place at the right points in relation to the cross section for optimal utilization of the mechanical
properties. The type of matrix also determines properties such as corrosion resistance, electrical insulation
properties, and fire and temperature resistance. The following three types of matrix are fundamentally well
suited to the pultrusion process: polyester, epoxy and phenol.
Polyester
Polyester is the most frequently used matrix, as it gives a composite good all-round properties.
Unsaturated polyester can be divided into three main groups: orthopolyester, isopolyester and vinylester.
In relation to orthopolyester, isopolyester increases impact resistance, provides greater flexibility, and
increases resistance to temperatures. It also increases corrosion resistance.
Vinyl ester has even better corrosion-resistant and thermal properties. Since vinyl ester has greater elongation
properties than ortho- and isopolyester, it also provides a composite with better impact resistance and
improved fatigue properties.
Epoxy
Epoxy is used primarily for carbon-reinforced profiles, giving composites better fatigue and mechanical
properties. Epoxy is more resistant to thermal influences and has better electrical properties.
Phenol
Phenol is used when there are requirements for high fire resistance, temperature resistance, low smoke
generation, and flame retardation when subjected to fire.
British petroleum platform: there are
Fiberline railing systems on all three
decks, and ladders and gratings in
phenol quality to enhance fire safety.
0.0.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
Additives
Additives are a common name for agents which are added to the matrix. Depending upon their purpose, additives
can be divided into three fundamental groups: price-reducing additives, process-related additives and functionrelated additives. While the purpose can vary, additives will always influence the corrosion resistance of profiles,
as well as their mechanical and fire properties.
Price-reducing additives*
The only function of price-reducing additives is to fill out the form of a profile, and adding such additives
enables reduction of more expensive reinforcement and matrix materials. It is thus possible to reduce the
price of the finished profiles accordingly. Profiles have significantly poorer mechanical properties when
the amount of reinforcement is reduced. Moreover, most types of price-reducing additives also result in
lower corrosion resistance and lower resistance to most chemicals.
None of the Fiberline structural profiles described in this book contain price-reducing additives.
*Are often referred to as fillers.
Process-related additives
Process-related additives are substances with advantageous effects on the pultrusion process, and on
the properties and appearance of a cured profile. An example of this is a so-called low-profile additive
which is used to avoid excessive shrinkage during curing of profiles. The additive prevents formation of
hair-line cracks in surfaces, while improving profile resistance to corrosion, as well as improving fatigue
properties. It also gives profiles more exact geometric tolerances and lower internal stress.
Function-related additives
Function-related additives have an advantageous effect in relation to the use of a finished profile. An
example of this is the adding of pigments. Fire retardants are another example. The latter are added to
obtain self-extinguishing properties and to retard flame spread.
Of course, function-related additives can also be added in amounts so large that they degrade the
mechanical properties of a profile.
All the profiles which are presented in the Design Manual have been tested with the relevant content of
process- and function-related additives.
See also the Fiberline Quality Codex on pages 0.10-0.11
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.9
Fiberline Quality Codex
Fiberline structural profiles are manufactured according to the guidelines stated below, which ensure good
quality for most purposes.
1.
Matrix
A low-profile quality of either isophthalic polyester or vinyl ester with overlay veil.
Low-profile quality provides:
- profiles with smooth, even surfaces
- exact measurements and dimensional stability
- stress-free material with no cracks or shrinkage
- increased strength against fatigue and impact.
Isophthalic polyester provides
- improved mechanical properties
- increased heat resistance
- improved resistance to corrosion and chemicals in comparison with cheaper orthopolyesters.
Vinyl ester
is used in extremely corrosive environments, and also in environments with extreme mechanical
influences.
Overlay veil
is used for optimal weather and corrosion resistance.
Price-reducing additives
are not used, because additives which replace reinforced fibreglass reduce the strength of profiles.
Price-reducing additives also increase water absorption and reduce resistance to corrosion and
weather.
The Fiberline matrix qualities listed below form the bases for the Design Manual.
P2600 Isophthalic polyester (standard low profile)
P3510 Vinyl ester (high temperature resistance, low profile)
P4506 Isophthalic polyester (fire retardant, low-profile)
It is also possible to produce profiles in other matrix materials with special properties. However, this subject
is outside the range of this manual.
0.0.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
2.
Reinforcement
Fiberline profiles are reinforced with E-glass roving with woven and complex mattings.
In comparison with profiles which are only reinforced with longitudinal roving and continual matting, the
complex reinforcement of Fiberline profiles provides
- increased transverse strength
- increased shear strength
- increased bolt removal strength / pin-bearing strength
- improved resistance to long-term creep.
3.
Mechanical properties
Fiberline structural profiles fulfil the requirements made to profiles which are classified as E23 in
accordance with EN 13 706.
4.
Glass content
Glass content: approximately 60% (weight)
5.
Fibre distribution
The fibres are evenly distributed across the cross section of a profile to ensure uniform strength.
For more detailed material properties, see Chapter 1: Construction calculation.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.11
Reservations
The Fiberline Design Manual is the result of close cooperation with leading research institutes and engineering
companies, and of laboratory tests which, in some cases, have been full-scale tests.
The values and references listed are stated to the best knowledge available to Fiberline. Fiberline cannot be held
responsible for possible errors and/or omissions in this manual.
Please note that the data and references contained in this manual may be changed at any time without previous
notice.
As profiles in composite materials can be manufactured in infinitely many variations and qualities, two profiles
with identical geometries do not necessarily have the same properties. The Fiberline Design Manual can therefore
only be used for the Fiberline qualities stated.
0.0.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
Recommendation 1
Point loading of profiles, for example, I-, U-, and L- profiles, as well as square tubes.
The types of loads shown in Figure 1 are not appropriate for composite materials and should be
avoided, unless they have been proven by analysis.
Therefore, Fiberline recommends the use of a washer diameter of 2.5 d
This is valid for completed structures as well as for handling and mounting.
Figure 1 illustrates point load with bolts, but is also valid for other types of point load.
Fig. 1
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
0.0.13
Recommendation 2
Permanently loaded structures
In cases of permanent load, Fiberline profiles should not be used to more than a maximum of 1/3 of the ultimate
limit state load, to minimize the risk of stress corrosion.
0.0.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 1 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATIONS
Section 1
Introduction
Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................ 1.1.03
Symbols and indices ............................................................................................................................. 1.1.04
Section 2:
Coefficients
Values and definitions ..........................................................................................................................
Static calculations ................................................................................................................................
Deformation limits ................................................................................................................................
Material properties ................................................................................................................................
Simplified beam calculation .................................................................................................................
Loads ....................................................................................................................................................
Profiles .................................................................................................................................................
1.2.03
1.2.04
1.2.05
1.2.09
1.2.10
1.2.11
1.2.13
Section 3
Profiles as beams and columns
Profiles subjected to tensile strength or compression (columns and tension rods) ............................. 1.3.03
Example 3.1: Column ............................................................................................................................ 1.3.05
Example 3.2: Profile in lattice column ................................................................................................... 1.3.06
Profiles subjected to compressive force and flexural moment .............................................................. 1.3.08
Example 3.3: Column subjected to moment of stress ........................................................................... 1.3.09
Beam loaded in transverse direction ..................................................................................................... 1.3.11
Example 3.4: Supporting beam ............................................................................................................. 1.3.13
Section 4
Bolted joints
Calculation of bolted joints ................................................................................................................... 1.4.03
Load-bearing capacity of bolts
- shear in longitudinal direction (0) ...................................................................................................... 1.4.06
- shear in transverse direction (90) ....................................................................................................... 1.4.09
- tensile strength ................................................................................................................................... 1.4.12
Example 4.1: Bolts subjected to shear .................................................................................................. 1.4.13
Table 4.1 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in longitudinal direction (0) ................................... 1.4.14
Table 4.2 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in transverse direction (90) ................................... 1.4.14
Table 4.3 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - tensile strength ................................................................ 1.4.15
Example 4.2: Foot detail of column - I 200 x 100 x 10 .......................................................................... 1.4.16
Example 4.3: Foot detail of column - U 200 x 60 x 10 .......................................................................... 1.4.17
Example 4.4: Foot detail of column - square tube 100 x 100 x 8 .......................................................... 1.4.20
Example 4.5: Beam U 200 x 60 x 10 and column I 200 x 100 x 10 ....................................................... 1.4.22
Example 4.6: Beam and column I 200 x 100 x 10 .................................................................................. 1.4.24
Example 4.7: Beam U 200x60x10 and column - square tube 100x100x8 ............................................ 1.4.26
Example 4.8: Two horizontal beams I 200 x 100 x 10 ........................................................................... 1.4.28
Example 4.9: Two horizontal beams U 200 x 60 x 10 ............................................................................ 1.4.31
Section 5
Glued joints
Glued joints ........................................................................................................................................... 1.5.03
Example of glued joint in combination with bolts ................................................................................. 1.5.04
Section 6
Profile tables
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 1.6.003
I- profile ............................................................................................................................................... 1.6.005
IL- profile ............................................................................................................................................. 1.6.017
U- profile ............................................................................................................................................. 1.6.029
UL- profile ........................................................................................................................................... 1.6.047
Square pipe ......................................................................................................................................... 1.6.059
Tube profile .......................................................................................................................................... 1.6.081
T - profile ............................................................................................................................................. 1.6.085
L - profile ............................................................................................................................................. 1.6.089
Handrail ............................................................................................................................................... 1.6.117
Fiberline konstruktionshndbog - Kapitel 1 - Rev. 2002
CHAPTER 1
Section 1: Introduction
Guidelines .................................................................................................................................. 1.1.03
Symbols and indices ................................................................................................................... 1.1.04
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.1.1
Guidelines
Contents
This section deals with fibreglass-reinforced polyester and vinylester structural profiles in qualities P2600, P3510
and P4506. Fiberline Composites A/S can also supply other qualities.
The section on calculation contains information on profiles and materials, and describes the theoretical basis for
static calculations. A method is described for designing columns, transversely loaded columns, transversely
loaded beams across one, two or three sections, and bolted joints.
The section on dimensioning is supplemented by examples in which a column, a beam, and a number of joints
are illustrated and designed. There is a data page for each profile. The front of the page describes the geometry
and load-bearing capacity of the profile as a tension/compression rod, while the back of the page describes the
profile as a transversely loaded beam across one, two and three spans. Parts of beams which are subjected to
compression must be secured, so there is no risk of lateral buckling. All calculations of columns and beams are
designed in accordance with the methods indicated in the Design Manual. The Design Manual is in accordance
with the guidelines laid down by the EUROCOMP Design Code.
Load-bearing capacities for the conditions stated below are listed on the data page for each profile.
Ultimate limit state
Security against failure due to overload or lacking stability is assessed by partial coefficients being assigned to
loads and strengths, respectively.
Serviceability limit state
The behaviour of a structure during operation is assessed.
Deformation point
A beam structure is typically dimensioned so maximum deflection is 1/400 to 1/200 of the span of the beam. The
most probable active load will normally be a combination of a permanent load and the part of the variable load
which will probably exist at all times.
Aggressive environments
In cases of aggressive environments, it must also be determined whether the materials used in a construction
have the properties which prevent unacceptably rapid corrosion. Please refer to the summary on page 5.1.04. In
case of doubt, Fiberline technicians can assist in an assessment.
Accident limits
For use in cases in which the behaviour of a structure in inadvertent circumstances such as fire and explosions
can be approximated on the basis of breaking point and application limit indicators.
The limits are described in Section 2, in which relevant material properties are also listed.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.1.3
Symbols and indeces
Symbols
A
a
b
c
d
E
e
F
f
G
g
H
I
k
L
M
N
P
p
q
Q
r
T
t
v
V
W
area
distance from bolt to laminate edge in direction of force
width
distance from bolt to laminate edge perpendicular to direction of force
diameter
modulus of elasticity
eccentricity, centre of gravity distance
force
strength
modulus in shear, permanent load
dead weight per unit length or unit area
height
moment of inertia
coefficient
length, width of span
moment
normal force
force (in bolt)
load per unit length
variable load per unit length
variable load
radius
thickness
thickness
angle
shear force
section modulus
partial coefficient
deformation, deflection
relative slenderness ratio
Poissons ratio
normal stress
shear stress
0
90
b
c
cr
d
el
k
r
t
v
direction corresponding to the pulling direction during the pultrusion process (longitudinal direction)
direction perpendicular to the pulling direction during the pultrusion process (transverse direction)
bending
compression
critical
design value
theoretical elasticity
characteristic buckling length
relative
tension
shear, angle
shear
Indexes
1.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 1
Section 2: Coefficients
Values and definitions ........................................................................................................
Static calculations ..............................................................................................................
Deformation limits .........................................................................................................
Material properties .............................................................................................................
Simplified beam calculation ..........................................................................................
Loads .................................................................................................................................
Profiles ...............................................................................................................................
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.03
1.2.04
1.2.05
1.2.09
1.2.10
1.2.11
1.2.13
1.2.1
Values and definitions
Direction for strength and stiffness
Figure 2.1 Indication of direction for strength and stiffness
Definition of direction
Figure 2.1 shows the main directions for the material constants stated. 0 indicates the longitudinal direction of
the profile. This is also the pulling direction during the pultrusion process, as well as the direction normally used
for deflecting beams or columns. The direction which is transverse to the longitudinal direction of the profile is
indicated as 90. The material constants for this direction are used primarily for joints.
The only material constants stated as independent of direction are shear strength and modulus in shear. These
are theoretically dependent on direction, but the differences are marginal in practice, and the lowest value
measured is therefore used.
All values indicated are based on measurements carried out in the laboratories of Fiberline Composites A/S, or
by independent test institutions. All measurements have been carried out in accordance with the standards
indicated.
For direction indicators, please see Figure 2.1.
Tables 2.5 to 2.11 present all significant geometric data, E-modulus, E0 Ixx, as well as the theoretical massper-metre profiles of the various cross-section diagrams of profiles contained in the profile tables.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.3
Static calculations
Static calculations for supporting structures in composites or pultruded profiles are normally based on nationally
or internationally recognized regulations and standards.
The static calculations contained in this version of the Fiberline Design Manual are in accordance with the
EUROCOMP Design Code, the calculation methods and safety philosophy of which are in accordance with
Eurocode 1, section 1, Bases for projecting and stress on supporting structures. The comprehensive stress
indicators contained in this code have now been released within the Eurocode system, and can be used in
connection with the Fiberline Design Manual.
As yet, actual structural standards for composites have not been adopted by the Eurocode system. Until a
Eurocode and possible National Application Documents become available, the EUROCOMP Design Code is
the basis for the Fiberline Design Manual.
1.2.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Deformation limits
Static calculations of a composite structure are an assessment of the behaviour of the structure within a number
of deformation limits. These deformation limits are determined by official regulations etc., or by builders'
requirements based on the use of a structure, for example, minimum requirements for rigidity to support a
machine.
On page 1.2.11, there is a list of the loads which are normally taken into consideration in designing a supporting
structure.
Ultimate limit stress
This assesses certainty against failure due to overload or lack of stability by assigning partial coefficients to loads
and strengths.
The effect of external influences, usually expressed as calculated stress Sd, must be less than the resistance
capability Rd.
For each statistically independent load, the Sdeffect is determined at relevant test points in the structure on the
basis of permanent and variable factors.
For systems with one variable factor, the effect is determined by
=
j=1, , m G,j Gk,j + 1.50 Qk
G k,j
permanently active factor (from permanently active load no. j at test point no. k)
Qk
variable active factor (at test point no. k)
G,j
partial coefficient of permanent load (no. j)
Sd,k
as
The value of G,j is 1.35. However, the value of G,j is 1.0 in cases in which the permanent load
benefits stability.
For systems with several variable factors, the effect of each of these factors is determined solely by
=
j=1, , m G,j Gk,j + 1.50 Qk,i
G k,j
permanently active factor (from permanently active load no. j at test point no. k)
Q k,i
variably active factor (no. i at test point no. k)
G,j
partial coefficient of permanent load (no. j)
Sd,k,i
as
The value of G,j is 1.35. However, the value of G,j is 1.0 in cases in which the permanent load
benefits stability.
In other cases, the combined load is assessed as
Sd,k
j=1, , m G,j Gk,j + 1.35 i=1,,n Qk,i
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.5
The highest value of the Sd factor for load combinations considered here is indicated as the calculated effect.
This must be less than the calculated resistance which is determined by testing or calculating the established
average supporting capacity R as expressed in
Rd
R
m
______k
R
m
________
k
k
_____________________________________
R
m,1 m,2 m,3 m,4
in which the partial coefficients m,1, m,2, m,3 and m,4 each describe the following effect,
m,1
the production method
m,2
the degree of postcuring
m,3
the certainty of dimensional stability, the difference between operating temperature and HDT
(Heat Distortion Temperature)
m,4
operating temperature
The partial coefficients m,1,
m,2
and m,3 have been determined in accordance with the EUROCOMP Design Code.
m,1
1.15
Fiberline profiles are pultruded (EUROCOMP, Table 2.4)
m,2
1.1
Fiberline profiles are fully postcured at works (EUROCOMP, Table 2.5)
m,3
1.0
Fiberline profiles have an HDT ultimate temperature for dimensional stability of 100C
(EUROCOMP, Table 2.6)
The partial coefficient m,4 describes the strength and stiffness of the pultruded profile dependent on the operating temperature. Fiberline recommends that m,4 be established as indicated in Table 2.0
O p eratin g
tem p eratu re
( oC )
d ry con d itio n
-20
0
20
40
60
80
m ,4
S h ort-term lo ad
L o n g -term load
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.13
Table 2.0
For values not listed in the table, m,4 can be established by interpolation.
The load time for a long-term load is measured in years.
1.2.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
The total partial coefficient m of material resistance is shown in the table below.
For values not listed in the table, m can be established by interpolation.
The dimensions of a composite structure will often be determined by assessment of operating conditions. If an
ensuing failure of the structure can be regarded as being very significant or as being very insignificant, the
designer can assess whether the indicators listed below should be made more stringent or if they should be
relaxed.
Operating temperature
( oC )
dry condition
-20
60 (80)
80 (100)
m,1
m,.2
m,.3
m,4
Short-tem load
Long-term load
1.3
1.3
1.6
3.2
3.2
4.0
Table 2.0b The values in parentheses are for profiles in vinylester.
Deformation limits in use
This is an assessment of the behaviour of a structure in operation, in particular its deformations. Typically, a
beam structure is dimensioned so the maximum deflection is between 1/400 and 1/200 of the span of the
beam.
At relevant test points, the effect - which in these analyses is usually a deformation - is compared with an
acceptable deformation limit.
In determining these factors, consideration can be taken to the fact that all variable loads do not necessarily
occur simultaneously.
Section 2.3.4 of the EUROCOMP Design Code suggests use of the formulas listed below in testing deformation limits of structures in operation.
When all permanent loads and not more than one variable load are active
Rk,i
>
Sk,i
Sk,i
j=1, , m Gk,j + Qk,i
For the simultaneity factor stated in EUROCOMP as 0.9, Section 1 of Eurocode states values which open
possibilities for more realistic establishment of the simultaneous influence of various types of loads. An engineer's
assessment will often also justify the reduction of the simultaneity factor to a value lower than 0.9.
Rk,i
>
Sk,i
Sk
j=1, , m Gk,j + 0,90 i=1,,n Qk,i
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.7
Fire load
In a calculated assessment of the resistance capability of a supporting structure subjected to fire, it is assumed
that the structure will be affected by the most likely type of load.
Temperature sequences can be established in accordance with Eurocode 1, Section 2-2 (DS/ENV 1991-2-2).
Deformation limits in accidents
The behaviour of a structure in inadvertent circumstances such as a fire, impact or explosion, can be assessed
on the basis of the indicators for deformation limits and deformation limits in use.
Typical values are normally used for these deformation limits, i.e., values which are as realistic as possible.
In principle, calculations follow investigations of deformation limits, since all partial coefficients have been
assigned the value 1.0. Variable loads have been assigned sizes corresponding to the most likely load.
1.2.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Material properties
The material values stated in this section are valid in the temperature range of -20 C to 60 C.
For temperatures above 60 C, strength and stiffness must be reduced as stated on page 1.2.6 by division by the
value m,4.
Typical strength values (dry condition)
[MPa]
Flexural strength, 0
fb,0
240
Flexural strength, 90
fb,90
100
Tensile strength, 0
f t, 0
240
Tensile strength, 90
f t,90
50
Compressive strength, 0
f c, 0
240
Comprehensive strength, 90
fc,90
70
Shear strength
25
Pin-bearing strength, longitudinal
direction
f cB, 0
150
Pin-bearing strength, transverse direction
f cB, 90
70
Table 2.1
This table is based on test results. The values listed can form the basis for calculation of the details of joints and
local factors on profiles. Moreover, general beam and/or column calculations can be based on these values for
calculating stability and possible long-term effects, among other things.
In many cases, assessment of beam structures can be based on simplified calculations which use an assumed
strength formula in the longitudinal direction (0). In this type of calculation, tests of the local stability of flanges
and creep phenomena in Fiberline profiles can be omitted. Simplified beam calculations are described on page
1.2.10.
Typical stiffness figures and transverse contraction (dry condition)
[MPa]
[--]
Modulus of elasticity
E 0
23 000 / 28 000
Modulus of elasticity
E 90
8 500
Modulus in shear
3 000
Poissons ratio
0,90
0.23
Poissons ratio
0.09
90,0
Table 2.2
The E-modulus of the profiles varies from 23 to 28 GPa, depending on the geometry and reinforcement. See the
relevant values in the section on the load-bearing capacities of the individual profiles.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.9
Strength values for use in calculations
Short-term value [MPa]
Long-term value [MPa]
Flexural strength, 0
fb, 0,d
185
75
Flexural strength, 90
fb, 90,d
75
30
Tensile strength, 0
ft, 0,d
185
75
Tensile strength, 90
ft, 90,d
40
30
Compressive strength, 0
fc, 0,d
185
75
Compressive strength, 90
fc, 90.d
75
30
Shear strength
f,d
20
Table 2.3
The values listed above correspond to the figures in Table 2.1 divided by m = 1,3. See the section below
regarding simplified beam calculations. The load time for a long-term load is measured in years.
Simplified calculation of beam structures
If deflection stress is kept under the deformation limits listed below, calculation of beam structures with Fiberline profiles can be simplified when tests of long-term effects and assessment of local stability can be omitted.
Calculated deformation limit for tension
when tests of long-term effects and assessment of local stability of flanges can be omitted
[MPa]
Flexural strength, 0
fb,0,d
75
Table 2.4
If beams are dimensioned according to current deformation limits, calculations of ultimate limit states will only
rarely be the governing design criteria.
1.2.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Loads
Contribution from permanent load at test point p
G 1,p (with stabilizing effect at point p)
G 2,p (with destabilizing effect at point p)
Contribution from statistically independent variable loads at test point p
Q 1,p (usual value for load intensity in load combination in deformation limit is L,1 Q 1,p)
Q 2,p (usual value for load intensity in load combination in deformation limit is L,2 Q 2,p)
Q 3,p (usual value for load intensity in load combination in deformation limit is L,3 Q 3,p)
Normal load combinations
Ultimate limit state
Rd,p = Rk,p / m
S B1d,p
<
Rd,p
B1,1
S B1,1d,p
1.0 G 1,p + 1.35 G 2,p + 1.50 Q 1,p
B1,2
S B1,2d,p
1.0 G 1,p + 1.35 G 2,p + 1.50 Q 2,p
B1,3
S B1,3d,p
1.0 G 1,p + 1.35 G 2,p + 1.50 Q 3,p
B2
S B2d,p
1.0 G 1,p + 1.35 G 2,p + 1.35 Q 1,p+1.35 Q 2,p+1.35 Q 3,p
Generally
where
thus:
in which Rd,p is the calculated resistance capability, typically the deformation limit for tension or breaking force
at the test point p. Rd,p is determined as a strength value in the characteristic condition Rk,p divided by the partial
coefficient m.
Calculations are in accordance with the material strengths listed in Table 2.1. For beam constructions, it is
possible to perform simplified calculations based on a formula calculation strength which is listed in Table 2.4.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.11
Serviceability limits
Deformation limits
General deformation levels
A1
S A1d,p
<
RA1,p
S A1d,p
G 1,p + G 2,p + L,1 Q 1,p + L,2 Q 2,p + L,3 Q 3,p
in which RA1,p is the acceptable resistance capability in operation typically deformation / deflection at test
point p. It is not necessary to add a partial coefficient to RA1,p. Load S A1d,p corresponds to the most likely load
introduced above. When a more accurate value of the factor is not available, use of the value 0.9 is suggested.
Maximum deformation level
S A2,1K,p
<
RA2,p
S A2,2K,p
<
RA2,p
S A2,3K,p
<
RA2,p
A2,1
S A2,1K,p
G p,1 + G p,2 + 1.00 Q p,1 + L,2 Q p,2 + L,3 Q p,3
A2,2
S A2,2K,p
G p,1 + G p,2 + L,1 Q p,1 + 1,00 Q p,2+L,3 Q p,3
A2,3
S A2,3K,p
G p,1 + G p,2 + L,1 Q kp,1 + L,2 Q p,2+1,00 Q p,3
in which RA2,p is the acceptable resistance capability in operation typically a deformation / deflection in the
short-term condition at test point p. When a more accurate value of factor is not available, use of the value 0.9
is suggested.
RA2,p is for a beam with a deflection limit often selected as a certain fraction of the span typically between 1/
200 and 1/400 or based on a requirement that there must be a minimum clearance between construction
elements
during
operation. It is not necessary to add a partial coefficient to RA2,p or material parameters (E and G).
Deformation limits in fire
Analysis of fire situations normally includes evaluation of the behaviour of the structure when subjected to a
standardized fire load, for example as stated in Eurocode 1 (DS/ENV 1991-2-2 ).
The load on the structure is determined as the load most likely to occur. It is not necessary to add a partial
coefficient to the strength values of the material.
Deformation limits in accidents
Estimation of deformation limits in accidents obviously depends upon the specific structure. The load is
determined as the load most likely to occur. Normally, it is not necessary to add a partial coefficient to the
strength values of the material.
1.2.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Profiles
Table 2.5: I-profiles
I-profile
HxBxT1)
mm
T1
mm mm
T2
mm mm
Ak, y
Ak, x
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
mm 2
mm 2
mm 2
kg/m
mm 4
mm 3
mm 4
mm 3
106
103
E0
E0Ixx
MPa Nmm 2
103
103
103
106
103
I 120x60x6
120
60
7.5
1.42
0.68
0.58
2.55
3.10
51.7
0.22
7.30
23
71.30
I 160x80x8
160
80
2.49
1.22
1.02
4.48
9.66
121
0.69
17.3
28
270.5
I 200x100x10
200
100 10
10
10
3.89
1.90
1.60
6.99
23.6
236
1.69
33.7
28
660.8
I 240x120x12
240
120 12
12
12
5.60
2.74
2.30
10.1
48.9
408
3.50
58.3
28
1369
I 300x150x15
300
150 15
15
15
8.74
4.28
3.60
15.7
119
796
8.54
114
28
3332
I 360x180x18
360
180 18
18
18
12.6
6.16
5.18
22.7
248
1376
17.7
197
28
6944
factor
103
109
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table. ( 1) T = T1 = T2 )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.13
Table 2.6: IL-profiles
IL-profile
T1
T2
HxBxT1 / T2
mm
factor
IL 120x60x5/5
120
60
IL 160x80x8/5
160
80
IL 200x100x8/5
200
IL 240x120x10/7
Ak, y
Ak, x
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm3
mm4
mm3
103
103
103
103
106
103
103
109
5,0
1.17
0.570 0.480
2.11 2.60 43.36
0.181
6.05
23
59.80
8,0
2,05
0.760 1.024
3.70 8.76 109.5
0.685
17.1
28
245.3
100
8,0
2,57
0.950 1.280
4.63 17.4 174.4
1.336
26.7
28
487.2
240
120
10
10,0
4,03
1.596 1.920
7.25 38.1 317.8
2.888
48.1
28
1067
IL 300x150x12/8
300
150
12
12,0
5,93
2.280 2.880
10.7 90.2 606.5
6.768
90.2
28
2526
IL 360x180x15/10
360
180
15
10
15,0
8,89
3.420 4.320
16.0 195.8 1088
14.62
162
28
5482
mm mm mm mm
Ixx
kg/m mm4
1
106
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
1.2.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
E0
E0Ixx
MPa Nmm 2
Table 2.7: U-profiles
U-profile
HxBxT1)
T1
T2
mm mm mm mm mm
Ak, y
Ak, x
mm2
mm2
mm2 kg/m mm4
103
103
103
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
E0
E0Ixx
mm3
mm4
mm3
mm
106
103
106
103
103
109
13.5
23
60.95
MPa Nmm 2
factor
U 120x50x6
120
50
7.5
1.27 0.648 0.510 2.29
2.65
44.1 0.279 7.63
U 140x40x5
140
40
1.06 0.630 0.340 1.91
2.78
39.8 0.131 4.23
9.1
23
63.94
U 160x48x8
160
48
1.95
1.15 0.653 3.51
6.57
82.1 0.338 9.38
12.0
28
184.0
U 200x60x10
200
60
10
10
10
3.04
1.80
1.02
5.48
16.0
160
0.825 18.3
15.0
28
448.0
U 240x72x8
240
72
2.97
1.73
0.98
5.35
23.3
194
1.23
22.1
16.5
28
652.4
U 240x72x12
240
72
12
12
12
4.38
2.59
1.47
7.89
33.2
277
1.71
31.7
18.0
28
929.6
U 300x90x15
300
90
15
15
15
6.85
4.05
2.30
12.3
81.2
541
4.18
61.9
22.4
28
2274
U 360x108x18
360
108 18
18
18
9.86
5.83
3.31
17.8
168
935
8.67
107
26.9
28
4704
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table. ( 1) T = T1 = T2 )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.15
Table 2.8: UL-profiles
UL -profile
HxBxT1 / T2
factor
T1
T2
mm mm mm mm mm
1
Ak, y
Ak, x
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
mm2 mm2
mm2
kg/m
mm4
mm3
mm4
mm3
103
106
103
106
103
103
103
UL 120x50x5/5
120 50
5.0
1.06 0.540 0.425
1.91
UL 160x48x8/5
160 48
8.0
1.40 0.720 0.653
2.52
E0
E0Ixx
mm MPa Nmm 2
103
109
2.239 37.33 0.238 6.469 13.1
23
51.52
5.664 70.80 0.299 8.934 14.6
28
158.6
UL 200x60x8/5
200 60
8.0
1.75 0.900 0.816
3.16
11.32 113.2 0.603 14.29 17.8
28
317.0
UL 240x72x10/7
240 72
10
10.0
2.77 1.512 1.224
5.40
24.93 207.7 1.316 25.69 20.8
28
698.0
UL 300x90x12/8
300 90
12
12
4.43 2.160 1.836
7.97
59.96 399.8 3.317 50.32 24.1
28
1679
6.64 3.240 2.754
11.9
128.9 716.3 7.127 90.27 29.0
28
3610
UL 360x108x15/10 360 108 15
10 15.0
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
1.2.16
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Table 2.9: Square tubes
Profile
HxBxT1)
mm mm
T1
T2
mm mm mm
Ak, y
Ak, x
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
E0
E0Ixx
mm2
mm2
mm2
kg/m
mm4
mm3
mm4
mm3
MPa
Nmm 2
factor
103
103
103
106
103
106
103
103
109
50x50x5
50
50
0.90
0.45
0.45
1.63
0.31
12.4
0.31
12.4
23
7.130
60x60x5
60
60
1.11
0.54
0.54
2.00
0.57
18.9
0.57
18.9
23
13.11
80x60x5
80
60
1.31
0.72
0.54
2.36
1.15
28.7
0.72
24.0
23
26.45
100x60x8
80
60
2.32
1.44
0.86
4.18
2.85
57.0
1.21
40.3
23
65.55
100x100x6
100
100
2.27
1.08
1.08
4.09
3.36
67.2
3.36
67.2
23
77.28
100x100x8
100
100
2.96
1.44
1.44
5.32
4.21
84.2
4.21
84.2
23
96.83
120x120x6
120
120
2.75
1.30
1.30
4.95
5.98
99.7
5.98
99.7
23
137.5
120x120x8
120
120
3.60
1.73
1.73
6.48
7.57
126
7.57
126
23
174.1
160x160x8
160
160
4.92
2.30
2.30
8.85
19.1
238
19.1
238
23
437.0
200x200x10
200
200
10
10
10
7.69
3.60
3.60
13.84
46.5
465
46.5
465
23
1070
240x240x12
240
240
12
12
12
11.1
5.18
5.18
20.0
96.5
804
96.5
804
23
2217
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.17
Table 2.10: Tubes
Profile
D1
D2
T1
Ak
E0
E0I
Du / Di
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm2
kg/m
mm4
mm3
MPa
Nmm 2
factor
103
103
106
103
103
109
75 / 65
65
75
1.10
0.550
1.98
0.68
18.1
23
15.64
90 / 80
80
90
1.34
0.668
2.40
1.21
26.9
23
27.83
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
1.2.18
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Table 2.11: T-profiles
T-profile
HxBxT1xT2
factor
T1
T2
mm mm mm mm mm
1
Ak, y
Ak, x
mm2
mm2
mm2 kg/m mm4
103
103
103
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
e1
mm3
mm4
mm3
mm
103
106
103
106
E0
E0Ixx
MPa Nmm 2
103
109
T 60x60x6x6
60
60
0.70
0.342
0.288 1.27
0.23
5.46 0.109 3.65
43.1
23
5.290
T 90x72x11x10
90
72
11
10
1.62
0.941
0.576 2.92
1.28
21.2 0.321 8.92
60.5
23
29.44
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.19
Table 2.12: Angle profiles
L-profile
HxBxT1)
Ak, y
mm mm2 mm2
Ak, x
mm2 kg/m
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
mm4
mm3
mm4
Wyy
Izz
Iee
mm3 mm4 mm4
106
e1
e2
E0
E0Ixx
mm
mm
103
109
Grd. MPa Nmm 2
factor
103
103
103
106
103
106
103
106
L 50x50x6
0.57 0.27
0.27
1.03
0.13
3.72
0.13
3.72
0.21 0.057
14.6
14.6
-450
23
2.990
L 50x50x8
0.75 0.36
0.36
1.34
0.17
4.79
0.17
4.79
0.26 0.071
15.3
15.3
-45.0 23
3.910
L 75x75x6
0.87 0.40
0.40
1.57
0.47
8.69
0.47
8.69
0.74 0.203
20.8
20.8
-45.0 23
10.81
L 75x75x8
1.15 0.54
0.54
2.06
0.60
11.3
0.60
11.3
0.95 0.256
21.6
21.6
-45.0 23
13.80
L 80x80x8
1.23 0.58
0.58
2.21
0.74
12.9
0.74
12.9
1.16 0.313
22.8
22.8
-45.0 23
17.02
L 100x100x8
1.55 0.72
0.72
2.78
1.49
20.6
1.49
20.6
2.34 0.626
27.8
27.8
-45.0 23
34.27
L 100x100x10 7
1.91 0.90
0.90
3.44
1.80
25.3
1.80
25.3
2.85 0.757
28.6
28.6
-45.0 23
41.40
L 100x100x12 7
2.27 1.08
1.08
4.08
2.10
29.8
2.10
29.8
3.32 0.883
29.3
29.3
-45.0 23
48.30
L 150x100x8
1.95 1.08
0.72
3.50
4.57
44.7
1.67
21.6
5.27 0.971
47.8
22.9
-23.8 23
105.1
L 150x100x10 7
2.41 1.35
0.90
4.34
5.59
55.1
2.03
26.6
6.44 1.180
48.6
23.7
-23.7 23
128.6
L 150x100x12 7
2.87 1.62
1.08
5.16
6.57
65.3
2.37
31.3
7.56 1.380
49.4
24.5
-23.6 23
151.1
L 150x150x8
2.35 1.08
1.08
4.22
5.21
47.5
5.21
47.5
8.24 2.170
40.3
40.3
-45.0 23
119.8
L 150x150x10 7
2.91 1.35
1.35
5.24
6.38
58.6
6.38
58.6
10.1 2.650
41.1
41.1
-45.0 23
146.7
L 150x150x12 7
3.47 1.62
1.62
6.24
7.51
69.4
7.51
69.4
11.9 3.110
41.9
41.9
-45.0 23
172.7
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table. ( 1) T = T1 = T2 )
1.2.20
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Table 2.13: Flat profiles, plates and sheets
Profile
Ak,y
2
Ak,x
2
Ixx
W xx
4
Iyy
Wyy
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm3
factor
103
103
103
106
103
106
103
30x6
30
0.18
0.12
0.12
0.32
0.0005
0.18
0.013
0.90
50x6
50
0.30
0.20
0.20
0.54
0.0009
0.30
0.062
2.50
50x10
50
10
0.50
0.33
0.33
0.90
0.0042
0.83
0.104
4.17
100x6
100
0.60
0.40
0.40
1.08
0.0018
0.60
0.500
10.0
100x10
100
10
1.00
0.67
0.67
1.80
0.0083
1.67
0.833
16.7
140x10
140
10
1.40
0.93
0.93
2.52
0.0117
2.33
2.290
32.7
200x10
200
10
2.00
1.33
1.33
3.60
0.0167
3.33
6.670
66.7
300x10
300
10
3,00
2.00
2.00
5.40
0.0250
5.00
22.50
150
1220x6
1220
7.32
4.88
4.88
13.18
0.0220
7.32
907.9
1488
1220x8
1220
9.76
6.51
6.51
17.57
0.0521
13.0
1211
1985
1220x10
1220
10
12.2
8.13
8.13
21.96
0.1020
20.3
1513
2480
1220x12
1220
12
14.6
9.76
9.76
26.35
01757
29.3
1816
2977
BxT
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
The elasticity modulus 23,000 MPa is not valid for flat profiles and sheets.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.2.21
Table 2.14: Handrail
Profile
HxBxT1xT2
factor
120x180x8
B1
B2
T1
mm mm mm mm mm
1
120 180 100
Ak, y
Ak, x
mm2
mm2
mm2 kg/m
Ixx
Wxx
Iyy
Wyy
E0
E0Ixx
mm4
mm3
mm4
mm3
MPa
Nmm 2
106
103
103
109
133
23
113.6
103
103
103
106
103
3.61
1.81
2.53
6.50
4.94
85.8 11.95
Table values must be multiplied by the factors listed at the top of the table.
1.2.22
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 1
Section 3: Profiles used as beams and columns
Profiles subjected to tensile strength or compression (columns and tension rods) ............
Example 3.1: Column ..........................................................................................................
Example 3.2: Profile in lattice column .................................................................................
Profiles subjected to compressive force and flexural moment .............................................
Example 3.3: Column subjected to moment of stress ........................................................
Beam loaded in transverse direction ...................................................................................
Example 3.4: Supporting beam ...........................................................................................
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.03
1.3.05
1.3.06
1.3.08
1.3.09
1.3.11
1.3.13
1.3.1
Profiles subjected to tension or compression (Columns
and tension rods)
Lk
Buckling length for column
Cross-section of profile
Moment of inertia
Nd
Design value of normal force (including partial coefficient)
fc,0/ft,0 :
Characteristic compressive/tensile strength (excluding partial coefficient)
E 0
Characteristic modulus of elasticity (excluding partial coefficient)
m, f
Partial coefficient for fc,0/ft,0 in ultimate limit state
m, E
Partial coefficient for E in ultimate limit state
Ncr
Critical load on column
Nel
Load according to elastic theory (Euler load)
Fd
Compressive load
Profiles subjected to tension
The maximum permissible load Nd is determined on the basis of the characteristic tensile stress level in the
profile and the cross-sectional area of the profile.
A ft,0
Nd ______
m,f
Profiles subjected to compression
The design value of the normal force Nd must be lower than the critical column load Ncr. The value of the critical
column load depends on the length of the column, since the critical compressive stress will be a dimensioning
factor in a short column length. Longer columns are to be dimensioned in accordance with the Euler load,
using the following formula:
Fd
Fd
Nd Ncr = ______ = ______
Fd
1 + 2r
1 + ___
Nel
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.3
In which:
r =
fc,0
________
el m,f
A fc,0
Fd = ______
m,f
2 E0 I
Nel = _________
m,E L2k
Nel
el = ____
A
Provided the Nd < Ncr criterion is met, the column will be stable.
1.3.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Example 3.1: Column
Square tubes of 50 x 50 x 5 mm are used as stanchions in Fiberline railing systems. Square tubes can often be
used in platform constructions as supporting columns, with the stanchions being extended to serve as the
platform legs.
The following example illustrates how to determine the load-bearing capacity of a 2-metre length of square
tube. The calculation is based on the assumption that the profile is simply supported, making the buckling
length equivalent to the length of the profile. See Figure 3.1.
From Tables 2.1, 2.2, 2.0b and 2.9:
A
0,903 103 mm2
Ixx
0,309 106 mm4
Iyy
0,309 106 mm4
E0
23 000 MPa
fc,0
240 MPa
m, E =
1,3
m, f
1,3
LK
2000 mm
Calculations must be made in accordance with the instructions given in the
theory for columns. On this basis, the critical compressive load can be
calculated as follows:
Fd =
A fc,0
0,903 103 mm2 240 MPa
______
= _________________________ 10-3 = 166,7 kN
m,f
1,3
The critical Euler load is calculated in the same way:
Nel
2 E0 I
_________
=
m,E Lk2
Figure 3.1
2 23 000 MPa 0,309 106 mm4
_______________________________
=
10-3
1,3 (2 000 mm)2
= 13,49 kN
The Euler load is the dimensioning factor. The critical column load is calculated as follows:
Fd
166,7 kN
Ncr = _______ = _____________ = 12,48 kN
Fd
166,7 kN
1 + ___
1 + _________
Nel
13,49 kN
If this load is not exceeded, the profile itself will be stable when used as a 2-metre column.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.5
Example 3.2: Profile in lattice column
Determining the load-bearing capacity of a column (part of a lattice column; see Figure 3.2). The profile is simply
supported.
Buckling = Lx = 3,60 m
( buckling in the "strong" direction ).
Buckling length = Ly = 0,90 m
( buckling in the "weak" direction ).
Partial coefficient for E0
m, E = 1,3
Partial coefficient for fc,0
m, f = 1,3
Load:
Dead weight including profile
G = 20 kN
Imposed load
Q1 = 100 kN
Partial coefficient, dead weight
fg = 1,35
Partial coefficient, imposed load
fq = 1,5
Profile selected: I 200 x 100 x 10
In Tables 2.1, 2.2 and 2.5:
A
3,89 103 mm2
Ixx
23,6 106 mm4
Iyy
1,69 106 mm4
28 000 MPa
fc,0
240 MPa
Figure 3.2
Ulitimate limit state:
Nd
= fg G + f Q1 = 1,35 20 + 1,5 100 = 177,0 kN
Fd
A fc,0
3,89 103 240 -3
______
______________
=
=
10 = 718,2 kN
m,f
1,3
Nel,x
2 E0 Ixx
2 28 000 23,6 106
__________
_____________________
=
=
10-3 = 387,1 kN
m,f Lx2
1,3 3 6002
Fd
718,2 kN
Ncr,x = ________ = _____________ = 251,5 kN
Fd
718,2 kN
1 + ___
1 + _________
Nel,x
387,1 kN
As Ncr, x is larger than Nd ( 251,5 kN > 177,0 kN ), the column is stable in this direction.
1.3.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
A similar calculation can be made for the 'weak' direction:
2 28 000 1,69 106
2 E0 Iyy
Nel,y = __________ = _____________________ 10-3 = 443,5 kN
m,f L2y
1,3 9002
Fd
718,2 kN
Ncr,y = ________ = _____________ = 274,2 kN
Fd
718,2 kN
1 + ___
1 + _________
Nel,y
443,5 kN
As also Ncr, y is larger than Nd , the column is also stable in this direction.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.7
Profiles subjected to compressive force and flexural
moment
When a profile is subjected to both normal compressive force and flexural moment, the load-bearing capacity
can be evaluated as stated below.
Evaluation must be done in the ultimate limit state.
The normal compressive force and the flexural moment are interdependent, as the transverse deflection in
connection with the normal force causes a moment in the profile (allowance for deflection).
Allow for this by multiplying the moment (which is determined without taking deflections into account) by a
moment intensification factor.
Cross-sectional forces (design values)
Nd
Normal compressive force
Md
flexural moment (determined without taking profile deformations into account)
Cross-sectional constants
A
Cross-section area of profile
Section modulus of profile
Cross-sectional constants are listed in the data sheets for profiles.
Stress control
The maximum compressive stress in the profile is:
fc,0
max < ____
m,f
Nd
1
Md
max = ___ + ______ ___
N
A
W
1 - __
N
d
cr
in which:
fc,0/m, f =
design value for compressive strength of profile
Ncr
critical compressive force for profile (see data sheet)
1.3.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Example 3.3: Column subjected to axial load and moment
Figure 3.3 illustrates a U-profile 200 x 60 x 10 used as a
supporting column in a structure. The U-profile is subjected to
a normal force (P = 20 kN) and also to flexural moment, since
the normal force acts at a distance to the centre of gravity axis
of the U-profile.
The size of the moment will be equal to the distance to the
centre of gravity multiplied by the normal force, equivalent to
Nd ex . The normal stress factor in the column is determined
as follows:
2700
Assuming that the column load is transferred by shear force
between the joints, the size of the moment can be determined
by using the moment intensification factor. The column can be
dimensioned on this basis. First, determine the distance from
the point of action of the force to the centre of gravity axis
according to Table 2.7
According to the data sheet, the critical normal force, or column
load, is 23.2 kN. The two joints of the structure are subjected to a
maximum load of 24.8 kN (top joint) and 20.0 kN (bottom joint).
Figure 3.3
P=N
Nd
1
Nd ex
max = ___ + ______ ______
N
A
Wyy
1 - __
d
Ncr
20,0 103
1
20,0 103 15,0
max = _________3 + __________ _______________
20,0 10
18,3 103
3,04 10
1 - ______
3
23,5 103
max = 6,6 + (6,71 16,4)
max = 117 MPa
fc,0
240 MPa
cr = ___ = _________ = 185 MPa
m,f
1,3
As 117 < 185 MPa, the existing stress will not cause a critical condition in the column.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.9
Similarly, the deflection can be determined using the formula below, assuming that the column is simply supported
at both ends and that it is subjected to a constant moment, without taking the impact of normal force into
account:
moment
M0 l 2
_________
=
8 E0 Iyy
The deflection value must also be multiplied by the moment intensification factor as:
1
N ex l 2
total = ______
________
N
8 E0 Iyy
1 - __
d
Ncr
1
20,0 103 14,9 20002
total = __________ _____________________
20,0 10
8 28000 0,825 106
1 - ______
23,2 10
3
3
total = 7,25 6,5
total = 47,1 mm
The example illustrates that even a small eccentricity can have significant impact on stresses and deformations.
It is therefore recommended that loads be introduced centrally into columns, and that structures be given
sufficient moment capacity.
1.3.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Transversely loaded beam
Calculation method for a beam simply supported at both ends.
L
Length of span (span between the supports)
Ak
Shear area
Section modulus
Moment of inertia
qk
Transverse load used in determining deflection (often characteristic value of largest imposed load)
pd
Total transverse load including partial coefficient
kM
Coefficient describing maximum moment
kV
Coefficient describing maximum shear force
kM
Coefficient describing maximum deflection from flexural moment
kV
Coefficient describing maximum deflection from shear force
fb,0
Characteristic flexural strength (excluding partial coefficient)
Characteristic shear strength (excluding partial coefficient)
Characteristic E-modulus (excluding partial coefficient)
Characteristic modulus in shear (excluding partial coefficient)
m, f
Partial coefficient for fb,1 and f in ultimate limit state
Deflection
Ultimate limit state
Bending:
kM pd L2
fb,0
__________
____
m,f
W
Shear:
kV pd L
f
__________
____
m,f
Ak
Serviceability limit state
Deflection limit:
Max
1
_______ < __
L
Max
k M qk L3
k V qk L
_______ = ___________
+ ___________
E0 I
G Ak
L
in which is typically selected between 200 and 400
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.11
Bending:
kM qk L2
__________
< fb0,d
W
( b,0 from Table 2.3 )
kV pd L
__________
< f,d
Ak
( from Table 2.3 )
Shear:
The two stress values b,0 and are listed in Table 2.3 which is divided into two categories. The degree of
exposure determines selection of short-term or long-term values.
Summary of describing coefficients
Coefficients
2
kM = M / pd L
kV = V / pd L
k,M = max,moment E I / q L
k,V = max, shear G Ak / q L
One span
Two spans
Three spans
0,125
0,125
0,100
0,500
0,625
0,600
0,01302
0,00542
0,00688
0,125
0,125
0,125
Table 3.1
1.3.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Example 3.4: Girder
Determination of load-bearing capacity of a two-span
girder subjected to transverse load.
Span
L = 4,0 m
Load:
Dead weight, including beam
g = 0,5 kN/m
Imposed load, short-term
q1 = 3,0 kN/m
Partial coefficient for dead weight
fg = 1,35
Partial coefficient for imposed load
f,q = 1,5
Maximum deflection
L/300
Figure 3.4
Selected profile:
I 200 x 100 x 10 with load acting in the direction y.
From Table 3.1:
Two spans:
kM = 0,125
kM = 0,00542
kV = 0,625
kV = 0,125
Ultimate limit state:
pd
= f,g g + f,q q1 = 1,35 0,5 + 1,5 3,0 = 5,2 kN/m
Md
= kM pd L = 0,125 5,2 42 = 10,4 kNm = 10,4 106 Nmm
max
= Md / Wxx = 10,4 106 / 236 103 = 44 MPa
f b,f,d
= fb,0 / m,f = 240/1,3 = 185 MPa
max
< fb,f,d ( OK! )
Vd
= kV pd L = 0,625 5,2 4 = 13 kN = 13000 N
max
= Vd / Ak, y = 13000 / 1,90 103 = 6,8 MPa
f / m, f
= 25 / 1,3 = 19,2 MPa
max
< f / m, f ( OK! )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.3.13
Serviceability limit state
Deflection (for imposed load):
qk
q1
= 3,0 kN/m (total imposed load)
k M qk L3
k V qk L
___
= __________ + __________
L
E0 Ixx
G Ak,y
0,00542 3,0 40003
0,125 3,0 4000
___
= __________________ + _________________
6
L
28000 23,6 10
3000 1,90 103
___ = 0,0016 + 0,0003
1
___
= ____
L
526
1
___
< ____
LL
300
1.3.14
( OK! )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 1
Section 4: Bolted joints
Calculation of bolted joints ................................................................................................... 1.4.03
Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in longitudinal direction (0) ...................................... 1.4.06
Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in transverse direction (90) ..................................... 1.4.09
Load-bearing capacity of bolts tensile strength ................................................................... 1.4.12
Example 4.1: Bolts subjected to shear ................................................................................. 1.4.13
Table 4.1 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in longitudinal direction (0) .................... 1.4.14
Table 4.2 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in transverse direction (90) .................... 1.4.14
Table 4.3 - Load-bearing capacity of bolts - tensile strength .................................................. 1.4.15
Example 4.2: Foot detail of column - I 200 x 100 x 10 .......................................................... 1.4.16
Example 4.3: Foot detail of column - U 200 x 60 x 10 .......................................................... 1.4.17
Example 4.4: Foot detail of column - square tube 100 x 100 x 8 .......................................... 1.4.20
Example 4.5: Beam U 200 x 60 x 10 and column I 200 x 100 x 10 ....................................... 1.4.22
Example 4.6: Beam and column I 200 x 100 x 10 ................................................................. 1.4.24
Example 4.7: Beam U 200x60x10 and column - square tube 100x100x8 ............................. 1.4.26
Example 4.8: Two horizontal beams I 200 x 100 x 10 ........................................................... 1.4.28
Example 4.9: Two horizontal beams U 200 x 60 x 10 ............................................................ 1.4.31
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.1
Calculation of bolted joints
A bolted joint transfers the shear forces between the profiles in a structure. Bolted joints transfer the shear force
by friction through regions of concentrated local compression of the profiles around the bolts.
In static calculations for bolted joints, it is necessary to ensure that the profile and the bolts can withstand this
concentrated local compression. It is also necessary to ensure that the region surrounding a group of bolts will
not be torn out of the profile: i.e. that the region around the bolted joint has sufficient capacity to transfer the load
to the rest of the structure.
The load-bearing capacity of a bolted joint is sufficient when the following criteria have been fulfilled:
The required bolt forces are sufficient to reach equilibrium with the existing shear forces
The contact compression between the profile must be able to be absorbed locally. This is ensured if
the required bolt forces do not exceed the limits stated in Tables 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3.
The shear forces for which the bolted joint is dimensioned, must be transferred by the laminate in the
remaining surface between the bolt group and the rest of the profile; i.e. it must not be possible for
the entire bolted joint to tear out of the profile.
Bolt forces in a bolted joint can be distributed by using the elasticity theory. In predominantly static loads,
distribution determined by plasticity theory can be realistic for joints in which the bolts are actuated for shear.
Tests show that the bolts are normally so strong in relation to the laminate that deformations can occur which
activate all the bolts. In the event of a break in the laminate, the size of deformations in front of bolts can
typically be a few millimetres or more.
All relevant failure modes should be considered, to ensure that an entire bolt group cannot be torn out of the
laminate. It may be necessary to evaluate several possible modes of failure to fully determine the load-bearing
capacity of a joint. The examples below illustrate how this should be done.
To achieve the expected load-bearing capacity it is essential that the minimum spacings shown in Figure 4.1 are
maintained. Please note the significance of the pultrusion direction, in which the main reinforcing fibres lie.
No more than 4 bolts should be placed in a row. If this is unavoidable, special calculations are required and
Fiberline should be consulted.
No attempt should be made to cut threads in the composite material. Correct and incorrect configurations are
shown below.
No threads in the
composite material
(correct mounting)
Threads in the composite
material
(incorrect mounting)
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.3
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Direction of pultrusion (90)
Figure 4.1 Minimum distances
Characteristic strengths
ft,0
240 MPa
fc,0
240 MPa
ft,90
50 MPa
fc,90
70 MPa
25 MPa
f c,v
min {fc,90 + f cot(v) ; fc,0 + f tan(v)}
Example 4.00
Failure of tension rod
subjected to tensile force in the direction of pultrusion (0)
Direction of pultrusion (0)
The line of fracture is illustrated in Figure 4.2.
The width of the laminate is 8 d. The thickness is t, while d indicates
the diameter of the bolt.
After subtracting the bolt-holes, the effective area of the laminate is
6 d t.
The total force that can be transferred through this failure surface is
Nmax = 6 d t ft,0
3,5
in which ft,0 is the tensile strength in the direction of pultrusion.
For horizontal (90) loads, the tensile strength for the horizontal
direction should be used.
Figure
1.4.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
4.2
Example 4.01
Bolts tearing out of the flange of an I-profile
Influence of direction of force on load-bearing capacity
Direction of pultrusion (0)
The estimated line of fracture is shown in Figure 4.3. The thickness
of the laminate is indicated as t, while d indicates the diameter of
the bolt.
The load-bearing capacity for tearing can be determined by
(8 d - 2 d) t ft,90 = 6 d t ft,90
in which f t,90 indicates the tensile strength of the laminate
perpendicular to the direction of pultrusion.
Figure
Example 4.02
4.3
Torn tension rod / flat profile due to tensile force at
an angle to the direction of pultrusion of 45
The line of fracture is illustrated in Figure 4.4.
Di
p u recti
l t r u on
s i o of
n
(0
)
The width of the laminate is 4 d. The thickness is t,
while d indicates the diameter of the bolt.
After subtracting the bolt holes, the effective area of the
laminate is
( 4 2 -1 ) d t
Figure
4.4
The total shear force that can be transferred through this cross-section is
Tmax = ( 4 2 -1 ) d t f
in which f is the shear strength of the laminate.
Projection of the bolt strength PBolt on the line of fracture gives T = PBolt x 2 / 2, so that the maximum
bolt strength that can be absorbed is
PBolt, max = 2 x ( 4 2 -1 ) d t f
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.5
Load-bearing capacity of bolts
- shear in the longitudinal direction (0)
The approximate distribution of tension in the laminate around a bolt subjected to shear is described in
Figure 4.5.
The load-bearing capacity of a bolt subjected to shear will be sufficient if the stress which occurs does not
exceed the relevant strengths.
The shear for a bolt can be determined as
d t 150 MPa
m
PB,D =
in
m
d
t
= d t 115,4 MPa
which
= 1,3
= nominal diameter of the bolt
= thickness of the laminate
The values are based on
a = 3,5 d
b = 1,0 d
c = 2,0 d
Theoretical derivatives for load-bearing capacity terms
Geometry:
Figure
Distance from the centre line of the bolt to
the edge in the direction of force
(longitudinal direction).
Width of area in front of the bolt where
interlaminar forces occur.
Distance from the centre line of the bolt to
the edge perpendicular to the direction of force.
Diameter of bolt.
Angle of inclined pressure:
tan(v) = [c/2+d/4]/[a-b/2]
Thickness of laminate.
Static conditions:
P1
P2
P3
1.4.6
PBolt tan(v)
PBolt
2 cos(v)
PBolt
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
4.5
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Stress-related conditions:
The force diagrams for the various conditions are illustrated in the figures below. The line of fracture is also
illustrated.
Condition 1 :
Tensile stress in the longitudinal direction
next to bolt
P3
(c-d
) t
2
Fibre in 0 overloaded
See Figure 4.6
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 720 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Figure
Condition 2 :
4.6
Cleavage stress in area in front of bolt
P1
bt
Fibre in 90 overloaded
See Figure 4.7
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 240 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Figure
Condition 3 :
4.7
Tearing of laminate in front of bolt
PBolt
2 ( a - -d2 ) t
shear stress exceeded in the lines
of fracture shown
See Figure 4.8
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 150 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Figure
4.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.7
Condition 4 :
Inclined distribution in front of bolt
P2
dt
The compression stress in the inclined
failure surface exceeds the compression
strength.
See Figure 4.9
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 240 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (0)
f cos v
f c,v
fc,0 cos v
f sin v
fc,90 sin v
Vertical projection:
fc,v sin v = fc,90 sin v + f cos v
Horizontal projection:
fc,v cos v = fc,0 cos v + f sin v
Figure 4.9
Strength fc,v in inclined forces
Condition 5 :
Laminate compresses in front of bolt
PBolt
dt
Contact compression between bolt and
laminate exceeds the compression strength,
so the bolt "eats" into the laminate.
See Figure 4.10
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 240 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (0)
Figure
1.4.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
4.10
Load-bearing capacity of bolts
- shear in the transverse direction (90)
The approximate distribution of stress in the laminate around a bolt subjected to shear can be described
as shown in Figure 4.11.
The load-bearing capacity of a bolt subjected to shear, if the stress does not exceed the relevant strengths.
Calculation of shear strength:
PB,d =
d t 70 MPa
m
= d t 53,8 MPa
in which
m = 1,3
d = nominal diameter of bolt
t = thickness of laminate
Values are based on
a = 3,5 d
b = 1,0 d
c = 2,0 d
Theoretical derivatives for load-bearing capacity terms
Geometry:
Distance from centre line of bolt to edge
in direction of force (transverse direction)
Width of area in front of bolt where
interlaminar forces occur
Distance from centre line of bolt to edge
perpendicular to direction of force
Bolt diameter
Angle of inclined pressure:
tan(v) = [c/2+d/4]/[a-b/2]
Thickness of laminate
Figure
4.11
Direction of pultrusion (90)
Static conditions:
=
PBolt tan(v)
P2
PBolt
2 cos(v)
P3
PBolt
Direction of pultrusion (90)
P1
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.9
Stress-related conditions:
The force diagrams for the various conditions are illustrated in the figures below. The line of fracture is also
illustrated.
Condition 1 :
Direction of pultrusion (90)
P3
(c - d2 ) t
Tensile force in longitudinal
direction next to bolt.
See Figure 4.12
Load-bearing
capacity
Condition 2 :
PBolt 150 MPa t d
Figure
4.12
Figure
4.13
Figure
4.14
P1
bt
Direction of pultrusion (90)
Cleavage in area in front of bolt.
Fibre in 90 overloaded.
See Figure 4.13
Load-bearing
capacity
Condition 3 :
PBolt 768 MPa t d
Direction of pultrusion (90)
PBolt
2 ( a - -d2 ) t
Tearing of laminate in front of bolt.
The strength of shear is exceeded
in the illustrated lines of fracture.
See Figure 4.14
Load-bearing
capacity
1.4.10
PBolt 100 MPa t d
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Condition 4 :
Direction of pultrusion (90)
P2
dt
Inclined distribution in front of bolt.
Compression stress in the inclined
failure surface exceeds the compression
strength.
See Figure 4.15
Load-bearing
capacity
The following geometric parameters:
a = 2,5 d
b = 1,0 d
c = 2,0 d
are to be put into the conditions
listed above to find:
PBolt 145 MPa t d
f cos v
f c,v
fc,0 cos v
f sin v
fc,90 sin v
Vertical projection:
fc,v sin v = fc,90 sin v + f cos v
Horizontal projection:
fc,v cos v = fc,0 cos v + f sin v
Figure 4.15
Strength fc,v in inclined forces
Condition 5 :
Direction of pultrusion (90)
PBolt
dt
Pressure deformation of
laminate in front of bolt.
The contact compression between
the bolt and laminate exceeds the
pin-bearing strength, so the bolt
'eats' into the laminate.
See Figure 4.16.
Load-bearing
capacity
PBolt 70 MPa t d
Figure
4.16
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.11
Load-bearing capacity of bolts tensile force
The load-bearing capacity of a bolt subjected to tensile force is determined by:
- the tensile force load-bearing capacity of the bolt
- punching of the laminate
Laminate
Geometry:
d
Diameter of the bolt.
As
Stress area of the bolt.
Thickness of the laminate.
Diameter of washer = 2 d
Figure
4.17
Strengths:
f yk
Characteristic tensile strength of bolt =
210 MPa for quality A4.
Shear strength of the laminate
25 MPa
Static conditions:
Condition 1 :
Condition 2 :
As fyk
m,f
2 d t f
m,f
( Tearing of bolt in threaded cross-section )
( Shear fracture at rim of washer )
Load-bearing capacity:
P
1.4.12
As 210 MPa
1,28
25 MPa
1,3
= As 164,1 MPa ( Bolt )
= 120,8 MPa t d ( Laminate )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Example 4.1: Bolts subjected to shear
Dimensioning of a bolted joint for securing a flat profile which is subjected to tensile force in 0, to a U-profile, as
shown in Figure 4.18.
Flat profile
Figure
4.18
The tensile force load is 1000 kg or 9.82 kN. The thickness of the flat profile is t = 6 mm. No friction between the
two points of attachment has been taken into account.
Dimensioning is done in two steps. First, the size of the bolt is selected, then the minimum width of the flat
profile is determined.
An M10 bolt is selected. The table on page 1.4.14 indicates that the maximum load-bearing capacity of a
laminate with a thickness of 6 mm combined with an M10 bolt is 6.9 kN in the longitudinal direction. Consequently,
two M10 bolts must be used which can bear 13.8 kN (> 9,82 kN), and which are placed in the longitudinal
direction of the flat profile. The EUROCOMP safety standards are included in the table, thus providing the
necessary design safety.
The width of the flat profile is determined on the basis of the size of the bolt. In section 4.1, Load-bearing capacity
of bolts - shear in the longitudinal direction (1), Figure 4.2 illustrates that the distance from the centre line of the
bolt to the edge of the flat profile must be 2 d (2 x the diameter of the bolt). Thus, the total width of the flat profile
must be 4 d or 4 10 mm = 40 mm. The distance to the end of the flat profile must be at least 3.5d or 35 mm. In
this case, the distance between the two bolts must be 4 d, or 40 mm.
A similar calculation can be done for the U-profiles of 90 in the pultrusion / longitudinal direction on the basis of
Section 4 Load-bearing capacity of bolts - shear in 90 and Table 4.2 on page 1.4.14.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.13
Load-bearing capacity of bolts subjected to shear in kN
Design value of ultimate limit state
Safety class: normal
Bolt quality: A4
Washers under head and nut:
Hole drilled in profile for bolt:
Laminate
D = Dbolt 2
D = Dbolt + 1mm
Pin-bearing strength (P) in kN for direction of force 0 (longitudinal direction of profile)
Bolt
Loadbearing
Thickness of laminate in mm
capacity
per cut (kN)
M
M
M
M
M
M
6
8
10
12
14
16
1
cut
2,7
4,8
7,4
10,7
14,6
19,0
M
M
M
M
M
20
22
24
27
30
30
36
43
54
67
59
72
86
109
134
11,5
12,7
13,8
15,6
17,3
13,8
15,2
16,6
18,7
20,8
16,2
17,8
19,4
21,8
24,2
18,5
20,3
22,2
24,9
27,7
20,8
22,8
24,9
28,0
31,2
23,1
25,4
27,7
31,2
34,6
25,4
27,9
30,5
34,3
38,1
27,7
30,5
33,2
37,4
41,5
30,0
33,0
36,0
40,5
45,0
32,3
35,5
38,8
43,6
48,5
34,6
38,1
41,5
46,7
51,9
36,9
40,6
44,3
49,8
55,4
39,2
43,2
47,1
53,0
58,8
41,5
45,7
49,8
56,1
62,3
96
131
171
193
262
343
20,8
24,2
27,7
24,9
29,1
33,2
29,1
33,9
38,8
33,2
38,8
44,3
37,4
43,6
49,8
41,5
48,5
55,4
45,7 49,8
53,3 58,2
60,9 66,5
54,0
63,0
72,0
58,2
67,8
77,5
62,3
72,7
83,1
66,5
77,5
88,6
70,6
82,4
94,2
74,8 78,9 83,1
87,2 92,1 96,9
99,7 105,2 110,8
M 36
M 42
M 48
2
cuts
5,4
9,5
14,9
21,4
29,2
38,1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
3,5
4,6
5,8
6,9
8,1
9,2
4,2
5,5
6,9
8,3
9,7
11,1
4,8
6,5
8,1
9,7
11,3
12,9
5,5
7,4
9,2
11,1
12,9
14,8
6,2
8,3
10,4
12,5
14,5
16,6
6,9
9,2
11,5
13,8
16,2
18,5
7,6
10,2
12,7
15,2
17,8
20,3
8,3
11,1
13,8
16,6
19,4
22,2
9,0
12,0
15,0
18,0
21,0
24,0
9,7
12,9
16,2
19,4
22,6
25,8
10,4
13,8
17,3
20,8
24,2
27,7
11,1
14,8
18,5
22,2
25,8
29,5
11,8
15,7
19,6
23,5
27,5
31,4
12,5
16,6
20,8
24,9
29,1
33,2
13,2
17,5
21,9
26,3
30,7
35,1
13,8
18,5
23,1
27,7
32,3
36,9
43,8
48,2
52,6
59,2
65,8
46,2
50,8
55,4
62,3
69,2
Table 4.1
Pin-bearing strength (P) in kN for direction of force 90 (transverse direction of profile)
Bolt
Loadbearing
Thickness of laminate in mm
capacity
per cut (kN)
M
M
M
M
M
M
6
8
10
12
14
16
1
cut
2,7
4,8
7,4
10,7
14,6
19,0
M
M
M
M
M
20
22
24
27
30
30
36
43
54
67
59
72
86
109
134
5,4
5,9
6,5
7,3
8,1
6,5
7,1
7,8
8,7
9,7
7,5
8,3
9,0
10,2
11,3
8,6
9,5
10,3
11,6
12,9
9,7
10,7
11,6
13,1
14,5
10,8
11,8
12,9
14,5
16,2
11,8
13,0
14,2
16,0
17,8
12,9
14,2
15,5
17,4
19,4
14,0
15,4
16,8
18,9
21,0
15,1
16,6
18,1
20,4
22,6
16,2
17,8
19,4
21,8
24,2
17,2
19,0
20,7
23,3
25,8
18,3
20,1
22,0
24,7
27,5
19,4
21,3
23,3
26,2
29,1
20,5
22,5
24,6
27,6
30,7
21,5
23,7
25,8
29,1
32,3
96
131
171
193
262
343
9,7
11,3
12,9
11,6
13,6
15,5
13,6
15,8
18,1
15,5
18,1
20,7
17,4
20,4
23,3
19,4
22,6
25,8
21,3
24,9
28,4
23,3
27,1
31,0
25,2
29,4
33,6
27,1
31,7
36,2
29,1
33,9
38,8
31,0
36,2
41,4
33,0
38,4
43,9
34,9
40,7
46,5
36,8
43,0
49,1
38,8
45,2
51,7
M 36
M 42
M 48
2
cuts
5,4
9,5
14,9
21,4
29,2
38,1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1,6
2,2
2,7
3,2
3,8
4,3
1,9
2,6
3,2
3,9
4,5
5,2
2,3
3,0
3,8
4,5
5,3
6,0
2,6
3,4
4,3
5,2
6,0
6,9
2,9
3,9
4,8
5,8
6,8
7,8
3,2
4,3
5,4
6,5
7,5
8,6
3,6
4,7
5,9
7,1
8,3
9,5
3,9
5,2
6,5
7,8
9,0
10,3
4,2
5,6
7,0
8,4
9,8
11,2
4,5
6,0
7,5
9,0
10,6
12,1
4,8
6,5
8,1
9,7
11,3
12,9
5,2
6,9
8,6
10,3
12,1
13,8
5,5
7,3
9,2
11,0
12,8
14,6
5,8
7,8
9,7
11,6
13,6
15,5
6,1
8,2
10,2
12,3
14,3
16,4
6,5
8,6
10,8
12,9
15,1
17,2
Table 4.2
1.4.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Load-bearing capacity of bolts in kN
- tensile force perpendicular to the laminate
Design value of ultimate limit state
Safety class: normal
Bolt quality: A4
Washers under head and nut:
Hole drilled in profile for bolt:
D = Dbolt 2
D = Dbolt + 1mm
Laminate
Load-bearing capacity for punched holes in kN
Bolt
Bolt
Thickness of laminate in mm
loadbearing
capacity
6
7
8
9
5
2,7
3,6
4,3
5,1
5,8
6,5
5,1
4,8
5,8
6,8
7,7
8,7
8,1
6,0
7,2
8,5
9,7 10,9
11,8
7,2
8,7 10,1 11,6 13,0
16,1
8,5 10,1 11,8 13,5 15,2
21,9
9,7 11,6 13,5 15,5 17,4
M
M
M
M
M
M
6
8
10
12
14
16
M
M
M
M
M
20
22
24
27
30
34
42
49
64
78
12,1
13,3
14,5
16,3
18,1
14,5
15,9
17,4
19,6
21,7
16,9
18,6
20,3
22,8
25,4
19,3
21,3
23,2
26,1
29,0
M 36
M 42
M 48
114
156
205
21,7
25,4
29,0
26,1
30,4
34,8
30,4
35,5
40,6
34,8
40,6
46,4
10
7,2
9,7
12,1
14,5
16,9
19,3
11
8,0
10,6
13,3
15,9
18,6
21,3
12
8,7
11,6
14,5
17,4
20,3
23,2
13
9,4
12,6
15,7
18,8
22,0
25,1
14
10,1
13,5
16,9
20,3
23,7
27,1
15
10,9
14,5
18,1
21,7
25,4
29,0
16
11,6
15,5
19,3
23,2
27,1
30,9
17
12,3
16,4
20,5
24,6
28,8
32,9
18
13,0
17,4
21,7
26,1
30,4
34,8
19
13,8
18,4
23,0
27,5
32,1
36,7
20
14,5
19,3
24,2
29,0
33,8
38,7
21,7
23,9
26,1
29,4
32,6
24,2
26,6
29,0
32,6
36,2
26,6
29,2
31,9
35,9
39,9
29,0
31,9
34,8
39,1
43,5
31,4
34,6
37,7
42,4
47,1
33,8
37,2
40,6
45,7
50,7
36,2
39,9
43,5
48,9
54,4
38,7
42,5
46,4
52,2
58,0
41,1
45,2
49,3
55,5
61,6
43,5
47,8
52,2
58,7
65,2
45,9
50,5
55,1
62,0
68,9
48,3
53,2
58,0
65,2
72,5
39,1
45,7
52,2
43,5
50,7
58,0
47,8
55,8
63,8
52,2
60,9
69,6
56,5
66,0
75,4
60,9
71,0
81,2
65,2
76,1
87,0
69,6
81,2
92,8
73,9 78,3 82,6 87,0
86,3 91,3 96,4 101,5
98,6 104,4 110,2 116,0
Table 4.3
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.15
Example 4.2: Detail of column base I 200 x 100 x 10
The joint is illustrated on the next page in Figure 4.19.
Load
The joint must be capable of transferring a vertical downward force in the column I 200 x 100 x 10.
Distance requirements
I 200 x 100 x 10
distance between bolts: 65 mm > 4,0 16 mm
(OK!)
L 150 x 100 x 8
distance from edge:
35 mm > 2,0 16 mm
(OK!)
distance between bolts: 65 mm > 4,0 16 mm
(OK!)
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
The total vertical force is indicated as F.
I 200 x 100 x 10
Pvert:
F
4
< 18,5 kN
(Table 4.1)
L 150 x 100 x 8
Pvert:
F
8
< 6,9 kN
(Table 4.2)
thus F < 55,2 kN (8 6,9 kN)
1.4.16
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.19
JOINT
SECTION A-A
B
SECTION
B B-B
B
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M16
Hole Dimension: 17
Washer Dimension: 48
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.17
Example 4.3: Detail of column base U 200 x 60 x 10
An asymmetrical joint which is illustrated on the next page in Figure 4.20, is used, for example, when a platform
or stairs is placed against an existing structure. A symmetrical joint is illustrated in Example 4.2.
Load
The joint must be able to transfer a vertical force in U 200 x 60 x 10
Distances between bolts
U 200 x 60x 10
Distances between bolts
65 mm > 4,0 16 mm
(OK!)
from edge in transverse direction:
35 mm > 2,0 16 mm
(OK!)
distance between bolts:
65 mm > 4,0 16 mm
(OK!)
L 150 x 100 x 8
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
The total vertical force is indicated as F.
U 200 x 60 x 10
L 150 x 100 x 8
F
4
F
Pvert:
4
Pvert:
< 18,5 kN
( Table 4.1 )
< 6,9 kN
( Table 4.2 )
thus F < 27,6 kN (4 6,9 kN)
1.4.18
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.20
JOINT
SECTION A-A
B
B B-B
B
SECTION
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M16
Hole Dimension: 17
Washer Dimension: 48
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.19
Example 4.4: Detail of column base
square tube 100 x 100 x 8
To allow joints to be bolted on the outside of the structure, place a solid fibreglass profile inside the square tube.
The joint is illustrated in Figure 4.21.
Load
The joint must be capable of transferring a vertical force in a square tube 100 x 100 x 8.
Distances between bolts
Square tube 100 x 100 x 8
distance between bolts:
65 mm > 4.0 16 mm
(OK!)
from edge in transverse direction:
50 mm > 2,0 16 mm
(OK!)
distance between bolts:
65 mm > 4,0 16 mm
(OK!)
L 150 x 100 x 8
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
The total vertical force is indicated as F.
Square tube 100 x 100 x 8
Pvert:
L 150 x 100 x 8
Pvert:
F
4
F
4
< 14.8 kN
( Table 4.1 )
< 6.9 kN
( Table 4.2 )
thus F < 27.6 kN (4 6.9 kN)
1.4.20
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.21
SECTION A-A
JOINT
SOLID
B B-B
B
SECTION
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M16
Hole Dimension: 17
Washer Dimension: 48
Solid is chamfed on vertical edges
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.21
Example 4.5: Beam U 200 x 60 x 10
and column I 200 x 100 x 10
The joint illustrated in Figure 4.22 can, for example, be used between supporting beams and columns.
Load
The joint must be able to transfer a vertical shear force from U 200 x 60 x 10 to column I 200 x 100 x 10.
Distances between bolts
I 200 x 100 x 10
distance between bolts:
100 mm > 4.0 16 mm
(OK!)
100 mm > 4,.0 16 mm
(OK!)
U 200 x 60 x 10
distance between bolts:
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
U 200 x 60 x 10 is the dimensioning factor, as loads act on this profile in the transverse direction.
The total shear force F can be calculated as:
Pvert:
F
< 8.6 kN
4
( Table 4.2 )
or
F < 34.4 kN
1.4.22
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.22
JOINT
SECTION A-A
SECTION
B BB-B
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M16
Hole Dimension: 17
Washer Dimension: 48
Radii not stated R10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.23
Example 4.6: Beam and column I 200 x 100 x 10
The joint is illustrated on the next page in Figure 4.23.
Load
The joint must be able to transfer a vertical force from the beam to the column.
Distances between bolts
I 200 x 100 x 10
distance between bolts: 70 mm > 4.0 12 mm
distance from edge:
25 mm > 2.0 12 mm
(OK!)
(OK!)
L 150 x 100 x 8
distance between bolts: 70 mm > 4.0 16 mm
distance from edge:
25 mm > 2.0 12 mm
(OK!)
(OK!)
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
The total vertical force is indicated as F.
I 200 x 100 x 10
Pvert:
F
8
< 10.0 kN
(Table 4.1 )
L 150 x 100 x 12
Pvert:
F
8
< 5.6 kN
(Table 4.2 )
thus F < 44.8 kN (8 5.6 kN)
1.4.24
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.23
A
SECTION A-A
JOINT
B B
SECTION B-B
C
C
SECTION
C C-C
C
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M12
Hole Dimension: 13
Washer Dimension: 36
Washer Dimension: 24
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.25
Example 4.7: Beam U200x60x10
and column. Square tube 100x100x8
The joint is illustrated on the next page in Figure 4.24.
Load
The joint must be capable of transferring a vertical force from the beam to the column.
Distances between bolts
U 200 x 60 x 10
distance between bolts: 80 mm > 4.0 16 mm
(OK!)
Square tube 100 x 100 x 8
distance between bolts: 80 mm > 4.0 16 mm
(OK!)
Static model
The bolts are assumed to be subjected to shear only.
Bolt strengths and load-bearing capacity
The total vertical force is indicated as F.
U 200 x 60 x 10
Pvert:
F
2
< 8.6 kN
(Table 4.2 )
Square tube 100 x 100 x 8
Pvert:
F
2
< 14.8 kN
(Table 4.1 )
thus F < 17,2 kN (2 8.6 kN)
1.4.26
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure
4.24
A
JOINT
SECTION A
A-AA
Square
tube
Firkantrr
SQUARE TUBE 100x100x8
FIRKANTRR
U 200x60x10
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M16
Hole Dimension: 17
Washer Dimension: 48
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.27
Example 4.8: Two horizontal beams I 200 x 100 x 10
This joint can be used between supporting beams in a platform. An example is illustrated on page 1.4.30 in
Figure 4.25.
Load
The joint must be capable of transferring a vertical shear force from the I 200 x 100 x 10 to which it is connected,
to the through-going I 200 x 100 x 10.
Distances between bolts
I 200 x 100 x 10
from edge in longitudinal direction (0)
from edge in transverse direction (90):
distance between bolts:
35 mm = 3.5 10 mm
35 mm > 2.0 10 mm
45 mm > 4.0 10 mm
(OK!)
(OK!)
(OK!)
35 mm = 3,5 10 mm
35 mm > 2,5 10 mm
45 mm > 4,0 10 mm
(OK!)
(OK!)
(OK!)
L 75 x 75 x 8
from edge in longitudinal direction (0):
from edge in transverse direction (90):
distance between bolts:
Static model
Bolt strengths are determined on the basis that these must be statically equivalent to a shear force imposed in the
middle of the through-going I 200 x 100 x 10.
Bolt strengths in the connected I 200 x 100 x 10
Bolt strengths are determined on the basis of the total shear force F.
Bolt strength is compared with the relevant load-bearing capacity in the tables in section 4.
Bottom bolt:
Phorz < 11.5 kN
Phorz =
F 45 mm
90 mm
= 0.500 F
Pvert < 3.9 kN
Pvert = F
The combined load-bearing capacity will be sufficient if
P
+
< 1,0
( 11,5
)
(
)
kN
5,4 kN
horz
1.4.28
vert
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Middle bolt:
Pvert: F (1 - 2 ) < 5.4 kN
( table 4.2 )
Top bolt:
As bottom bolt
If = 0.3, the maximum value for F cannot exceed 13.4 kN.
Bolt strengths in L 75 x 75 x 8 brackets
Bolt strengths in joint connecting I 200 x 100 x 10 are half of the values indicated above.
Utilization of the bolts in terms of F= 13.4 kN
Bottom bolt:
( 4,3P kN ) + ( 9,2P kN )
horz
vert
< 1.0
kN
2,0 kN
+ (
= 0.67
( 3,4
)
4,3 kN
9,2 kN )
(OK!)
Middle bolt:
Pvert: 2.6 kN < 9.2 kN
(OK!)
( Table 4.1 )
Bolt strengths in through-going I 200 x 100 x 10
According to the established conditions, these bolts are only subjected to shear force.
Given the same distribution as in the joint connecting the I 200, the values from the top and bottom bolts are:
Pvert = 0.5 0.3 13.4 kN = 2.0 kN
Phorz =
0,5 13,4 45 mm
90 mm
= 3.4 kN
There is sufficient capacity, since
P
+ (
< 1.0
( 11,5
kN )
5,4 kN )
horz
vert
2,0 kN
3,4 kN
+ (
= 0.43
( 11,5
)
kN
5,4 kN )
(OK!)
( Table 4.1 and 4.2 )
The value for the middle bolt is:
Pvert < 5.4 kN
Pvert = 0.5 0.4 13.4 kN = 2.7 kN
(OK!)
( Table 4.2 )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.29
Figure 4.25
JOINT
SECTION
A-A A-A
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M10
Hole Dimension: 11
Washer Dimension: 30
Radii not stated R10
1.4.30
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Example 4.9: Two horizontal beams U 200 x 60 x 10
This joint can be used to connect supporting beams in a platform. It is illustrated on page 1.4.33 in Figure 4.26.
Load
The joint must be able to transfer vertical shear force from the one U 100 x 60 x 10 beam to the other.
Distances between bolts
U 200 x 60 x 10
from edge in longitudinal direction (0):
50 mm > 3.5 12 mm
(OK!)
distance between bolts:
70 mm > 4.0 12 mm
(OK!)
from edge in longitudinal direction (0):
45 mm > 3.5 12 mm
(OK!)
from edge in transverse direction (90):
40 mm > 2.5 12 mm
(OK!)
distance between bolts:
70 mm > 4.0 12 mm
(OK!)
L 100 x 100 x 12
Static model
Bolt strengths must be statically equivalent to shear force imposed in the secant between the centre lines of the
web of the two U 200 x 60 x 10 profiles.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.31
Bolt strengths in L 100 x 100 x 12
Bolts are subjected to both vertical and horizontal forces.
Bolt strengths are determined on the basis of the total shear force F.
The bolt strength is compared with the relevant load-bearing capacity in Tables 4.1 and 4.2 for load-bearing
capacity of bolts subjected to shear.
Phorz < 7.8 kN
Phorz =
F 64 mm
= 0.914 F
70 mm
( Table 4.2 )
Pvert: F 0.500 < 16.6 kN
( Table 4.1 )
The combined load-bearing capacity is sufficient if
P
( 7,8P kN ) + ( 16,6
kN )
vert
horz
< 1.0
thus the maximum value of F cannot exceed 8.3 kN.
Bolt strengths in U 200 x 60 x 10
For F = 8.3 kN the bolt strengths will be
Phorz < 13.8 kN
Phorz = F 64 mm = 0.914 F =7.6 kN
70 mm
( Table 4.1 )
Pvert < 6.5 kN
Pvert = F 0,500 = 4.2 kN
( Table 4.2 )
The combined load-bearing capacity will be sufficient if
P
+ (
( 13,8
)
)
6,5 kN
kN
< 1.0
7,6 kN
4,2 kN
+ (
( 13,8
kN )
6,5 kN )
= 0.72
horz
1.4.32
vert
( OK! )
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Figure 4.26
JOINT
SECTION A-A
A-A
NOTE
Bolt Dimension: M12
Hole Dimension: 13
Washer Dimension: 36
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.4.33
CHAPTER 1
Section 5: Glued joints
Glued joints ..................................................................................................................... 1.5.03
Example of glued joint in combination with bolts .............................................................. 1.5.04
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.5.1
Glued joints
Using glue (an adhesive agent) can be a suitable method for joining pultruded profiles.
Glue has many advantages.
It is easy to make aesthetic joints.
Glued joints between profiles are typically more rigid than traditional bolted joints.
Some types of glue are extremely strong, making it possible to limit the extent of contact areas.
Glued joints subjected to dynamic loads are good.
However, it is necessary to consider a number of conditions in using a glued joint.
A number of adhesive agents have properties that depend on time, and are influenced by
environmental factors such as humidity and the chemical composition of the air.
Failure in glued joints takes place suddenly in contrast to bolted joints.
The load-bearing capacity of a glued joint is not proportional to the area which is glued. The loadbearing capacity of a specific joint only increases with the glued area to a certain point, after which
it remains constant for the glued area. This condition is due to the fact that fracture is connected
with certain tensions in the adhesive layer, typically in the transition from the one profile to the
other.
Because failure in glued joints occurs suddenly, joints in load-bearing structures are normally secured with
bolts. In many cases, an adhesive is applied to the contact surfaces between the joined profiles, thus
increasing the rigidity of the joint in operation.
Glued joints have many advantages in comparison with bolted joints. Around the world, intensive research is
being carried out in the mode of operation of glued joints. When sufficient knowledge becomes available,
advance verification of tests will be unnecessary, and glued joints will undoubtedly find favour as primary joints
in bearing structures. Fiberline takes active part in this research process.
Many tests suggest that also combining bolts and glue in joints can be interesting, since appropriately placed
bolts can prevent the spread of cracks which leads to failure in a glued joint.
Examples of glued joints are illustrated in Figure 6.1.
N
N
N
N
N
N
Figure 6.1. Examples of glued joints
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.5.3
Example of glued joint in combination with bolts
Materials for use in joints with
glue and bolts.
Types of glue:
For a load-bearing structure, use
a two-component epoxy or a
polyurethane glue, following the
instructions of an authorized
supplier.
Boring bolt-holes
1.5.4
Grinding and cleaning
glue surfaces
Applying glue with a filling
knife.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Assembly of glued
surfaces with the aid of
bolts
CHAPTER 1
Section 6: Profile tables
Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 1.6.003
I- profile .............................................................................................................................. 1.6.005
IL- profile ............................................................................................................................ 1.6.017
U- profile ............................................................................................................................ 1.6.029
UL- profile ........................................................................................................................... 1.6.047
Square tube ........................................................................................................................ 1.6.059
Pipe profile ......................................................................................................................... 1.6.081
T - profile ............................................................................................................................ 1.6.085
L - profile ............................................................................................................................ 1.6.089
Handrail .............................................................................................................................. 1.6.117
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.6.1
Introduction
Profile A axial load-bearing capacity (or: load-bearing capacity as column) in kN.
Profile B transverse load-bearing capacity (or: load-bearing capacity as beam) in kN/m.
Each Fiberline structural profile is presented on two pages. The front page shows an illustration of the profile, as
well as its geometric data and tables of the load-bearing capacity as a column, while the tables on the back
page present information on the load-bearing capacity of the profile as a one-, two-, or three-span beam.
For columns (page A), the buckling length is determined first, using the figures shown for the four elementary
situations at the bottom of the page to the right. The buckling length is used to determine the maximum permissible
load around both the strong and the weak profile axes in the tables to the left. The column calculations have
been carried out as described in Chapter 1, Section 3, Profiles subjected to tensile strength or compression, on
page 1.3.3.
The tables can be used to analyse compound structures subjected to compression, for example lattice columns
and compression flanges in lattice girders, provided that angular motion of the profile subjected to compression
is sufficiently prevented.
It is sufficient that I- and U-profiles are secured against buckling in the "weak" direction, so that angular motion
of the column profile is prevented.
The critical loads for local instability (flange buckling) of L- and T- profiles, which are not resistant to buckling,
are listed in the data sheets. If a profile is subjected to compression that exceeds the load-bearing capacity of
a local instability, it is necessary to prevent angular motion. Cases in which local instability can be decisive are
indicated in the tables with .
The second page (Page B) has three tables which provide information for a simply supported profile of one, two
or three spans. The load-bearing capacity is a uniform line load in all three examples. The span of the profile,
which is illustrated next to each of the three examples, is used to determine the load-bearing capacity in kN/m
by means of four different design criteria. At the top, the ultimate limit state indicates the absolute maximum
load-bearing capacity of the profile. The middle example is the serviceability limit state. Its criterion is the
deflection which is a predetermined ratio of the length of span L.
The load-bearing capacity of the profile is illustrated as the maximum deflection for L/200, L/300 and L/400,
respectively. The load-bearing capacity around the weak axis of the profile is indicated by a dark background.
In all calculations, it is assumed that the compressed part of the profile is secured to prevent lateral buckling.
The material constants and partial coefficients used are summarized schematically in Section 2. This section
also contains a complete list of the geometric data of the profiles and a list of masses.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.6.3
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 120 x 60 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
89.2
76.0
65.1
56.2
48.9
42.9
37.8
33.6
30.0
26.9
24.3
22.0
20.0
18.3
16.8
15.4
14.2
13.2
12.2
11.4
10.6
9.9
9.3
8.7
8.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
60
6
6
7,5
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
96.5
75.6
60.1
48.7
40.0
33.4
28.2
24.1
20.8
18.2
16.0
14.1
12.6
11.3
10.2
9.2
8.4
7.7
7.0
6.5
6.0
5.5
5.1
4.8
4.2
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
1 416
3 103 591
51 727
684
219 095
7 303
576
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
261.5 kN
Dead weight
2.55 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.5
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 120 x 60 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 13.15 11.69 10.52 9.57
y direction 2.70
8.49
7.23
6.24
5.43
4.77
4.23
3.77
3.39
3.06
2.77
2.53
2.31
2.12
2.13
1.73
1.43
1.20
1.02
0.88
0.77
0.67
0.60
0.53
0.48
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.33
0.30
x direction 3.16
2.26
1.67
1.26
0.98
0.77
0.62
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.13
y direction 0.24
0.17
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 2.11
1.51
1.11
0.84
0.65
0.52
0.41
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.08
y direction 0.16
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 1.58
1.13
0.83
0.63
0.49
0.39
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
y direction 0.12
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 10.52 9.35
8.42
7.65
7.02
6.48
6.01
5.43
4.77
4.23
3.77
3.39
3.06
2.77
2.53
2.31
2.12
y direction 2.70
2.13
1.73
1.43
1.20
1.02
0.88
0.77
0.67
0.60
0.53
0.48
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.33
0.30
x direction 6.86
4.99
3.74
2.86
2.24
1.78
1.44
1.18
0.98
0.82
0.70
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.34
0.30
y direction 0.57
0.40
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 4.57
3.33
2.49
1.91
1.49
1.19
0.96
0.79
0.65
0.55
0.46
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.20
y direction 0.38
0.27
0.20
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
x direction 3.43
2.50
1.87
1.43
1.12
0.89
0.72
0.59
0.49
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
y direction 0.29
0.20
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 10.96 9.74
8.77
7.97
7.31
6.75
6.26
5.85
5.48
5.16
4.72
4.23
3.82
3.46
3.16
2.89
2.65
y direction 3.37
2.66
2.16
1.78
1.50
1.28
1.10
0.96
0.84
0.75
0.67
0.60
0.54
0.49
0.45
0.41
0.37
x direction 5.60
4.05
3.02
2.30
1.80
1.43
1.15
0.94
0.78
0.65
0.55
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.27
0.24
y direction 0.45
0.32
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.6
x direction 3.73
2.70
2.01
1.53
1.20
0.95
0.77
0.63
0.52
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
y direction 0.30
0.21
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 2.80
2.02
1.51
1.15
0.90
0.71
0.58
0.47
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.12
y direction 0.23
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 160 x 80 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
242.4
215.4
191.5
170.6
152.4
136.6
122.8
110.8
100.3
91.1
83.1
76.0
69.7
64.1
59.1
54.7
50.7
47.2
44.0
41.0
38.4
36.0
33.8
31.8
30.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
160
80
8
8
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
257.7
216.0
181.3
153.0
130.0
111.3
96.0
83.4
73.1
64.4
57.1
51.0
45.7
41.2
37.4
34.0
31.0
28.5
26.2
24.2
22.4
20.7
19.3
18.0
15.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 487
9 661 724
120 772
1 216
690 774
17 269
1 024
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
459.1 kN
Dead weight
4.48 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.7
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 160 x 80 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x direction 23.38 20.79 18.71 17.01 15.59 14.39 13.36 12.47 11.15 9.88
y direction 6.38
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
8.81
7.91
7.13
6.47
5.90
5.39
4.95
5.04
4.08
3.37
2.83
2.41
2.08
1.81
1.59
1.41
1.26
1.13
1.02
0.93
0.84
0.77
0.71
x direction 11.02 8.00
5.97
4.57
3.57
2.84
2.29
1.88
1.55
1.30
1.10
0.94
0.81
0.70
0.61
0.53
0.47
y direction 0.91
0.47
0.35
0.27
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
0.64
x direction 7.35
5.33
3.98
3.04
2.38
1.89
1.53
1.25
1.04
0.87
0.73
0.63
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.31
y direction 0.61
0.43
0.31
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
x direction 5.51
4.00
2.98
2.28
1.78
1.42
1.14
0.94
0.78
0.65
0.55
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.27
0.24
y direction 0.46
0.32
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 18.71 16.63 14.97 13.61 12.47 11.51 10.69 9.98
y direction 6.38
Two spans
Breaking point
9.35
8.80
8.31
7.88
7.13
6.47
5.90
5.39
4.95
3.37
2.83
2.41
2.08
1.81
1.59
1.41
1.26
1.13
1.02
0.93
0.84
0.77
0.71
x direction 21.85 16.38 12.54 9.79
7.77
6.26
5.11
4.22
3.52
2.97
2.53
2.16
1.87
1.62
1.42
1.25
1.10
y direction 2.15
0.65
0.51
0.41
0.33
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
5.04
4.08
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.52
1.12
0.84
x direction 14.57 10.92 8.36
y direction 1.43
6.52
5.18
4.17
3.41
2.81
2.35
1.98
1.68
1.44
1.25
1.08
0.95
0.83
0.74
1.02
0.74
0.56
0.43
0.34
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
x direction 10.93 8.19
6.27
4.89
3.88
3.13
2.55
2.11
1.76
1.48
1.26
1.08
0.93
0.81
0.71
0.62
0.55
y direction 1.08
0.76
0.56
0.42
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 19.49 17.32 15.59 14.17 12.99 11.99 11.14 10.39 9.74
y direction 7.97
Three spans
Breaking point
9.17
8.66
8.21
7.79
7.42
7.09
6.74
6.19
4.22
3.54
3.02
2.60
2.27
1.99
1.77
1.57
1.41
1.28
1.16
1.05
0.96
0.89
x direction 18.38 13.63 10.35 8.02
6.33
5.08
4.13
3.40
2.83
2.38
2.02
1.73
1.49
1.30
1.13
0.99
0.88
y direction 1.71
0.51
0.41
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
6.30
5.10
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.8
1.21
0.88
0.67
x direction 12.26 9.09
6.90
5.35
4.22
3.39
2.75
2.27
1.89
1.59
1.35
1.15
0.99
0.86
0.75
0.66
0.58
y direction 1.14
0.59
0.44
0.34
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.80
x direction 9.19
6.82
5.18
4.01
3.17
2.54
2.07
1.70
1.42
1.19
1.01
0.87
0.75
0.65
0.57
0.50
0.44
y direction 0.85
0.60
0.44
0.33
0.26
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 200 x 100 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
456.3
416.0
378.7
344.6
313.6
285.7
260.6
238.2
218.1
200.2
184.1
169.7
156.7
145.1
134.6
125.2
116.6
108.9
101.8
95.4
89.6
84.2
79.3
74.8
70.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
200
100
10
10
10
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
478.2
417.0
362.2
314.5
273.7
239.0
209.7
184.8
163.7
145.7
130.4
117.2
105.8
95.9
87.2
79.7
73.0
67.1
61.9
57.3
53.1
49.4
46.0
43.0
37.7
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
3 886
23 588 193
235 882
1 900
1 686 460
33 729
1 600
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
717.4 kN
Dead weight
6.99 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.9
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 200 x 100 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 36.54 32.48 29.23 26.57 24.36 22.49 20.88 19.49 18.27 17.19 16.24 15.38 13.94 12.64 11.52 10.54 9.68
y direction 12.45 9.84
7.97
6.59
5.54
4.72
4.07
3.54
3.11
2.76
2.46
2.21
1.99
1.81
1.65
1.51
1.38
x direction 24.80 18.25 13.78 10.63 8.36
6.68
5.42
4.46
3.71
3.11
2.64
2.26
1.94
1.68
1.47
1.29
1.14
y direction 2.21
0.52
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.08
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.56
1.14
0.86
x direction 16.54 12.17 9.19
y direction 1.48
0.66
7.09
5.57
4.46
3.62
2.97
2.47
2.07
1.76
1.50
1.30
1.12
0.98
0.86
0.76
1.04
0.76
0.58
0.44
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
x direction 12.40 9.13
6.89
5.32
4.18
3.34
2.71
2.23
1.85
1.56
1.32
1.13
0.97
0.84
0.74
0.65
0.57
y direction 1.11
0.78
0.57
0.43
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 29.23 25.98 23.38 21.26 19.49 17.99 16.70 15.59 14.62 13.76 12.99 12.31 11.69 11.14 10.63 10.17 9.68
y direction 12.45 9.84
7.97
6.59
5.54
4.72
4.07
3.54
3.11
2.76
2.46
2.21
1.99
1.81
1.65
1.51
1.38
x direction 45.66 35.01 27.32 21.65 17.40 14.17 11.67 9.71
8.16
6.91
5.91
5.08
4.40
3.84
3.36
2.97
2.63
y direction 5.15
0.67
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3.66
2.69
2.03
1.57
1.24
1.00
0.81
x direction 30.44 23.34 18.21 14.43 11.60 9.44
7.78
6.47
5.44
4.61
3.94
3.39
2.94
2.56
2.24
1.98
1.75
y direction 3.44
0.67
0.54
0.45
0.37
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
2.44
1.79
1.36
1.05
0.83
x direction 22.83 17.50 13.66 10.82 8.70
7.08
5.83
4.85
4.08
3.46
2.95
2.54
2.20
1.92
1.68
1.48
1.31
y direction 2.58
1.83
1.35
1.02
0.79
0.62
0.50
0.41
0.34
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 30.45 27.07 24.36 22.14 20.30 18.74 17.40 16.24 15.22 14.33 13.53 12.82 12.18 11.60 11.07 10.59 10.15
y direction 15.57 12.30 9.96
8.23
6.92
5.90
5.08
4.43
3.89
3.45
3.08
2.76
2.49
2.26
2.06
1.88
1.73
x direction 39.31 29.76 22.98 18.05 14.41 11.66 9.55
7.92
6.63
5.60
4.77
4.10
3.54
3.08
2.70
2.37
2.10
y direction 4.11
0.64
0.53
0.44
0.37
0.32
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.10
2.91
2.14
1.61
1.25
x direction 26.21 19.84 15.32 12.04 9.60
y direction 2.74
0.98
0.79
7.77
6.37
5.28
4.42
3.73
3.18
2.73
2.36
2.05
1.80
1.58
1.40
1.07
0.83
0.66
0.53
0.43
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
x direction 19.65 14.88 11.49 9.03
7.20
5.83
4.78
3.96
3.31
2.80
2.39
2.05
1.77
1.54
1.35
1.19
1.05
y direction 2.05
0.62
0.49
0.39
0.32
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
1.94
1.46
1.42
1.07
0.81
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 240 x 120 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
739.2
687.3
637.3
589.8
545.4
504.1
465.9
430.9
398.9
369.7
343.0
318.7
296.5
276.3
257.9
241.1
225.7
211.6
198.7
186.9
176.0
166.0
156.8
148.3
140.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
120
12
12
12
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
766.7
688.6
614.6
546.8
486.0
432.3
385.3
344.2
308.5
277.4
250.3
226.7
205.9
187.7
171.7
157.5
144.9
133.7
123.7
114.7
106.7
99.4
92.8
86.8
76.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
5 596
48 912 478
407 604
2 736
3 497 044
58 284
2 304
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1033.0 kN
Dead weight
10.1 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.11
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 240 x 120 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 52.62 46.77 42.09 38.27 35.08 32.38 30.07 28.06 26.31 24.76 23.38 22.15 21.05 20.04 19.13 18.21 16.72
y direction 21.52 17.00 13.77 11.38 9.56
8.15
7.03
6.12
5.38
4.77
4.25
3.82
3.44
3.12
2.85
2.60
2.39
x direction 46.94 35.07 26.79 20.87 16.54 13.30 10.85 8.95
7.47
6.29
5.35
4.58
3.95
3.43
3.00
2.64
2.33
y direction 4.55
0.58
0.49
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.22
0.20
0.17
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3.21
2.36
1.78
1.37
1.08
0.87
0.71
x direction 31.29 23.38 17.86 13.91 11.02 8.87
7.23
5.97
4.98
4.20
3.57
3.05
2.64
2.29
2.00
1.76
1.55
y direction 3.03
0.58
0.47
0.39
0.33
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.12
2.15
1.58
1.19
0.92
0.72
x direction 23.47 17.54 13.40 10.43 8.27
6.65
5.42
4.48
3.73
3.15
2.67
2.29
1.98
1.72
1.50
1.32
1.17
y direction 2.27
1.61
1.18
0.89
0.69
0.54
0.44
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.21
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 42.09 37.42 33.67 30.61 28.06 25.90 24.05 22.45 21.05 19.81 18.71 17.72 16.84 16.04 15.31 14.64 14.03
y direction 21.52 17.00 13.77 11.38 9.56
8.15
7.03
6.12
5.38
4.77
4.25
3.82
3.44
3.12
2.85
2.60
2.39
x direction 80.49 63.02 50.05 40.26 32.78 26.98 22.42 18.81 15.91 13.57 11.65 10.07 8.76
7.66
6.74
5.95
5.28
y direction 10.44 7.45
0.62
0.54
0.47
0.41
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
5.49
4.16
3.23
2.55
2.05
1.67
1.38
1.16
0.98
0.83
0.71
x direction 53.66 42.01 33.36 26.84 21.85 17.98 14.95 12.54 10.61 9.05
7.77
6.71
5.84
5.11
4.49
3.97
3.52
y direction 6.96
0.65
0.55
0.48
0.41
0.36
0.31
0.28
4.97
3.66
2.78
2.15
1.70
1.37
1.12
0.92
0.77
x direction 40.25 31.51 25.02 20.13 16.39 13.49 11.21 9.41
7.96
6.78
5.83
5.04
4.38
3.83
3.37
2.98
2.64
y direction 5.22
3.72
2.75
2.08
1.61
1.28
1.03
0.84
0.69
0.58
0.49
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.21
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 43.85 38.97 35.08 31.89 29.23 26.98 25.05 23.38 21.92 20.63 19.49 18.46 17.54 16.70 15.94 15.25 14.62
y direction 26.90 21.25 17.22 14.23 11.96 10.19 8.78
7.65
6.73
5.96
5.31
4.77
4.30
3.90
3.56
3.25
2.99
x direction 70.77 54.65 42.89 34.16 27.58 22.53 18.61 15.53 13.07 11.10 9.50
8.19
7.10
6.20
5.44
4.80
4.25
y direction 8.36
0.66
0.56
0.49
0.42
0.37
0.33
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.12
5.95
4.37
3.31
2.56
2.02
1.63
1.33
1.09
0.91
0.77
x direction 47.18 36.44 28.60 22.78 18.38 15.02 12.41 10.35 8.72
7.40
6.33
5.46
4.73
4.13
3.62
3.20
2.83
y direction 5.57
0.61
0.51
0.44
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.25
0.22
3.96
1.08
0.88
x direction 35.39 27.33 21.45 17.08 13.79 11.26 9.30
7.76
6.54
5.55
4.75
4.09
3.55
3.10
2.72
2.40
2.13
y direction 4.18
0.66
0.55
0.46
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.16
2.97
2.92
2.19
2.21
1.65
1.71
1.28
1.35
1.01
0.81
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
0.73
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 300 x 150 x 15 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
1286.8
1221.1
1155.1
1090.0
1026.6
965.6
907.4
852.1
800.1
751.3
705.6
663.0
623.3
586.4
552.1
520.3
490.7
463.3
437.8
414.2
392.2
371.7
352.7
334.9
318.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
300
150
15
15
15
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
1320.5
1222.7
1124.2
1028.6
938.2
854.3
777.5
707.7
644.9
588.4
537.8
492.6
452.1
415.8
383.3
354.2
327.9
304.3
282.9
263.6
246.1
230.2
215.7
202.5
179.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
8 743
119 415 229
796 102
4 275
8 537 705
113 836
3 600
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1614.1 kN
Dead weight
15.7 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.13
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 300 x 150 x 15 - B
One span
L (m) = 3,00
3,25
3,50
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
4,75
5,00
5,25
5,50
5,75
6,00
6,25
6,50
6,75
7,00
Breaking point
x direction 54,81 50,59 46,98 43,85 41,11 38,69 36,54 34,62 32,88 31,32 29,90 28,60 27,40 26,31 25,30 24,36 23,49
y direction 18,68 15,92 13,72 11,96 10,51 9,31
8,30
7,45
6,73
6,10
5,56
5,09
4,67
4,30
3,98
3,69
3,43
x direction 37,21 30,24 24,87 20,67 17,35 14,69 12,54 10,78 9,34
8,13
7,13
6,28
5,56
4,94
4,41
3,96
3,56
y direction 3,32
0,63
0,55
0,48
0,42
0,37
0,33
0,30
0,27
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2,62
2,10
1,71
1,42
1,18
1,00
0,85
0,73
x direction 24,80 20,16 16,58 13,78 11,57 9,79
8,36
7,19
6,22
5,42
4,75
4,19
3,71
3,29
2,94
2,64
2,37
y direction 2,21
0,67
0,57
0,49
0,42
0,37
0,32
0,28
0,25
0,22
0,20
0,18
1,75
1,41
1,15
0,95
0,79
x direction 18,60 15,12 12,43 10,33 8,67
7,35
6,27
5,39
4,67
4,07
3,56
3,14
2,78
2,47
2,21
1,98
1,78
y direction 1,66
1,31
1,05
0,86
0,71
0,59
0,50
0,43
0,37
0,32
0,27
0,24
0,21
0,19
0,17
0,15
0,13
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 43.85 40.47 37.58 35.08 32.88 30.95 29.23 27.69 26.31 25.05 23.92 22.88 21.92 21.05 20.24 19.49 18.79
y direction 18.68 15.92 13.72 11.96 10.51 9.31
8.30
7.45
6.73
6.10
5.56
5.09
4.67
4.30
3.98
3.69
3.43
x direction 68.49 57.26 48.26 40.97 35.03 30.15 26.10 22.73 19.89 17.50 15.47 13.73 12.24 10.95 9.83
8.86
8.01
y direction 7.73
0.71
0.64
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
6.13
4.94
4.04
3.34
2.79
2.36
2.01
1.73
1.50
1.30
1.14
1.01
0.89
0.79
x direction 45.66 38.17 32.17 27.32 23.35 20.10 17.40 15.15 13.26 11.67 10.31 9.15
8.16
7.30
6.55
5.91
5.34
y direction 5.15
0.67
0.59
0.53
0.47
0.42
4.09
3.29
2.69
2.23
1.86
1.57
1.34
1.15
1.00
0.87
0.76
x direction 34.24 28.63 24.13 20.49 17.52 15.07 13.05 11.36 9.95
8.75
7.73
6.86
6.12
5.47
4.92
4.43
4.00
y direction 3.86
3.06
2.47
2.02
1.67
1.40
1.18
1.01
0.86
0.75
0.65
0.57
0.50
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.32
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 45.67 42.16 39.15 36.54 34.25 32.24 30.45 28.85 27.40 26.10 24.91 23.83 22.84 21.92 21.08 20.30 19.57
y direction 23.35 19.90 17.16 14.94 13.13 11.64 10.38 9.31
8.41
7.62
6.95
6.36
5.84
5.38
4.97
4.61
4.29
x direction 58.96 48.87 40.87 34.47 29.30 25.08 21.61 18.74 16.34 14.33 12.63 11.18 9.94
8.88
7.96
7.16
6.46
y direction 6.16
0.70
0.63
0.56
0.50
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.14
4.88
3.92
3.20
2.65
2.21
1.87
1.59
1.37
1.18
1.03
0.90
0.80
x direction 39.31 32.58 27.25 22.98 19.53 16.72 14.41 12.49 10.90 9.55
8.42
7.45
6.63
5.92
5.30
4.77
4.31
y direction 4.11
0.69
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.42
0.37
0.33
3.25
2.62
2.14
1.77
1.48
1.25
1.06
0.91
0.79
x direction 29.48 24.44 20.44 17.23 14.65 12.54 10.81 9.37
8.17
7.17
6.31
5.59
4.97
4.44
3.98
3.58
3.23
y direction 3.08
0.68
0.59
0.52
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
2.44
1.96
1.60
1.32
1.11
0.93
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
0.80
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - I 360 x 180 x 18 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
1975.4
1899.7
1821.6
1742.5
1663.3
1585.1
1508.4
1433.9
1362.0
1293.0
1227.1
1164.3
1104.8
1048.4
995.1
944.9
897.5
853.0
811.1
771.7
734.7
699.9
667.2
636.4
607.5
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
360
180
18
18
18
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
2013.4
1901.5
1784.3
1665.9
1549.3
1436.9
1330.2
1230.2
1137.3
1051.5
972.7
900.5
834.6
774.5
719.7
669.7
624.2
582.6
544.7
510.0
478.2
449.1
422.4
397.9
354.4
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
12 590
247 619 419
1 375 663
6 156
17 703 784
196 709
5 184
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
2324.3 kN
Dead weight
22.7 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.15
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - I 360 x 180 x 18 - B
One span
L (m) = 3,50
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
4,75
5,00
5,25
5,50
5,75
6,00
6,25
6,50
6,75
7,00
7,25
7,50
Breaking point
x direction 67,65 63,14 59,19 55,71 52,62 49,85 47,35 45,10 43,05 41,18 39,46 37,88 36,43 35,08 33,82 32,66 31,57
y direction 23,72 20,66 18,16 16,08 14,35 12,88 11,62 10,54 9,60
8,79
8,07
7,44
6,88
6,38
5,93
5,53
5,16
x direction 47,98 40,19 33,95 28,91 24,80 21,42 18,62 16,27 14,30 12,63 11,20 9,98
8,93
8,02
7,23
6,54
5,93
y direction 4,33
0,55
0,50
0,45
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3,53
2,92
2,44
2,06
1,75
1,50
1,30
1,13
0,99
0,87
0,77
0,69
0,61
x direction 31,99 26,79 22,63 19,28 16,54 14,28 12,41 10,85 9,53
y direction 2,89
8,42
7,47
6,66
5,96
5,35
4,82
4,36
3,95
1,01
0,87
0,76
0,66
0,58
0,52
0,46
0,41
0,37
0,33
0,30
x direction 23,99 20,09 16,98 14,46 12,40 10,71 9,31
8,14
7,15
6,31
5,60
4,99
4,47
4,01
3,62
3,27
2,97
y direction 2,17
1,77
1,46
1,22
1,03
0,88
0,75
0,65
0,57
0,50
0,44
0,39
0,35
0,31
0,28
0,25
0,23
L (m) = 3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
2,36
1,95
1,63
1,38
1,17
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 54.12 50.51 47.35 44.57 42.09 39.88 37.88 36.08 34.44 32.94 31.57 30.31 29.14 28.06 27.06 26.13 25.26
y direction 23.72 20.66 18.16 16.08 14.35 12.88 11.62 10.54 9.60
8.79
8.07
7.44
6.88
6.38
5.93
5.53
5.16
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x direction 87.40 75.07 64.85 56.32 49.17 43.13 38.01 33.64 29.89 26.66 23.87 21.44 19.33 17.48 15.85 14.41 13.14
y direction 10.06 8.24
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.18
1.07
x direction 58.27 50.05 43.23 37.55 32.78 28.75 25.34 22.42 19.93 17.77 15.91 14.30 12.89 11.65 10.56 9.61
8.76
y direction 6.71
0.71
5.49
6.83
4.55
5.72
3.82
4.84
3.23
4.13
2.75
3.55
2.37
3.08
2.05
2.68
1.79
2.35
1.57
2.07
1.38
1.84
1.23
1.64
1.46
1.31
1.09
0.98
0.88
0.79
x direction 43.70 37.53 32.42 28.16 24.58 21.56 19.00 16.82 14.94 13.33 11.94 10.72 9.66
8.74
7.92
7.21
6.57
y direction 5.03
4.12
3.42
2.86
2.42
2.07
1.78
1.54
1.34
1.18
1.04
0.92
0.82
0.73
0.66
0.59
0.53
L (m) = 3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 56.37 52.62 49.33 46.43 43.85 41.54 39.46 37.58 35.87 34.31 32.88 31.57 30.36 29.23 28.19 27.21 26.31
y direction 29.65 25.82 22.70 20.11 17.93 16.10 14.53 13.18 12.01 10.98 10.09 9.30
8.60
7.97
7.41
6.91
6.46
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x direction 75.49 64.34 55.20 47.65 41.36 36.10 31.67 27.91 24.71 21.97 19.61 17.57 15.80 14.25 12.90 11.70 10.65
y direction 8.02
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.16
6.56
5.43
4.55
3.84
3.28
2.82
2.44
2.12
1.86
1.64
1.45
1.29
1.16
1.04
0.94
0.85
x direction 50.33 42.89 36.80 31.76 27.58 24.07 21.11 18.61 16.48 14.65 13.07 11.71 10.53 9.50
8.60
7.80
7.10
y direction 5.35
0.69
0.62
0.56
4.37
3.62
3.03
2.56
2.18
1.88
1.63
1.42
1.24
1.09
0.97
0.86
0.77
x direction 37.74 32.17 27.60 23.82 20.68 18.05 15.83 13.96 12.36 10.99 9.81
8.79
7.90
7.13
6.45
5.85
5.33
y direction 4.01
0.73
0.65
0.58
0.52
0.47
0.42
3.28
2.72
2.27
1.92
1.64
1.41
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.22
1.06
0.93
0.82
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 120 x 60 x 5/5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
47.6
42.8
38.5
34.7
31.2
28.2
25.5
23.2
21.1
19.2
17.6
16.2
14.9
13.7
12.7
11.8
10.9
10.2
9.5
8.9
8.3
7.8
7.4
6.9
6.5
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
49.8
42.4
36.2
30.9
26.5
22.9
19.8
17.3
15.3
13.5
12.0
10.8
9.7
8.7
7.9
7.2
6.6
6.1
5.6
5.2
4.8
4.4
4.1
3.9
3.4
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
120
60
5
5
5,0
1 171
2 601 910
43 365
570
181 445
6 048
480
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
216.3 kN
Dead weight
2.11 kg/m
Buckling length
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.6.17
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 120 x 60 x 5/5 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 6.07
4.80
3.89
3.21
2.70
2.30
1.98
1.73
1.52
1.34
1.20
1.08
0.97
0.88
0.80
0.73
0.67
y direction 0.85
0.67
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.09
x direction 2.65
1.89
1.40
1.06
0.82
0.65
0.52
0.43
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
y direction 0.20
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.77
1.26
0.93
0.71
0.55
0.43
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
y direction 0.13
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
x direction 1.32
0.95
0.70
0.53
0.41
0.32
0.26
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
y direction 0.10
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 6.07
4.80
3.89
3.21
2.70
2.30
1.98
1.73
1.52
1.34
1.20
1.08
0.97
0.88
0.80
0.73
0.67
y direction 0.85
0.67
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.09
x direction 5.74
4.18
3.13
2.40
1.88
1.49
1.21
0.99
0.82
0.69
0.58
0.50
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.25
y direction 0.47
0.33
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 3.83
2.79
2.09
1.60
1.25
1.00
0.81
0.66
0.55
0.46
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
y direction 0.32
0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
x direction 2.87
2.09
1.56
1.20
0.94
0.75
0.60
0.50
0.41
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
y direction 0.24
0.17
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 7.59
6.00
4.86
4.01
3.37
2.87
2.48
2.16
1.90
1.68
1.50
1.35
1.21
1.10
1.00
0.92
0.84
y direction 1.06
0.84
0.68
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
x direction 4.69
3.39
2.53
1.93
1.50
1.19
0.96
0.79
0.65
0.55
0.46
0.39
0.34
0.29
0.26
0.22
0.20
y direction 0.37
0.26
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.18
x direction 3.13
2.26
1.68
1.29
1.00
0.80
0.64
0.53
0.44
0.36
0.31
0.26
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
y direction 0.25
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 2.35
1.70
1.26
0.96
0.75
0.60
0.48
0.39
0.33
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
y direction 0.19
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 160 x 80 x 8/5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
109.9
103.4
97.0
90.8
84.9
79.2
73.9
68.9
64.3
60.1
56.1
52.4
49.1
46.0
43.1
40.5
38.0
35.8
33.7
31.8
30.1
28.4
26.9
25.5
24.2
Geometry
H
B
160
80
8
5
8
T1
T2
R
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
115.4
106.1
96.9
88.1
79.9
72.4
65.5
59.4
53.9
49.0
44.6
40.8
37.3
34.2
31.5
29.1
26.9
24.9
23.1
21.5
20.1
18.7
17.5
16.5
14.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
2 055
8 759 190
109 490
760
685 062
17127
1 024
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
Material properties
28 000 MPa
E0
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
m,f
1.3
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
379.4 kN
Dead weight
3.70 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.19
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 160 x 80 x 8/5 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 14.62 12.11 9.81
y direction 2.40
8.11
6.81
5.80
5.01
4.36
3.83
3.39
3.03
2.72
2.45
2.22
2.03
1.85
1.70
1.89
1.53
1.27
1.07
0.91
0.78
0.68
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.43
0.38
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.27
x direction 9.36
6.87
5.17
3.98
3.13
2.50
2.03
1.66
1.38
1.16
0.98
0.84
0.72
0.63
0.55
0.48
0.42
y direction 0.91
0.64
0.47
0.35
0.27
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 6.24
4.58
3.45
2.66
2.09
1.67
1.35
1.11
0.92
0.77
0.66
0.56
0.48
0.42
0.36
0.32
0.28
y direction 0.60
0.43
0.31
0.23
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
x direction 4.68
3.43
2.59
1.99
1.56
1.25
1.01
0.83
0.69
0.58
0.49
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.21
y direction 0.45
0.32
0.23
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 11.69 10.39 9.35
8.11
6.81
5.80
5.01
4.36
3.83
3.39
3.03
2.72
2.45
2.22
2.03
1.85
1.70
y direction 2.40
1.27
1.07
0.91
0.78
0.68
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.43
0.38
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.27
x direction 17.46 13.33 10.37 8.19
6.57
5.34
4.39
3.65
3.06
2.59
2.21
1.90
1.65
1.43
1.26
1.11
0.98
y direction 2.14
0.65
0.51
0.41
0.33
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
1.89
1.53
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.51
1.11
0.83
x direction 11.64 8.89
6.91
5.46
4.38
3.56
2.93
2.43
2.04
1.73
1.47
1.27
1.10
0.96
0.84
0.74
0.65
y direction 1.42
0.74
0.56
0.43
0.34
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
1.01
x direction 8.73
6.67
5.18
4.10
3.28
2.67
2.19
1.82
1.53
1.30
1.11
0.95
0.82
0.72
0.63
0.55
0.49
y direction 1.07
0.76
0.55
0.42
0.32
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 12.18 10.83 9.74
8.86
8.12
7.26
6.26
5.45
4.79
4.24
3.78
3.40
3.07
2.78
2.53
2.32
2.13
y direction 3.00
1.92
1.59
1.33
1.14
0.98
0.85
0.75
0.66
0.59
0.53
0.48
0.43
0.40
0.36
0.33
x direction 14.97 11.29 8.69
6.81
5.42
4.38
3.59
2.97
2.48
2.10
1.78
1.53
1.32
1.15
1.01
0.89
0.78
y direction 1.69
0.66
0.51
0.40
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
2.37
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.20
1.20
0.88
x direction 9.98
7.53
5.79
4.54
3.62
2.92
2.39
1.98
1.65
1.40
1.19
1.02
0.88
0.77
0.67
0.59
0.52
y direction 1.13
0.80
0.58
0.44
0.34
0.27
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
x direction 7.48
5.64
4.34
3.41
2.71
2.19
1.79
1.48
1.24
1.05
0.89
0.77
0.66
0.58
0.50
0.44
0.39
y direction 0.85
0.60
0.44
0.33
0.25
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 200 x 100 x 8/5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
223.5
213.4
203.1
192.9
182.8
172.9
163.4
154.3
145.6
137.4
129.6
122.3
115.4
109.0
103.0
97.4
92.1
87.2
82.6
78.4
74.4
70.6
67.1
63.9
60.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
200
100
8
5
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
228.6
213.7
198.3
183.1
168.5
154.7
141.8
130.0
119.2
109.4
100.5
92.4
85.2
78.7
72.7
67.4
62.6
58.2
54.3
50.7
47.4
44.4
41.6
39.1
34.7
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 575
17 444 191
174 442
950
1 336 071
26 721
1 280
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
475.4 kN
Dead weight
4.63 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.21
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 200 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 18.27 16.24 14.62 12.92 10.85 9.25
y direction 3.74
7.97
6.95
6.11
5.41
4.82
4.33
3.91
3.54
3.23
2.95
2.71
2.39
1.98
1.66
1.42
1.22
1.06
0.94
0.83
0.74
0.66
0.60
0.54
0.49
0.45
0.42
x direction 16.61 12.43 9.50
7.41
5.87
4.73
3.86
3.18
2.66
2.24
1.90
1.63
1.41
1.22
1.07
0.94
0.83
y direction 1.75
0.53
0.41
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
2.96
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.24
0.91
0.68
x direction 11.07 8.28
6.33
4.94
3.92
3.15
2.57
2.12
1.77
1.49
1.27
1.09
0.94
0.82
0.71
0.63
0.55
y direction 1.17
0.61
0.46
0.35
0.28
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.83
x direction 8.31
6.21
4.75
3.70
2.94
2.36
1.93
1.59
1.33
1.12
0.95
0.82
0.70
0.61
0.53
0.47
0.42
y direction 0.88
0.62
0.45
0.34
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 14.62 12.99 11.69 10.63 9.74
8.99
7.97
6.95
6.11
5.41
4.82
4.33
3.91
3.54
3.23
2.95
2.71
y direction 3.74
1.42
1.22
1.06
0.94
0.83
0.74
0.66
0.60
0.54
0.49
0.45
0.42
x direction 28.33 22.21 17.67 14.23 11.60 9.55
7.95
6.67
5.65
4.82
4.14
3.58
3.11
2.72
2.40
2.12
1.88
y direction 4.08
0.79
0.64
0.53
0.44
0.37
0.32
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
2.96
2.39
1.98
1.66
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.90
1.61
1.25
x direction 18.89 14.81 11.78 9.49
7.73
6.37
5.30
4.45
3.76
3.21
2.76
2.39
2.08
1.82
1.60
1.41
1.25
y direction 2.72
0.83
0.66
0.53
0.43
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
1.93
2.13
0.98
1.42
1.07
x direction 14.16 11.11 8.83
7.11
5.80
4.78
3.97
3.33
2.82
2.41
2.07
1.79
1.56
1.36
1.20
1.06
0.94
y direction 2.04
1.45
1.07
0.81
0.62
0.49
0.40
0.32
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 15.22 13.53 12.18 11.07 10.15 9.37
y direction 4.68
8.70
8.12
7.61
6.76
6.03
5.41
4.88
4.43
4.04
3.69
3.39
2.08
1.77
1.53
1.33
1.17
1.04
0.92
0.83
0.75
0.68
0.62
0.57
0.52
x direction 24.95 19.30 15.16 12.09 9.77
7.99
6.60
5.51
4.64
3.94
3.38
2.91
2.53
2.20
1.93
1.71
1.51
y direction 3.25
0.78
0.63
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.13
3.69
2.99
2.47
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.22
2.31
1.69
1.28
0.99
x direction 16.63 12.86 10.11 8.06
6.51
5.32
4.40
3.67
3.10
2.63
2.25
1.94
1.68
1.47
1.29
1.14
1.01
y direction 2.17
0.66
0.52
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
1.54
1.13
0.85
x direction 12.47 9.65
7.58
6.05
4.88
3.99
3.30
2.76
2.32
1.97
1.69
1.46
1.26
1.10
0.97
0.85
0.76
y direction 1.63
0.85
0.64
0.49
0.39
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
1.15
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 240 x 120 x 10/7 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
247.4
239.6
231.5
223.1
214.7
206.1
197.6
189.3
181.1
173.1
165.4
157.9
150.8
143.9
137.4
131.1
125.2
119.5
114.2
109.1
104.2
99.7
95.4
91.3
87.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
120
10
7
10
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
252.8
241.8
230.1
217.8
205.4
193.2
181.2
169.7
158.7
148.4
138.6
129.6
121.1
113.3
106.1
99.4
93.2
87.5
82.2
77.3
72.8
68.7
64.8
61.3
54.9
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
4 026
38 135 220
317 794
1 596
2 888 391
48 140
1 920
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1,3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
743.2 kN
Dead weight
7.25 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.23
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 240 x 120 x 10/7- B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x direction 30.69 27.28 24.55 22.32 19.77 16.85 14.53 12.66 11.12 9.85
y direction 6.74
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
8.79
7.89
7.12
6.46
5.88
5.38
4.94
2.55
2.20
1.92
1.68
1.49
1.33
1.19
1.08
0.98
0.89
0.82
0.75
x direction 33.39 25.30 19.55 15.37 12.27 9.93
8.14
6.75
5.65
4.78
4.07
3.49
3.02
2.63
2.30
2.03
1.79
y direction 3.76
0.72
0.58
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.16
0.14
5.33
4.31
3.56
3.00
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.66
1.95
1.47
1.13
0.89
x direction 22.26 16.87 13.03 10.24 8.18
6.62
5.43
4.50
3.77
3.18
2.71
2.33
2.01
1.75
1.53
1.35
1.19
y direction 2.50
0.60
0.48
0.39
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
1.78
1.30
0.98
0.76
x direction 16.69 12.65 9.77
7.68
6.13
4.97
4.07
3.37
2.83
2.39
2.03
1.75
1.51
1.31
1.15
1.01
0.90
y direction 1.88
1.33
0.98
0.74
0.57
0.45
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 24.55 21.83 19.64 17.86 16.37 15.11 14.03 12.66 11.12 9.85
8.79
7.89
7.12
6.46
5.88
5.38
4.94
y direction 6.74
1.49
1.33
1.19
1.08
0.98
0.89
0.82
0.75
x direction 53.87 42.90 34.58 28.19 23.22 19.30 16.18 13.68 11.65 9.99
8.62
7.48
6.54
5.74
5.06
4.48
3.99
y direction 8.63
0.81
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.34
Two spans
Breaking point
5.33
4.31
3.56
3.00
2.55
2.20
1.92
1.68
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
6.16
4.54
3.44
2.67
2.11
1.70
1.38
1.14
0.95
x direction 35.91 28.60 23.06 18.79 15.48 12.87 10.79 9.12
7.76
6.66
5.75
4.99
4.36
3.82
3.37
2.99
2.66
y direction 5.75
0.76
0.64
0.54
0.46
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.23
4.10
3.03
2.29
1.78
1.41
1.13
0.92
x direction 26.93 21.45 17.29 14.10 11.61 9.65
8.09
6.84
5.82
4.99
4.31
3.74
3.27
2.87
2.53
2.24
2.00
y direction 4.31
3.08
2.27
1.72
1.33
1.05
0.85
0.69
0.57
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 25.58 22.74 20.46 18.60 17.05 15.74 14.62 13.64 12.79 12.04 10.99 9.86
y direction 8.42
Three spans
Breaking point
8.90
8.07
7.35
6.73
6.18
2.11
1.87
1.66
1.49
1.35
1.22
1.11
1.02
0.94
x direction 48.19 37.84 30.13 24.30 19.82 16.34 13.60 11.42 9.68
8.26
7.10
6.14
5.34
4.68
4.11
3.64
3.23
y direction 6.91
0.75
0.64
0.54
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.27
6.66
5.39
4.46
3.74
3.19
2.75
2.40
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.24
4.91
1.34
1.09
x direction 32.13 25.23 20.09 16.20 13.21 10.89 9.07
7.62
6.45
5.50
4.73
4.09
3.56
3.12
2.74
2.42
2.15
y direction 4.60
0.73
0.60
0.50
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
3.27
3.61
2.41
2.73
1.82
2.12
1.41
1.67
1.11
0.90
0.90
x direction 24.09 18.92 15.07 12.15 9.91
8.17
6.80
5.71
4.84
4.13
3.55
3.07
2.67
2.34
2.06
1.82
1.61
y direction 3.45
0.84
0.67
0.55
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.14
2.46
1.81
1.37
1.06
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 300 x 150 x 12/8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
382.4
374.5
366.1
357.2
348.0
338.5
328.7
318.9
309.0
299.2
289.4
279.7
270.2
260.8
251.7
242.8
234.2
225.8
217.7
209.9
202.3
195.1
188.1
181.3
174.9
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
300
150
12
8
12
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
387.3
376.1
363.8
350.5
336.5
322.2
307.7
293.3
279.1
265.2
251.7
238.8
226.4
214.6
203.4
192.7
182.7
173.2
164.3
156.0
148.1
140.7
133.8
127.3
115.4
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
5 932
90 973 293
606 489
2 280
6 767 918
90 239
2 880
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1095.1 kN
Dead weight
10.68 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.25
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 300 x 150 x 12/8 - B
One span
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
x direction 29.23 26.98 25.05 23.38 21.23 18.80 16.77 15.05 13.59 12.32 11.23 10.27 9.43
y direction 5.61
Breaking point
8.69
8.04
7.45
6.93
2.50
2.24
2.02
1.83
1.67
1.53
1.40
1.29
1.20
1.11
1.03
x direction 25.93 21.29 17.66 14.79 12.49 10.64 9.12
7.88
6.85
5.98
5.26
4.64
4.12
3.67
3.28
2.95
2.66
y direction 2.63
0.67
0.58
0.50
0.43
0.38
0.33
0.30
0.26
0.24
0.21
4.78
4.13
3.59
3.16
2.80
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.08
1.36
1.12
x direction 17.29 14.19 11.77 9.86
8.33
7.09
6.08
5.25
4.56
3.99
3.51
3.10
2.75
2.45
2.19
1.97
1.77
y direction 1.76
0.75
0.63
0.53
0.45
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.14
1.39
1.67
0.94
0.79
1.12
0.91
x direction 12.96 10.64 8.83
7.39
6.25
5.32
4.56
3.94
3.42
2.99
2.63
2.32
2.06
1.84
1.64
1.47
1.33
y direction 1.32
1.04
0.84
0.68
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.12
0.11
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
x direction 23.38 21.59 20.04 18.71 17.54 16.51 15.59 14.77 13.59 12.32 11.23 10.27 9.43
y direction 5.61
Two spans
Breaking point
8.69
8.04
7.45
6.93
1.53
1.40
1.29
1.20
1.11
1.03
x direction 44.53 37.75 32.22 27.66 23.89 20.75 18.11 15.88 13.99 12.38 11.00 9.81
8.78
7.89
7.11
6.43
5.83
y direction 6.13
0.80
0.71
0.63
0.56
0.50
4.78
4.13
3.59
3.16
2.80
2.50
2.24
2.02
1.83
1.67
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
4.86
3.92
3.20
2.65
2.22
1.87
1.60
1.37
x direction 29.69 25.17 21.48 18.44 15.93 13.83 12.07 10.59 9.33
y direction 4.09
1.19
1.03
0.91
8.25
7.33
6.54
5.86
5.26
4.74
4.29
3.89
1.25
1.06
0.91
0.79
0.69
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.42
0.37
0.34
x direction 22.27 18.88 16.11 13.83 11.95 10.37 9.05
7.94
7.00
6.19
5.50
4.91
4.39
3.95
3.56
3.21
2.91
y direction 3.07
2.43
1.96
1.60
1.32
1.11
0.94
0.80
0.69
0.59
0.52
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
x direction 24.36 22.49 20.88 19.49 18.27 17.19 16.24 15.38 14.62 13.92 13.29 12.71 11.79 10.87 10.05 9.32
8.66
y direction 7.02
3.24
2.61
2.13
1.77
1.48
Three spans
Breaking point
5.98
5.16
4.49
3.95
3.50
3.12
2.80
2.53
2.29
2.09
1.91
1.75
1.62
1.50
1.39
1.29
x direction 39.14 32.87 27.81 23.70 20.33 17.54 15.23 13.29 11.66 10.27 9.09
8.08
7.21
6.46
5.81
5.24
4.74
y direction 4.88
0.72
0.63
0.56
0.50
0.44
0.40
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.26
3.87
3.11
2.54
2.10
1.76
1.48
1.26
1.08
0.94
0.82
x direction 26.09 21.91 18.54 15.80 13.55 11.70 10.15 8.86
7.77
6.85
6.06
5.39
4.81
4.31
3.87
3.49
3.16
y direction 3.26
0.72
0.63
0.54
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.33
0.30
0.27
2.58
2.07
1.69
1.40
1.17
0.99
0.84
x direction 19.57 16.44 13.91 11.85 10.16 8.77
7.61
6.64
5.83
5.14
4.55
4.04
3.61
3.23
2.91
2.62
2.37
y direction 2.44
0.74
0.63
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.20
1.93
1.56
1.27
1.05
0.88
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - IL 360 x 180 x 15/10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
580.3
570.0
558.9
547.2
534.9
522.1
509.0
495.6
482.1
468.4
454.8
441.2
427.8
414.5
401.4
388.6
376.0
363.8
351.8
340.2
329.0
318.1
307.5
297.3
287.5
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
360
180
15
10
15
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
586.8
572.3
556.1
538.5
519.9
500.5
480.7
460.8
440.9
421.2
402.0
383.3
365.2
347.8
331.1
315.2
300.0
285.6
271.9
258.9
246.7
235.1
224.1
213.8
194.9
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
8 893
195 780 926
1 087 672
3 420
14 622 496
162 472
4 320
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1641.8 kN
Dead weight
16.01 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.27
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - IL 360 x 180 x 15/10 - B
One span
L (m) = 3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
Breaking point
x direction 37.58 35.08 32.88 30.95 29.23 27.00 24.36 22.10 20.14 18.42 16.92 15.59 14.42 13.37 12.43 11.59 10.83
y direction 7.43
6.47
5.69
5.04
4.49
4.03
3.64
3.30
3.01
2.75
2.53
2.33
2.15
2.00
1.86
1.73
1.62
x direction 34.61 29.25 24.91 21.36 18.43 16.00 13.97 12.26 10.82 9.59
8.53
7.62
6.84
6.15
5.56
5.03
4.57
y direction 3.58
0.72
0.64
0.57
0.51
0.46
0.41
0.37
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.92
1.24
1.07
x direction 23.07 19.50 16.60 14.24 12.29 10.67 9.32
8.18
7.21
6.39
5.69
5.08
4.56
4.10
3.70
3.36
3.05
y direction 2.39
0.72
0.63
0.55
0.48
0.43
0.38
0.34
0.30
0.27
0.25
1.95
2.41
1.61
2.01
1.35
1.70
1.14
1.45
0.97
0.83
0.94
0.82
x direction 17.30 14.62 12.45 10.68 9.22
8.00
6.99
6.13
5.41
4.79
4.27
3.81
3.42
3.08
2.78
2.52
2.29
y direction 1.79
1.46
1.21
1.01
0.85
0.73
0.62
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.29
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
L (m) = 3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 30.07 28.06 26.31 24.76 23.38 22.15 21.05 20.04 19.13 18.30 16.92 15.59 14.42 13.37 12.43 11.59 10.83
y direction 7.43
6.47
5.69
5.04
4.49
4.03
3.64
3.30
3.01
2.75
2.53
2.33
2.15
2.00
1.86
1.73
1.62
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x direction 58.80 51.11 44.64 39.16 34.50 30.52 27.10 24.15 21.60 19.38 17.44 15.75 14.26 12.94 11.78 10.75 9.83
y direction 8.31
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
6.81
5.64
4.73
4.00
3.41
2.94
2.54
2.22
1.94
1.71
1.52
1.35
1.21
1.09
0.98
0.88
x direction 39.20 34.07 29.76 26.11 23.00 20.35 18.07 16.10 14.40 12.92 11.63 10.50 9.50
8.63
7.85
7.17
6.56
y direction 5.54
0.81
0.72
0.65
0.59
4.54
3.76
3.15
2.67
2.28
1.96
1.70
1.48
1.30
1.14
1.01
0.90
x direction 29.40 25.56 22.32 19.58 17.25 15.26 13.55 12.08 10.80 9.69
8.72
7.87
7.13
6.47
5.89
5.38
4.92
y direction 4.16
3.40
2.82
2.36
2.00
1.71
1.47
1.27
1.11
0.97
0.86
0.76
0.68
0.60
0.54
0.49
0.44
L (m) = 3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 31.32 29.23 27.40 25.79 24.36 23.08 21.92 20.88 19.93 19.06 18.27 17.54 16.86 16.24 15.54 14.49 13.54
y direction 9.28
8.09
7.11
6.30
5.62
5.04
4.55
4.13
3.76
3.44
3.16
2.91
2.69
2.50
2.32
2.16
2.02
x direction 51.84 44.69 38.74 33.76 29.55 25.99 22.96 20.36 18.13 16.20 14.53 13.07 11.80 10.68 9.69
8.82
8.05
y direction 6.63
0.77
0.70
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.28
5.42
4.49
3.76
3.18
2.71
2.33
2.01
1.76
1.54
1.36
1.20
1.07
0.96
0.86
x direction 34.56 29.80 25.83 22.50 19.70 17.33 15.30 13.57 12.09 10.80 9.68
8.71
7.86
7.12
6.46
5.88
5.37
y direction 4.42
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.57
0.51
0.47
3.61
2.99
2.50
2.12
1.81
1.55
1.34
1.17
1.03
0.90
x direction 25.92 22.35 19.37 16.88 14.78 13.00 11.48 10.18 9.06
8.10
7.26
6.54
5.90
5.34
4.85
4.41
4.03
y direction 3.31
0.77
0.68
0.60
0.53
0.48
0.43
0.39
0.35
2.71
2.24
1.88
1.59
1.35
1.16
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.01
0.88
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 120 x 36 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
63.3
53.5
45.6
39.2
34.0
29.7
26.1
23.1
20.6
18.5
16.6
15.1
13.7
12.5
11.4
10.5
9.7
9.0
8.3
7.7
7.2
6.7
6.3
5.9
5.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
36
6
6
7,5
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
2.7
1.9
1.4
1.1
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
1 104
2 100 868
35 014
648
107 009
3 959
367
9.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
203.8 kN
Dead weight
1.99 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.29
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 120 x 36 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 12.46 10.22 8.27
y direction 1.46
6.84
5.75
4.90
4.22
3.68
3.23
2.86
2.55
2.29
2.07
1.88
1.71
1.56
1.44
1.16
0.94
0.77
0.65
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.16
x direction 2.19
1.56
1.14
0.86
0.67
0.53
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
y direction 0.12
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.46
1.04
0.76
0.58
0.45
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
y direction 0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
x direction 1.09
0.78
0.57
0.43
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
y direction 0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 9.97
8.86
7.98
6.84
5.75
4.90
4.22
3.68
3.23
2.86
2.55
2.29
2.07
1.88
1.71
1.56
1.44
y direction 1.46
1.16
0.94
0.77
0.65
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.16
x direction 4.87
3.52
2.61
1.99
1.55
1.23
0.99
0.81
0.67
0.56
0.48
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
y direction 0.28
0.20
0.14
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 3.25
2.34
1.74
1.33
1.03
0.82
0.66
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.14
y direction 0.19
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 2.44
1.76
1.31
1.00
0.78
0.62
0.50
0.41
0.34
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.12
0.10
y direction 0.14
0.10
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 10.38 9.23
8.31
7.55
6.92
6.12
5.28
4.60
4.04
3.58
3.19
2.87
2.59
2.35
2.14
1.96
1.80
y direction 1.83
1.44
1.17
0.97
0.81
0.69
0.60
0.52
0.46
0.40
0.36
0.32
0.29
0.27
0.24
0.22
0.20
x direction 3.94
2.83
2.10
1.59
1.24
0.98
0.79
0.65
0.53
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
y direction 0.22
0.16
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.30
x direction 2.63
1.89
1.40
1.06
0.83
0.65
0.53
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
y direction 0.15
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 1.97
1.42
1.05
0.80
0.62
0.49
0.39
0.32
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
y direction 0.11
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 120 x 50 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
77.5
65.7
56.2
48.5
42.1
36.9
32.5
28.8
25.7
23.1
20.8
18.8
17.1
15.7
14.3
13.2
12.2
11.3
10.5
9.7
9.1
8.5
7.9
7.5
7.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
50
6
6
7,5
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
106.4
85.8
69.8
57.4
47.8
40.3
34.3
29.5
25.6
22.4
19.8
17.6
15.7
14.1
12.7
11.6
10.5
9.6
8.8
8.2
7.5
7.0
6.5
6.0
5.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
1 272
2 647 204
44 120
648
278 601
7 626
510
13.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
234.9 kN
Dead weight
2.29 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.31
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 120 x 50 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 12.46 11.08 9.97
y direction 2.82
8.62
7.24
6.17
5.32
4.63
4.07
3.61
3.22
2.89
2.61
2.36
2.15
1.97
1.81
2.22
1.80
1.49
1.25
1.07
0.92
0.80
0.70
0.62
0.56
0.50
0.45
0.41
0.37
0.34
0.31
x direction 2.72
1.94
1.43
1.08
0.84
0.66
0.53
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
y direction 0.30
0.21
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.81
1.29
0.95
0.72
0.56
0.44
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
y direction 0.20
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 1.36
0.97
0.71
0.54
0.42
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
y direction 0.15
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 9.97
8.86
7.98
7.25
6.65
6.13
5.32
4.63
4.07
3.61
3.22
2.89
2.61
2.36
2.15
1.97
1.81
y direction 2.82
2.22
1.80
1.49
1.25
1.07
0.92
0.80
0.70
0.62
0.56
0.50
0.45
0.41
0.37
0.34
0.31
x direction 5.95
4.32
3.22
2.47
1.93
1.53
1.24
1.01
0.84
0.70
0.60
0.51
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.29
0.25
y direction 0.72
0.51
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 3.96
2.88
2.15
1.64
1.28
1.02
0.82
0.68
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
y direction 0.48
0.34
0.25
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
x direction 2.97
2.16
1.61
1.23
0.96
0.77
0.62
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.13
y direction 0.36
0.25
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 10.38 9.23
8.31
7.55
6.92
6.39
5.93
5.54
5.09
4.51
4.02
3.61
3.26
2.96
2.69
2.46
2.26
y direction 3.52
2.78
2.25
1.86
1.56
1.33
1.15
1.00
0.88
0.78
0.70
0.62
0.56
0.51
0.47
0.43
0.39
x direction 4.84
3.49
2.60
1.98
1.54
1.22
0.99
0.81
0.67
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
y direction 0.57
0.40
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.32
x direction 3.23
2.33
1.73
1.32
1.03
0.82
0.66
0.54
0.45
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
y direction 0.38
0.27
0.20
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
x direction 2.42
1.75
1.30
0.99
0.77
0.61
0.49
0.40
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
y direction 0.29
0.20
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 140 x 40 x 5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
75.0
64.4
55.6
48.4
42.3
37.3
33.0
29.4
26.3
23.7
21.4
19.4
17.7
16.2
14.8
13.7
12.6
11.7
10.9
10.1
9.4
8.8
8.3
7.8
7.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
140
40
5
5
5
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
62.2
47.9
37.6
30.2
24.6
20.4
17.2
14.7
12.6
11.0
9.6
8.5
7.6
6.8
6.1
5.5
5.0
4.6
4.2
3.9
3.6
3.3
3.1
2.9
2.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
1 061
2 782 550
39 751
630
130 629
4 232
340
9.1
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
195.8 kN
Dead weight
1.91 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.33
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 140 x 40 x 5 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 12.12 10.77 9.39
y direction 1.56
7.76
6.52
5.56
4.79
4.17
3.67
3.25
2.90
2.60
2.35
2.13
1.94
1.78
1.63
1.23
1.00
0.83
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
x direction 2.84
2.03
1.50
1.13
0.88
0.69
0.56
0.46
0.38
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
y direction 0.14
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.89
1.35
1.00
0.76
0.59
0.46
0.37
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
y direction 0.10
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
x direction 1.42
1.01
0.75
0.57
0.44
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
y direction 0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 9.69
8.62
7.75
7.05
6.46
5.56
4.79
4.17
3.67
3.25
2.90
2.60
2.35
2.13
1.94
1.78
1.63
y direction 1.56
1.23
1.00
0.83
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
x direction 6.17
4.49
3.36
2.57
2.01
1.60
1.29
1.06
0.88
0.74
0.62
0.53
0.46
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.27
y direction 0.34
0.24
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 4.12
2.99
2.24
1.72
1.34
1.07
0.86
0.71
0.59
0.49
0.42
0.35
0.31
0.26
0.23
0.20
0.18
y direction 0.23
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 3.09
2.25
1.68
1.29
1.01
0.80
0.65
0.53
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
y direction 0.17
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 10.10 8.97
8.08
7.34
6.73
6.21
5.77
5.22
4.59
4.06
3.62
3.25
2.94
2.66
2.43
2.22
2.04
y direction 1.95
1.54
1.25
1.03
0.87
0.74
0.64
0.56
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.26
0.24
0.22
x direction 5.04
3.64
2.71
2.07
1.61
1.28
1.03
0.85
0.70
0.59
0.50
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.21
y direction 0.27
0.19
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.34
x direction 3.36
2.43
1.81
1.38
1.07
0.85
0.69
0.56
0.47
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
y direction 0.18
0.13
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 2.52
1.82
1.35
1.03
0.81
0.64
0.52
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
y direction 0.13
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 160 x 48 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
177.1
156.0
137.8
122.0
108.4
96.6
86.5
77.8
70.2
63.6
57.8
52.8
48.3
44.4
40.9
37.8
35.0
32.5
30.3
28.2
26.4
24.7
23.2
21.8
20.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
160
48
8
8
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
159.8
128.4
104.2
85.6
71.2
59.9
51.0
43.8
38.0
33.3
29.3
26.0
23.3
20.9
18.9
17.1
15.6
14.3
13.1
12.1
11.1
10.3
9.6
8.9
7.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
1 947
6 566 201
82 078
1 152
338 114
9 384
653
12.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
Material properties
28 000 MPa
E0
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
359.5 kN
Dead weight
3.505 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.35
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 160 x 48 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 22.15 19.69 17.72 16.03 13.47 11.48 9.90
y direction 3.46
8.62
7.58
6.71
5.99
5.37
4.85
4.40
4.01
3.67
3.37
2.74
2.22
1.83
1.54
1.31
1.13
0.99
0.87
0.77
0.68
0.61
0.55
0.50
0.46
0.42
0.38
x direction 7.83
5.63
4.18
3.18
2.47
1.96
1.58
1.29
1.07
0.89
0.76
0.64
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.32
y direction 0.45
0.32
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 5.22
3.75
2.78
2.12
1.65
1.31
1.05
0.86
0.71
0.60
0.50
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
y direction 0.30
0.21
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 3.91
2.82
2.09
1.59
1.24
0.98
0.79
0.65
0.53
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
y direction 0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 17.72 15.75 14.18 12.89 11.82 10.91 9.90
y direction 3.46
8.62
7.58
6.71
5.99
5.37
4.85
4.40
4.01
3.67
3.37
2.22
1.83
1.54
1.31
1.13
0.99
0.87
0.77
0.68
0.61
0.55
0.50
0.46
0.42
0.38
x direction 16.22 11.99 9.07
7.02
5.53
4.43
3.60
2.96
2.46
2.07
1.75
1.50
1.29
1.12
0.98
0.86
0.76
y direction 1.06
0.32
0.25
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
2.74
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
0.75
0.55
0.41
x direction 10.82 7.99
6.05
4.68
3.69
2.95
2.40
1.97
1.64
1.38
1.17
1.00
0.86
0.75
0.65
0.57
0.51
y direction 0.71
0.37
0.28
0.21
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.50
x direction 8.11
5.99
4.54
3.51
2.76
2.21
1.80
1.48
1.23
1.03
0.88
0.75
0.65
0.56
0.49
0.43
0.38
y direction 0.53
0.38
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 18.46 16.41 14.77 13.43 12.31 11.36 10.55 9.85
y direction 4.33
Three spans
Breaking point
9.23
8.39
7.48
6.72
6.06
5.50
5.01
4.58
4.21
3.42
2.77
2.29
1.92
1.64
1.41
1.23
1.08
0.96
0.86
0.77
0.69
0.63
0.57
0.52
0.48
x direction 13.45 9.85
7.41
5.70
4.47
3.57
2.89
2.37
1.97
1.65
1.40
1.20
1.03
0.89
0.78
0.68
0.60
y direction 0.84
0.43
0.33
0.25
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.36
0.59
x direction 8.97
6.57
4.94
3.80
2.98
2.38
1.93
1.58
1.31
1.10
0.93
0.80
0.69
0.59
0.52
0.46
0.40
y direction 0.56
0.40
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
x direction 6.73
4.92
3.70
2.85
2.23
1.78
1.44
1.19
0.98
0.83
0.70
0.60
0.51
0.45
0.39
0.34
0.30
y direction 0.42
0.30
0.22
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 200 x 60 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
338.5
306.2
276.7
250.0
226.2
204.9
186.1
169.3
154.4
141.2
129.5
119.0
109.7
101.3
93.8
87.1
81.0
75.5
70.5
66.0
61.9
58.1
54.7
51.5
48.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
200
60
10
10
10
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
312.0
261.0
218.7
184.3
156.3
133.7
115.3
100.1
87.6
77.2
68.5
61.1
54.8
49.4
44.7
40.7
37.2
34.1
31.3
28.9
26.7
24.8
23.1
21.5
18.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
3 043
16 030 763
160 308
1 800
825 475
18 328
1 020
15.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
561.8 kN
Dead weight
5.447 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.37
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 200 x 60 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 34.62 30.77 27.69 25.17 23.08 21.30 19.33 16.84 14.80 13.11 11.69 10.49 9.47
y direction 6.77
Breaking point
8.59
7.83
7.16
6.58
4.33
3.58
3.01
2.56
2.21
1.92
1.69
1.50
1.34
1.20
1.08
0.98
0.89
0.82
0.75
x direction 17.96 13.07 9.78
7.50
5.86
4.67
3.77
3.09
2.57
2.15
1.82
1.55
1.34
1.16
1.01
0.89
0.78
y direction 1.09
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
5.35
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
0.77
0.56
0.42
x direction 11.97 8.71
6.52
5.00
3.91
3.11
2.52
2.06
1.71
1.43
1.21
1.04
0.89
0.77
0.67
0.59
0.52
y direction 0.73
0.38
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.51
x direction 8.98
6.54
4.89
3.75
2.93
2.33
1.89
1.55
1.28
1.08
0.91
0.78
0.67
0.58
0.50
0.44
0.39
y direction 0.54
0.38
0.28
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 27.69 24.62 22.15 20.14 18.46 17.04 15.82 14.77 13.85 13.03 11.69 10.49 9.47
y direction 6.77
Two spans
Breaking point
8.59
7.83
7.16
6.58
2.21
1.92
1.69
1.50
1.34
1.20
1.08
0.98
0.89
0.82
0.75
x direction 34.99 26.37 20.28 15.88 12.64 10.21 8.35
6.91
5.78
4.88
4.15
3.56
3.08
2.68
2.34
2.06
1.82
y direction 2.55
0.40
0.33
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
5.35
4.33
3.58
3.01
2.56
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.81
1.33
1.00
0.77
0.61
0.49
x direction 23.33 17.58 13.52 10.59 8.43
6.81
5.57
4.61
3.85
3.25
2.77
2.37
2.05
1.78
1.56
1.37
1.21
y direction 1.70
0.41
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.07
1.21
0.89
0.67
0.52
x direction 17.50 13.18 10.14 7.94
6.32
5.10
4.18
3.46
2.89
2.44
2.08
1.78
1.54
1.34
1.17
1.03
0.91
y direction 1.28
0.90
0.66
0.50
0.39
0.31
0.25
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 28.85 25.64 23.08 20.98 19.23 17.75 16.48 15.38 14.42 13.57 12.82 12.15 11.54 10.74 9.78
y direction 8.46
Three spans
Breaking point
8.95
8.22
3.20
2.76
2.41
2.11
1.87
1.67
1.50
1.35
1.23
1.12
1.02
0.94
x direction 29.60 22.06 16.81 13.07 10.35 8.31
6.77
5.59
4.66
3.92
3.33
2.85
2.46
2.14
1.87
1.64
1.45
y direction 2.03
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.16
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
6.68
5.41
4.47
3.76
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.38
1.44
0.79
0.61
x direction 19.73 14.71 11.21 8.72
6.90
5.54
4.52
3.72
3.10
2.61
2.22
1.90
1.64
1.42
1.24
1.09
0.97
y direction 1.35
0.41
0.32
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.96
1.05
0.48
0.70
0.53
x direction 14.80 11.03 8.41
6.54
5.17
4.16
3.39
2.79
2.33
1.96
1.67
1.43
1.23
1.07
0.93
0.82
0.72
y direction 1.02
0.40
0.31
0.24
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.72
0.53
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 240 x 72 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
380.3
351.7
324.4
298.7
274.9
253.0
233.0
214.7
198.1
183.0
169.3
156.9
145.7
135.5
126.2
117.8
110.1
103.1
96.7
90.8
85.5
80.5
76.0
71.8
67.9
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
72
8
8
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
359.5
312.2
270.1
233.8
202.9
176.7
154.7
136.1
120.4
107.1
95.7
85.9
77.5
70.2
63.8
58.3
53.4
49.1
45.2
41.8
38.8
36.0
33.6
31.4
27.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
2 971
23 334 131
194 451
1 728
1 226 564
22 084
979
16.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
548.6 kN
Dead weight
5.348 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.39
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U 240 x 72 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 33.23 29.54 26.58 24.17 22.15 20.45 18.99 17.72 16.62 15.64 14.18 12.73 11.49 10.42 9.49
y direction 8.15
Breaking point
8.69
7.98
3.62
3.09
2.66
2.32
2.04
1.81
1.61
1.45
1.30
1.18
1.08
0.99
0.91
x direction 24.08 17.78 13.45 10.40 8.19
6.56
5.33
4.38
3.64
3.06
2.60
2.22
1.91
1.66
1.45
1.27
1.12
y direction 1.60
0.38
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
6.44
5.22
4.31
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.13
0.83
0.62
x direction 16.05 11.85 8.97
y direction 1.07
0.48
6.93
5.46
4.37
3.55
2.92
2.43
2.04
1.73
1.48
1.28
1.11
0.97
0.85
0.75
0.76
0.55
0.42
0.32
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
x direction 12.04 8.89
6.73
5.20
4.10
3.28
2.66
2.19
1.82
1.53
1.30
1.11
0.96
0.83
0.72
0.64
0.56
y direction 0.80
0.57
0.42
0.31
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 26.58 23.63 21.27 19.33 17.72 16.36 15.19 14.18 13.29 12.51 11.82 11.19 10.63 10.13 9.49
y direction 8.15
Two spans
Breaking point
8.69
7.98
2.32
2.04
1.81
1.61
1.45
1.30
1.18
1.08
0.99
0.91
x direction 43.63 33.61 26.33 20.94 16.87 13.77 11.36 9.47
7.97
6.76
5.78
4.98
4.32
3.77
3.31
2.91
2.58
y direction 3.71
0.49
0.41
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
6.44
5.22
4.31
3.62
3.09
2.66
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.64
1.94
1.47
1.14
0.90
0.72
0.59
x direction 29.09 22.41 17.55 13.96 11.25 9.18
7.57
6.31
5.31
4.51
3.86
3.32
2.88
2.51
2.20
1.94
1.72
y direction 2.47
0.48
0.39
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.13
0.11
0.10
1.76
1.30
0.98
0.76
0.60
x direction 21.82 16.81 13.16 10.47 8.44
6.88
5.68
4.74
3.98
3.38
2.89
2.49
2.16
1.88
1.65
1.46
1.29
y direction 1.86
1.32
0.97
0.74
0.57
0.45
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 27.69 24.62 22.15 20.14 18.46 17.04 15.82 14.77 13.85 13.03 12.31 11.66 11.08 10.55 10.07 9.63
9.23
y direction 10.19 8.05
Three spans
Breaking point
6.52
5.39
4.53
3.86
3.33
2.90
2.55
2.26
2.01
1.81
1.63
1.48
1.35
1.23
1.13
x direction 37.75 28.70 22.24 17.53 14.02 11.37 9.33
7.74
6.49
5.49
4.68
4.02
3.48
3.03
2.65
2.34
2.07
y direction 2.96
0.47
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.40
2.10
1.54
1.17
0.90
0.71
0.57
x direction 25.16 19.14 14.83 11.68 9.35
7.58
6.22
5.16
4.33
3.66
3.12
2.68
2.32
2.02
1.77
1.56
1.38
y direction 1.98
0.48
0.38
0.31
0.26
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
1.40
0.78
0.60
x direction 18.87 14.35 11.12 8.76
7.01
5.68
4.67
3.87
3.25
2.74
2.34
2.01
1.74
1.51
1.33
1.17
1.03
y direction 1.48
0.45
0.36
0.29
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.07
0.06
1.05
1.03
0.77
0.58
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U 240 x 72 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
554.9
512.1
471.6
433.6
398.4
366.2
336.7
310.0
285.7
263.7
243.8
225.8
209.5
194.7
181.3
169.1
158.0
147.8
138.6
130.1
122.4
115.3
108.7
102.7
97.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
72
12
12
12
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
520.0
449.3
387.2
333.9
288.8
251.0
219.2
192.5
170.0
151.0
134.8
120.9
108.9
98.6
89.6
81.8
74.9
68.8
63.4
58.6
54.3
50.5
47.0
43.9
38.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
4 382
33 241 391
277 012
2 592
1 711 704
31 671
1 469
18.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
808.9 kN
Dead weight
7.888 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.41
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U240 x 72 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 49.85 44.31 39.88 36.25 33.23 30.67 28.48 26.58 24.92 22.65 20.20 18.13 16.36 14.84 13.52 12.37 11.36
y direction 11.69 9.24
7.48
6.19
5.20
4.43
3.82
3.33
2.92
2.59
2.31
2.07
1.87
1.70
1.55
1.41
1.30
x direction 34.71 25.57 19.32 14.92 11.74 9.39
7.62
6.27
5.21
4.38
3.71
3.17
2.73
2.37
2.07
1.82
1.60
y direction 2.24
0.43
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.58
0.87
0.67
x direction 23.14 17.05 12.88 9.95
7.83
6.26
5.08
4.18
3.47
2.92
2.47
2.12
1.82
1.58
1.38
1.21
1.07
y direction 1.49
0.45
0.36
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
1.06
1.16
0.53
0.77
0.58
x direction 17.35 12.79 9.66
7.46
5.87
4.70
3.81
3.13
2.61
2.19
1.86
1.59
1.37
1.19
1.03
0.91
0.80
y direction 1.12
0.79
0.58
0.44
0.34
0.27
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 39.88 35.45 31.90 29.00 26.58 24.54 22.79 21.27 19.94 18.77 17.72 16.79 15.95 14.84 13.52 12.37 11.36
y direction 11.69 9.24
7.48
6.19
5.20
4.43
3.82
3.33
2.92
2.59
2.31
2.07
1.87
1.70
1.55
1.41
1.30
x direction 63.50 48.78 38.12 30.25 24.34 19.83 16.34 13.61 11.44 9.70
8.29
7.14
6.19
5.39
4.73
4.17
3.69
y direction 5.20
0.48
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3.70
2.72
2.06
1.59
1.26
1.01
0.82
0.68
0.57
x direction 42.34 32.52 25.41 20.16 16.22 13.22 10.90 9.07
7.63
6.47
5.53
4.76
4.12
3.60
3.15
2.78
2.46
y direction 3.47
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.14
2.47
1.81
1.37
1.06
0.84
0.67
0.55
x direction 31.75 24.39 19.06 15.12 12.17 9.91
8.17
6.81
5.72
4.85
4.15
3.57
3.09
2.70
2.36
2.08
1.85
y direction 2.60
1.85
1.36
1.03
0.80
0.63
0.51
0.41
0.34
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.12
0.10
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 41.54 36.92 33.23 30.21 27.69 25.56 23.74 22.15 20.77 19.55 18.46 17.49 16.62 15.82 15.10 14.45 13.85
y direction 14.62 11.55 9.36
7.73
6.50
5.54
4.77
4.16
3.65
3.24
2.89
2.59
2.34
2.12
1.93
1.77
1.62
x direction 54.77 41.54 32.12 25.26 20.18 16.34 13.40 11.11 9.30
7.86
6.70
5.76
4.98
4.33
3.79
3.34
2.95
y direction 4.15
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.42
2.94
0.80
0.65
x direction 36.52 27.69 21.41 16.84 13.45 10.89 8.93
7.41
6.20
5.24
4.47
3.84
3.32
2.89
2.53
2.23
1.97
y direction 2.77
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
1.96
2.16
1.44
1.63
1.09
1.26
0.84
1.00
0.66
0.53
0.54
x direction 27.39 20.77 16.06 12.63 10.09 8.17
6.70
5.55
4.65
3.93
3.35
2.88
2.49
2.17
1.90
1.67
1.48
y direction 2.07
0.40
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
1.47
1.08
0.82
0.63
0.50
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U300 x 90 x 15 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
977.5
922.0
867.0
813.3
761.7
712.6
666.1
622.6
581.9
544.0
508.9
476.4
446.4
418.6
393.0
369.3
347.5
327.3
308.6
291.4
275.4
260.6
246.8
234.0
222.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
300
90
15
15
15
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
932.3
835.8
744.7
661.6
587.2
521.7
464.4
414.6
371.3
333.6
300.8
272.3
247.3
225.3
206.0
188.9
173.7
160.3
148.2
137.5
127.8
119.0
111.1
104.0
91.6
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
6 847
81 155 740
541 038
4 050
4 178 966
61 857
2 295
22.4
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1264.0 kN
Dead weight
12.345 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.43
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U300 x 90 x 15 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Breaking point
x direction 62.31 56.64 51.92 47.93 44.51 41.54 38.94 36.65 34.62 32.79 31.15 28.99 26.42 24.17 22.20 20.46 18.91
y direction 14.62 12.08 10.15 8.65
7.46
6.50
5.71
5.06
4.51
4.05
3.65
3.31
3.02
2.76
2.54
2.34
2.16
x direction 43.38 33.91 26.94 21.73 17.75 14.67 12.26 10.34 8.80
7.54
6.51
5.66
4.95
4.35
3.85
3.42
3.05
y direction 2.80
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.11
1.63
1.29
1.03
0.84
0.69
0.58
0.49
x direction 28.92 22.60 17.96 14.48 11.83 9.78
8.17
6.89
5.86
5.03
4.34
3.77
3.30
2.90
2.57
2.28
2.03
y direction 1.87
0.47
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
1.41
1.09
0.86
0.69
0.56
x direction 21.69 16.95 13.47 10.86 8.88
7.34
6.13
5.17
4.40
3.77
3.26
2.83
2.48
2.18
1.92
1.71
1.52
y direction 1.40
1.06
0.82
0.65
0.52
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 49.85 45.31 41.54 38.34 35.60 33.23 31.15 29.32 27.69 26.23 24.92 23.74 22.66 21.67 20.77 19.94 18.91
y direction 14.62 12.08 10.15 8.65
7.46
6.50
5.71
5.06
4.51
4.05
3.65
3.31
3.02
2.76
2.54
2.34
2.16
x direction 79.38 64.19 52.49 43.36 36.16 30.42 25.80 22.04 18.96 16.42 14.30 12.53 11.03 9.75
8.67
7.73
6.93
y direction 6.50
0.49
0.44
0.39
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
4.93
3.83
3.03
2.44
1.99
1.65
1.38
1.16
0.99
0.85
0.74
0.64
0.56
x direction 52.92 42.79 34.99 28.91 24.11 20.28 17.20 14.70 12.64 10.95 9.54
8.35
7.35
6.50
5.78
5.16
4.62
y direction 4.33
0.49
0.43
0.37
0.33
0.29
0.26
3.29
2.55
2.02
1.63
1.33
1.10
0.92
0.77
0.66
0.57
x direction 39.69 32.09 26.24 21.68 18.08 15.21 12.90 11.02 9.48
8.21
7.15
6.26
5.51
4.88
4.33
3.87
3.46
y direction 3.25
2.47
1.92
1.52
1.22
1.00
0.82
0.69
0.58
0.50
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.19
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 51.92 47.20 43.27 39.94 37.09 34.62 32.45 30.54 28.85 27.33 25.96 24.73 23.60 22.58 21.63 20.77 19.97
y direction 18.27 15.10 12.69 10.81 9.32
8.12
7.14
6.32
5.64
5.06
4.57
4.14
3.78
3.45
3.17
2.92
2.70
x direction 68.47 54.79 44.40 36.40 30.15 25.22 21.28 18.11 15.52 13.39 11.63 10.16 8.92
7.88
6.99
6.22
5.57
y direction 5.19
0.44
0.39
0.35
0.31
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.44
3.93
3.05
2.41
1.93
1.58
1.30
1.09
0.92
0.78
0.67
0.58
0.51
x direction 45.64 36.53 29.60 24.27 20.10 16.81 14.19 12.07 10.35 8.93
7.75
6.77
5.95
5.25
4.66
4.15
3.71
y direction 3.46
0.45
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
2.62
2.03
1.60
1.29
1.05
0.87
0.73
0.61
0.52
x direction 34.23 27.39 22.20 18.20 15.08 12.61 10.64 9.05
7.76
6.70
5.82
5.08
4.46
3.94
3.49
3.11
2.78
y direction 2.59
0.46
0.39
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.17
0.15
1.96
1.52
1.20
0.97
0.79
0.65
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
0.54
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - U360 x 108 x 18 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
1512.3
1447.3
1381.0
1314.4
1248.4
1183.9
1121.3
1061.0
1003.3
948.5
896.5
847.4
801.1
757.6
716.8
678.6
642.8
609.3
577.9
548.5
521.1
495.4
471.3
448.8
427.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
360
108
18
18
18
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
1459.6
1342.6
1226.4
1115.0
1011.0
915.5
829.0
751.2
681.7
619.8
564.7
515.7
472.1
433.2
398.5
367.5
339.7
314.8
292.3
272.0
253.7
237.0
221.9
208.1
184.0
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
9 859
168 284 541
934 914
5 832
8 665 503
106 889
3 305
26.9
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 MPa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1820.1 kN
Dead weight
17.746 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.45
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - U360 x 108 x 18 - B
One span
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
Breaking point
x direction 74.77 69.02 64.09 59.82 56.08 52.78 49.85 47.22 44.86 42.73 40.78 39.01 37.38 35.35 32.68 30.31 28.18
y direction 17.54 14.95 12.89 11.23 9.87
8.74
7.80
7.00
6.31
5.73
5.22
4.77
4.39
4.04
3.74
3.46
3.22
x direction 52.06 42.34 34.85 28.98 24.34 20.62 17.61 15.15 13.12 11.43 10.02 8.83
7.82
6.95
6.21
5.57
5.01
y direction 3.36
0.43
0.38
0.34
0.30
0.27
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.66
2.13
1.74
1.43
1.20
1.01
0.86
0.74
0.64
0.56
0.49
x direction 34.71 28.23 23.23 19.32 16.23 13.75 11.74 10.10 8.75
7.62
6.68
5.88
5.21
4.63
4.14
3.71
3.34
y direction 2.24
0.43
0.37
0.33
0.29
0.25
0.23
0.20
0.18
1.77
1.43
1.16
0.96
0.80
0.68
0.58
0.49
x direction 26.03 21.17 17.42 14.49 12.17 10.31 8.80
7.57
6.56
5.72
5.01
4.41
3.91
3.48
3.10
2.78
2.51
y direction 1.68
1.33
1.07
0.87
0.72
0.60
0.51
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.14
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 59.82 55.21 51.27 47.85 44.86 42.22 39.88 37.78 35.89 34.18 32.63 31.21 29.91 28.71 27.61 26.58 25.64
y direction 17.54 14.95 12.89 11.23 9.87
8.74
7.80
7.00
6.31
5.73
5.22
4.77
4.39
4.04
3.74
3.46
3.22
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x direction 95.26 79.74 67.27 57.18 48.93 42.14 36.50 31.80 27.85 24.52 21.68 19.25 17.16 15.36 13.80 12.44 11.25
y direction 7.80
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
6.19
4.99
4.08
3.38
2.83
2.39
2.04
1.75
1.52
1.32
1.16
1.02
0.90
0.80
0.72
0.65
x direction 63.50 53.16 44.85 38.12 32.62 28.09 24.34 21.20 18.57 16.34 14.45 12.83 11.44 10.24 9.20
8.29
7.50
y direction 5.20
0.48
0.43
4.13
3.33
2.72
2.25
1.88
1.59
1.36
1.17
1.01
0.88
0.77
0.68
0.60
0.54
x direction 47.63 39.87 33.64 28.59 24.46 21.07 18.25 15.90 13.93 12.26 10.84 9.62
8.58
7.68
6.90
6.22
5.62
y direction 3.90
3.09
2.50
2.04
1.69
1.41
1.19
1.02
0.88
0.76
0.66
0.58
0.51
0.45
0.40
0.36
0.32
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 62.31 57.51 53.41 49.85 46.73 43.98 41.54 39.35 37.38 35.60 33.99 32.51 31.15 29.91 28.76 27.69 26.70
y direction 21.93 18.68 16.11 14.03 12.33 10.93 9.74
8.75
7.89
7.16
6.52
5.97
5.48
5.05
4.67
4.33
4.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x direction 82.16 68.17 57.07 48.17 40.98 35.10 30.27 26.26 22.91 20.10 17.72 15.69 13.96 12.46 11.18 10.05 9.08
y direction 6.22
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.46
4.93
3.97
3.24
2.68
2.24
1.89
1.61
1.39
1.20
1.04
0.92
0.81
0.71
0.64
0.57
0.51
x direction 54.77 45.45 38.05 32.12 27.32 23.40 20.18 17.51 15.27 13.40 11.81 10.46 9.30
8.31
7.45
6.70
6.05
y direction 4.15
0.48
0.42
0.38
0.34
3.29
2.65
2.16
1.79
1.49
1.26
1.08
0.92
0.80
0.70
0.61
0.54
x direction 41.08 34.09 28.54 24.09 20.49 17.55 15.13 13.13 11.46 10.05 8.86
7.85
6.98
6.23
5.59
5.03
4.54
y direction 3.11
0.46
0.40
0.36
0.32
0.28
0.25
2.46
1.98
1.62
1.34
1.12
0.95
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
0.81
0.69
0.60
0.52
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 120 x 50 x 5/5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
42.2
37.9
34.0
30.5
27.4
24.7
22.3
20.2
18.4
16.8
15.3
14.1
12.9
11.9
11.0
10.2
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.7
7.2
6.8
6.4
6.0
5.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
50
5
5
5,0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
4.3
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.4
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
1 061
2 239 913
37 332
540
238 446
6 469
425
13.1
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
Material properties
23 000 MPa
E0
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
195.8 kN
Dead weight
1.910 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.47
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 120 x 50 x 5/5 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 5.23
4.13
3.34
2.76
2.32
1.98
1.71
1.49
1.31
1.16
1.03
0.93
0.84
0.76
0.69
0.63
0.58
y direction 0.91
0.72
0.58
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.10
x direction 2.30
1.64
1.21
0.91
0.71
0.56
0.45
0.37
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
y direction 0.26
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.53
1.09
0.80
0.61
0.47
0.37
0.30
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
y direction 0.17
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 1.15
0.82
0.60
0.46
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
y direction 0.13
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 5.23
4.13
3.34
2.76
2.32
1.98
1.71
1.49
1.31
1.16
1.03
0.93
0.84
0.76
0.69
0.63
0.58
y direction 1.60
1.27
1.03
0.85
0.71
0.61
0.52
0.46
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.28
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
x direction 5.02
3.64
2.72
2.08
1.63
1.29
1.05
0.86
0.71
0.59
0.50
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.22
y direction 1.07
0.76
0.56
0.42
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 3.35
2.43
1.81
1.39
1.09
0.86
0.70
0.57
0.47
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.16
0.14
y direction 0.71
0.51
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
x direction 2.51
1.82
1.36
1.04
0.81
0.65
0.52
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
y direction 0.54
0.38
0.28
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 6.53
5.16
4.18
3.46
2.90
2.47
2.13
1.86
1.63
1.45
1.29
1.16
1.05
0.95
0.86
0.79
0.73
y direction 2.00
1.58
1.28
1.06
0.89
0.76
0.65
0.57
0.50
0.44
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.24
0.22
x direction 4.09
2.95
2.19
1.67
1.30
1.03
0.83
0.68
0.56
0.47
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
y direction 0.85
0.60
0.44
0.33
0.26
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.48
x direction 2.73
1.97
1.46
1.12
0.87
0.69
0.56
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
y direction 0.57
0.40
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
x direction 2.04
1.48
1.10
0.84
0.65
0.52
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
y direction 0.43
0.30
0.22
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 160 x 48 x 8/5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
74.0
69.4
65.0
60.7
56.6
52.7
49.1
45.7
42.6
39.7
37.0
34.6
32.3
30.2
28.3
26.6
24.9
23.5
22.1
20.8
19.6
18.6
17.6
16.6
15.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
160
48
8
5
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
82.2
76.7
71.1
65.6
60.3
55.3
50.7
46.4
42.5
39.0
35.8
32.9
30.3
28.0
25.9
23.9
22.2
20.7
19.3
18.0
16.8
15.7
14.8
13.9
12.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
1 401
5 663 667
70 796
720
298 656
8 934
653
14.6
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
258.7 kN
Dead weight
2.522 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.49
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 160 x 48 x 8/5 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 9.91
7.83
6.34
5.24
4.41
3.75
3.24
2.82
2.48
2.19
1.96
1.76
1.59
1.44
1.31
1.20
1.10
y direction 1.25
0.99
0.80
0.66
0.56
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.17
0.15
0.14
x direction 6.47
4.69
3.50
2.68
2.09
1.66
1.34
1.10
0.91
0.76
0.65
0.55
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.31
0.28
y direction 0.40
0.28
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 4.31
3.13
2.33
1.79
1.39
1.11
0.90
0.73
0.61
0.51
0.43
0.37
0.32
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.18
y direction 0.26
0.19
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 3.24
2.35
1.75
1.34
1.05
0.83
0.67
0.55
0.46
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
y direction 0.20
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 9.91
7.83
6.34
5.24
4.41
3.75
3.24
2.82
2.48
2.19
1.96
1.76
1.59
1.44
1.31
1.20
1.10
y direction 1.25
0.99
0.80
0.66
0.56
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.17
0.15
0.14
x direction 12.85 9.62
7.37
5.75
4.56
3.67
3.00
2.48
2.07
1.74
1.48
1.27
1.10
0.95
0.83
0.73
0.65
y direction 0.94
0.49
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
0.66
x direction 8.57
6.42
4.91
3.83
3.04
2.45
2.00
1.65
1.38
1.16
0.99
0.85
0.73
0.63
0.56
0.49
0.43
y direction 0.63
0.44
0.32
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
x direction 6.42
4.81
3.68
2.87
2.28
1.84
1.50
1.24
1.03
0.87
0.74
0.63
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.32
y direction 0.47
0.33
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 11.54 9.79
7.93
6.55
5.51
4.69
4.05
3.52
3.10
2.74
2.45
2.20
1.98
1.80
1.64
1.50
1.38
y direction 1.56
1.24
1.00
0.83
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
x direction 10.80 8.01
6.08
4.71
3.72
2.98
2.42
2.00
1.66
1.40
1.19
1.02
0.88
0.76
0.66
0.58
0.51
y direction 0.75
0.38
0.29
0.22
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.50
0.53
x direction 7.20
5.34
4.05
3.14
2.48
1.99
1.62
1.33
1.11
0.93
0.79
0.68
0.58
0.51
0.44
0.39
0.34
y direction 0.50
0.35
0.26
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
x direction 5.40
4.00
3.04
2.36
1.86
1.49
1.21
1.00
0.83
0.70
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.29
0.26
y direction 0.37
0.26
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 200 x 60 x 8/5- A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
102.1
97.7
93.2
88.7
84.3
79.9
75.6
71.6
67.7
64.0
60.4
57.1
54.0
51.1
48.3
45.7
43.3
41.0
38.9
36.9
35.1
33.4
31.7
30.2
28.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
200
60
8
5
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
99.2
91.4
83.7
76.2
69.2
62.8
56.9
51.6
46.9
42.7
38.9
35.6
32.6
29.9
27.5
25.4
23.5
21.8
20.2
18.8
17.6
16.4
15.4
14.4
12.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
1 757
11 318 922
113 189
900
602 783
14 285
816
17.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
324.5 kN
Dead weight
3.163 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.51
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 200 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 15.85 12.52 10.14 8.38
y direction 2.00
7.04
6.00
5.17
4.51
3.96
3.51
3.13
2.81
2.54
2.30
2.10
1.92
1.76
1.58
1.28
1.06
0.89
0.76
0.65
0.57
0.50
0.44
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.24
0.22
x direction 11.87 8.74
6.60
5.09
4.01
3.20
2.60
2.14
1.78
1.49
1.27
1.08
0.93
0.81
0.71
0.62
0.55
y direction 0.80
0.41
0.31
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
0.56
x direction 7.91
5.83
4.40
3.40
2.67
2.14
1.73
1.42
1.18
0.99
0.84
0.72
0.62
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.36
y direction 0.53
0.37
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
x direction 5.93
4.37
3.30
2.55
2.00
1.60
1.30
1.07
0.89
0.75
0.63
0.54
0.47
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.27
y direction 0.40
0.28
0.21
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 13.85 12.31 10.14 8.38
7.04
6.00
5.17
4.51
3.96
3.51
3.13
2.81
2.54
2.30
2.10
1.92
1.76
y direction 2.00
0.89
0.76
0.65
0.57
0.50
0.44
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.24
0.22
x direction 21.80 16.72 13.06 10.35 8.32
6.78
5.58
4.65
3.91
3.31
2.83
2.44
2.11
1.84
1.61
1.42
1.26
y direction 1.87
0.45
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
1.58
1.28
1.06
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.33
0.97
0.73
x direction 14.53 11.15 8.70
y direction 1.25
0.57
6.90
5.55
4.52
3.72
3.10
2.60
2.21
1.89
1.62
1.41
1.23
1.08
0.95
0.84
0.88
0.65
0.49
0.38
0.30
0.24
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
x direction 10.90 8.36
6.53
5.18
4.16
3.39
2.79
2.32
1.95
1.66
1.42
1.22
1.06
0.92
0.81
0.71
0.63
y direction 0.94
0.66
0.49
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 14.42 12.82 11.54 10.48 8.80
y direction 2.50
7.50
6.47
5.63
4.95
4.39
3.91
3.51
3.17
2.87
2.62
2.40
2.20
1.32
1.11
0.95
0.82
0.71
0.62
0.55
0.49
0.44
0.40
0.36
0.33
0.30
0.28
x direction 18.78 14.23 10.99 8.64
6.90
5.58
4.58
3.79
3.18
2.68
2.29
1.96
1.70
1.48
1.29
1.14
1.01
y direction 1.49
0.45
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
1.98
1.60
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.52
1.05
0.77
0.58
x direction 12.52 9.48
7.33
5.76
4.60
3.72
3.05
2.53
2.12
1.79
1.52
1.31
1.13
0.98
0.86
0.76
0.67
y direction 0.99
0.51
0.39
0.30
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.70
x direction 9.39
7.11
5.50
4.32
3.45
2.79
2.29
1.90
1.59
1.34
1.14
0.98
0.85
0.74
0.65
0.57
0.50
y direction 0.74
0.53
0.38
0.29
0.22
0.18
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 240 x 72 x 10/7 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
169.3
163.7
158.0
152.0
146.0
140.0
134.0
128.1
122.4
116.8
111.5
106.3
101.3
96.6
92.1
87.8
83.7
79.9
76.2
72.7
69.5
66.4
63.4
60.7
58.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
72
10
7
10
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
165.4
155.3
144.8
134.4
124.3
114.6
105.5
97.1
89.3
82.2
75.8
69.9
64.6
59.7
55.4
51.4
47.8
44.5
41.6
38.8
36.4
34.1
32.0
30.1
26.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
Material properties
E0
2 773
24 932 610
207 772
1 512
1 315 621
25 687
1 224
20.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
28 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
511.9 kN
Dead weight
4.991 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
2L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.6.53
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 240 x 72 x 10/7 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x direction 29.08 22.98 18.62 15.39 12.93 11.02 9.50
y direction 3.60
8.27
7.27
6.44
5.75
5.16
4.65
4.22
3.85
3.52
3.23
1.60
1.36
1.17
1.02
0.90
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.58
0.52
0.48
0.44
0.40
x direction 24.47 18.22 13.88 10.78 8.53
6.85
5.58
4.60
3.83
3.23
2.74
2.35
2.02
1.76
1.54
1.35
1.19
y direction 1.73
0.41
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.07
2.84
2.30
1.90
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.22
0.89
0.67
x direction 16.31 12.15 9.25
y direction 1.15
0.52
7.19
5.69
4.57
3.72
3.07
2.56
2.15
1.83
1.57
1.35
1.17
1.02
0.90
0.79
0.81
0.60
0.45
0.35
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
x direction 12.24 9.11
6.94
5.39
4.26
3.43
2.79
2.30
1.92
1.61
1.37
1.17
1.01
0.88
0.77
0.67
0.60
y direction 0.86
0.61
0.45
0.34
0.26
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 23.26 20.68 18.61 15.39 12.93 11.02 9.50
8.27
7.27
6.44
5.75
5.16
4.65
4.22
3.85
3.52
3.23
y direction 3.60
1.02
0.90
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.58
0.52
0.48
0.44
0.40
x direction 42.65 33.24 26.29 21.08 17.11 14.04 11.65 9.75
8.24
7.01
6.01
5.19
4.51
3.94
3.46
3.06
2.71
y direction 4.02
0.52
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
2.84
2.30
1.90
1.60
1.36
1.17
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.85
2.10
1.59
1.23
0.97
0.78
0.63
x direction 28.44 22.16 17.53 14.05 11.40 9.36
7.76
6.50
5.49
4.67
4.01
3.46
3.01
2.63
2.31
2.04
1.81
y direction 2.68
0.52
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
1.90
1.40
1.06
0.82
0.65
x direction 21.33 16.62 13.14 10.54 8.55
7.02
5.82
4.88
4.12
3.51
3.01
2.60
2.26
1.97
1.73
1.53
1.36
y direction 2.01
1.43
1.05
0.79
0.61
0.48
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.16
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
x direction 24.23 21.54 19.38 17.62 16.15 13.77 11.87 10.34 9.09
y direction 4.50
Three spans
Breaking point
8.05
7.18
6.45
5.82
5.28
4.81
4.40
4.04
1.47
1.28
1.12
1.00
0.89
0.80
0.72
0.65
0.59
0.54
0.50
x direction 37.33 28.69 22.43 17.81 14.34 11.69 9.63
8.03
6.75
5.72
4.89
4.21
3.65
3.18
2.79
2.46
2.18
y direction 3.20
0.50
0.41
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
3.55
2.88
2.38
2.00
1.70
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.54
2.27
1.66
1.26
0.97
0.77
0.62
x direction 24.88 19.13 14.96 11.87 9.56
7.79
6.42
5.35
4.50
3.82
3.26
2.81
2.43
2.12
1.86
1.64
1.45
y direction 2.13
0.51
0.41
0.33
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
1.51
0.84
0.65
x direction 18.66 14.35 11.22 8.91
7.17
5.84
4.82
4.01
3.37
2.86
2.45
2.11
1.83
1.59
1.40
1.23
1.09
y direction 1.60
0.49
0.38
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.17
0.15
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
1.13
1.11
0.83
0.63
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 300 x 90 x 12/8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
282.6
276.1
269.2
261.9
254.4
246.7
238.9
231.0
223.2
215.4
207.7
200.2
192.8
185.6
178.6
171.9
165.3
159.0
152.9
147.1
141.5
136.1
130.9
126.0
121.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
300
90
12
8
12
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
279.4
267.7
255.1
242.0
228.6
215.4
202.4
189.9
177.9
166.5
155.9
145.9
136.5
127.9
119.8
112.4
105.5
99.1
93.2
87.8
82.7
78.0
73.7
69.7
62.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
4 430
59 964 118
399 761
2 160
3 316 782
50 319
1 836
24.1
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
Material properties
28 000 MPa
E0
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
817.8 kN
Dead weight
7.974 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.55
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 300 x 90 x 12/8 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
x direction 33.23 29.60 24.87 21.19 18.27 15.92 13.99 12.39 11.06 9.92
y direction 4.51
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Breaking point
8.95
8.12
7.40
6.77
6.22
5.73
5.30
1.76
1.56
1.39
1.25
1.13
1.02
0.93
0.85
0.78
0.72
0.67
x direction 29.52 23.33 18.71 15.20 12.50 10.39 8.72
7.38
6.30
5.42
4.69
4.09
3.58
3.15
2.79
2.48
2.22
y direction 2.22
0.46
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.16
0.15
0.13
3.73
3.13
2.67
2.30
2.00
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.68
1.30
1.02
0.82
0.67
0.55
x direction 19.68 15.55 12.47 10.13 8.33
6.93
5.81
4.92
4.20
3.61
3.13
2.72
2.39
2.10
1.86
1.66
1.48
y direction 1.48
0.45
0.37
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.09
1.12
0.87
0.68
0.55
x direction 14.76 11.66 9.35
7.60
6.25
5.19
4.36
3.69
3.15
2.71
2.35
2.04
1.79
1.58
1.40
1.24
1.11
y direction 1.11
0.84
0.65
0.51
0.41
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
x direction 26.58 24.17 22.15 20.45 18.27 15.92 13.99 12.39 11.06 9.92
8.95
8.12
7.40
6.77
6.22
5.73
5.30
y direction 4.51
1.13
1.02
0.93
0.85
0.78
0.72
0.67
x direction 50.68 41.60 34.48 28.82 24.28 20.61 17.62 15.16 13.12 11.43 10.00 8.80
7.77
6.90
6.15
5.50
4.94
y direction 5.16
0.51
0.45
0.39
0.35
0.31
Two spans
Breaking point
3.73
3.13
2.67
2.30
2.00
1.76
1.56
1.39
1.25
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3.92
3.04
2.41
1.94
1.58
1.31
1.09
0.92
0.79
0.67
0.58
x direction 33.78 27.74 22.98 19.21 16.19 13.74 11.75 10.11 8.75
7.62
6.67
5.86
5.18
4.60
4.10
3.67
3.29
y direction 3.44
0.52
0.45
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.21
2.61
2.03
1.60
1.29
1.05
0.87
0.73
0.61
x direction 25.34 20.80 17.24 14.41 12.14 10.31 8.81
7.58
6.56
5.71
5.00
4.40
3.89
3.45
3.07
2.75
2.47
y direction 2.58
1.96
1.52
1.20
0.97
0.79
0.65
0.55
0.46
0.39
0.34
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.17
0.15
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
x direction 27.69 25.17 23.08 21.30 19.78 18.46 17.31 15.49 13.82 12.40 11.19 10.15 9.25
y direction 5.64
Three spans
Breaking point
8.46
7.77
7.16
6.62
1.56
1.41
1.28
1.16
1.07
0.98
0.90
0.83
x direction 44.54 36.16 29.67 24.59 20.56 17.34 14.73 12.61 10.86 9.42
8.21
7.20
6.35
5.62
5.00
4.46
4.00
y direction 4.12
0.53
0.46
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.27
0.24
4.66
3.91
3.33
2.88
2.50
2.20
1.95
1.74
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.56
3.12
1.03
0.86
x direction 29.70 24.11 19.78 16.39 13.71 11.56 9.82
8.41
7.24
6.28
5.48
4.80
4.23
3.75
3.33
2.97
2.67
y direction 2.75
0.58
0.49
0.41
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.21
0.18
0.16
2.08
2.42
1.61
1.91
1.27
1.54
1.02
1.25
0.84
0.69
0.73
0.62
x direction 22.27 18.08 14.84 12.29 10.28 8.67
7.37
6.30
5.43
4.71
4.11
3.60
3.17
2.81
2.50
2.23
2.00
y direction 2.06
0.52
0.43
0.36
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.14
0.12
1.56
1.21
0.96
0.77
0.63
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - UL 360 x 108 x 15/10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
435.1
427.8
420.1
411.8
403.1
394.0
384.7
375.1
365.5
355.7
345.9
336.1
326.3
316.6
307.1
297.7
288.5
279.5
270.7
262.1
253.8
245.7
237.8
230.2
222.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
360
108
15
10
15
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
431.5
418.4
403.9
388.3
372.1
355.5
338.8
322.3
306.0
290.2
274.9
260.3
246.3
233.0
220.5
208.6
197.5
187.0
177.2
167.9
159.3
151.2
143.6
136.5
123.6
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
e
6 637
128 942 713
716 348
3 240
7 126 982
90 265
2 754
29.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
Material properties
28 000 MPa
E0
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1,3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1225.2 kN
Dead weight
11.947 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.57
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - UL 360 x 108 x 15/10 - B
One span
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
x direction 41.54 37.98 32.75 28.53 25.07 22.21 19.81 17.78 16.05 14.55 13.26 12.13 11.14 10.27 9.49
y direction 5.62
Breaking point
8.80
8.19
2.02
1.83
1.67
1.53
1.40
1.29
1.20
1.11
1.03
x direction 36.78 30.19 25.05 20.97 17.71 15.08 12.94 11.17 9.71
8.48
7.45
6.58
5.84
5.20
4.66
4.18
3.77
y direction 2.77
0.53
0.46
0.40
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.22
4.79
4.13
3.59
3.16
2.80
2.50
2.24
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
2.18
0.83
0.71
x direction 24.52 20.13 16.70 13.98 11.81 10.06 8.62
7.45
6.47
5.66
4.97
4.39
3.89
3.47
3.10
2.79
2.51
y direction 1.84
0.47
0.41
0.35
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.15
1.46
1.75
1.17
1.43
0.96
1.18
0.79
0.99
0.66
0.56
0.61
x direction 18.39 15.10 12.52 10.49 8.86
7.54
6.47
5.59
4.85
4.24
3.73
3.29
2.92
2.60
2.33
2.09
1.88
y direction 1.38
1.09
0.88
0.72
0.59
0.49
0.42
0.36
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.11
L (m) = 3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
x direction 33.23 30.67 28.48 26.58 24.92 22.21 19.81 17.78 16.05 14.55 13.26 12.13 11.14 10.27 9.49
8.80
8.19
y direction 5.62
1.11
1.03
x direction 63.20 53.57 45.71 39.25 33.89 29.43 25.68 22.53 19.84 17.56 15.60 13.91 12.46 11.19 10.08 9.12
8.27
y direction 6.42
0.53
Two spans
Breaking point
4.79
4.13
3.59
3.16
2.80
2.50
2.24
2.02
1.83
1.67
1.53
1.40
1.29
1.20
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
5.09
4.11
3.36
2.78
2.33
1.97
1.68
1.44
1.25
1.09
0.95
0.84
0.74
0.66
0.59
x direction 42.13 35.72 30.48 26.17 22.60 19.62 17.12 15.02 13.23 11.71 10.40 9.28
8.30
7.46
6.72
6.08
5.51
y direction 4.28
0.56
0.50
0.44
0.39
0.35
3.40
2.74
2.24
1.85
1.55
1.31
1.12
0.96
0.83
0.72
0.63
x direction 31.60 26.79 22.86 19.62 16.95 14.71 12.84 11.26 9.92
8.78
7.80
6.96
6.23
5.59
5.04
4.56
4.13
y direction 3.21
2.55
2.05
1.68
1.39
1.16
0.98
0.84
0.72
0.62
0.54
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.33
0.30
0.27
L (m) = 3,00
3,25
3,50
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
4,75
5,00
5,25
5,50
5,75
6,00
6,25
6,50
6,75
7,00
Tre fag
Brudgrnsetilstand
x-retning 34,62 31,95 29,67 27,69 25,96 24,43 23,08 21,86 20,06 18,19 16,58 15,17 13,93 12,84 11,87 11,01 10,23
y-retning 7,02
5,98
5,16
4,49
3,95
3,50
3,12
2,80
2,53
2,29
2,09
1,91
1,76
1,62
1,50
1,39
1,29
x-retning 55,54 46,64 39,46 33,62 28,84 24,88 21,60 18,85 16,53 14,57 12,89 11,46 10,23 9,16
8,24
7,43
6,72
y-retning 5,12
0,52
0,47
0,42
Anvendelsesgrnsetilstand
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.58
4,06
3,27
2,67
2,21
1,84
1,56
1,33
1,14
0,99
x-retning 37,02 31,09 26,31 22,41 19,22 16,59 14,40 12,56 11,02 9,71
y-retning 3,41
0,86
0,75
0,66
0,59
8,60
7,64
6,82
6,11
5,49
4,95
4,48
0,88
0,76
0,66
0,57
0,50
0,44
0,39
0,35
0,31
0,28
x-retning 27,77 23,32 19,73 16,81 14,42 12,44 10,80 9,42
8,26
7,28
6,45
5,73
5,11
4,58
4,12
3,72
3,36
y-retning 2,56
0,57
0,49
0,43
0,38
0,33
0,29
0,26
0,23
0,21
2,70
2,03
2,18
1,63
1,78
1,33
1,47
1,10
1,23
0,92
1,04
0,78
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
0,66
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube50 x 50 x 5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
94.1
60.9
40.7
28.6
21.0
15.9
12.5
10.0
8.2
6.8
5.8
5.0
4.3
3.7
3.3
2.9
2.6
2.4
2.1
1.9
1.8
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
50
50
5
5
2
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
94.1
60.9
40.7
28.6
21.0
15.9
12.5
10.0
8.2
6.8
5.8
5.0
4.3
3.7
3.3
2.9
2.6
2.4
2.1
1.9
1.8
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
903
308 813
12 353
450
308 813
12 353
450
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
166.8 kN
Dead weight
1.63 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.59
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 50 x 50 x 5 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 17.31 11.68 8.11
5.96
4.56
3.60
2.92
2.41
2.03
1.73
1.49
1.30
1.14
1.01
0.90
0.81
0.73
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 2.60
1.35
0.79
0.50
0.34
0.24
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
max < L / 300
x/y direction 1.73
0.90
0.53
0.33
0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
max < L / 400
x/y direction 1.30
0.68
0.40
0.25
0.17
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 13.85 11.08 8.11
5.96
4.56
3.60
2.92
2.41
2.03
1.73
1.49
1.30
1.14
1.01
0.90
0.81
0.73
Two spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 5.84
3.11
1.84
1.18
0.79
0.56
0.41
0.31
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
max < L / 300
x/y direction 3.90
2.08
1.23
0.78
0.53
0.37
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
max < L / 400
x/y direction 2.92
1.56
0.92
0.59
0.40
0.28
0.21
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 14.42 11.54 9.62
7.45
5.70
4.50
3.65
3.02
2.53
2.16
1.86
1.62
1.43
1.26
1.13
1.01
0.91
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 4.71
2.49
1.47
0.93
0.63
0.44
0.33
0.25
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
max < L / 300
x/y direction 3.14
1.66
0.98
0.62
0.42
0.30
0.22
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
max < L / 400
x/y direction 2.36
1.25
0.73
0.47
0.32
0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
1.6.60
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 60 x 60 x 5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
135.4
94.8
66.8
48.4
36.3
27.9
22.1
17.9
14.7
12.3
10.4
9.0
7.8
6.8
6.0
5.3
4.8
4.3
3.9
3.5
3.2
3.0
2.7
2.5
2.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
60
60
5
5
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
135.4
94.8
66.8
48.4
36.3
27.9
22.1
17.9
14.7
12.3
10.4
9.0
7.8
6.8
6.0
5.3
4.8
4.3
3.9
3.5
3.2
3.0
2.7
2.5
2.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
1 114
567 156
18 905
540
567 156
18 905
540
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
205.6 kN
Dead weight
2.00 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.61
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 60 x 60 x 5 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 20.77 16.62 12.41 9.12
6.98
5.52
4.47
3.69
3.10
2.64
2.28
1.99
1.75
1.55
1.38
1.24
1.12
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 4.65
2.44
1.43
0.91
0.61
0.43
0.32
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
max < L / 300
x/y direction 3.10
1.63
0.96
0.61
0.41
0.29
0.21
0.16
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
max < L / 400
x/y direction 2.32
1.22
0.72
0.46
0.31
0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 16.62 13.29 11.08 9.12
6.98
5.52
4.47
3.69
3.10
2.64
2.28
1.99
1.75
1.55
1.38
1.24
1.12
Two spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 10.15 5.51
3.29
2.12
1.44
1.02
0.75
0.56
0.44
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
max < L / 300
x/y direction 6.77
3.67
2.20
1.41
0.96
0.68
0.50
0.38
0.29
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
max < L / 400
x/y direction 5.07
2.75
1.65
1.06
0.72
0.51
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 17.31 13.85 11.54 9.89
8.65
6.89
5.58
4.62
3.88
3.30
2.85
2.48
2.18
1.93
1.72
1.55
1.40
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 8.27
4.44
2.64
1.69
1.14
0.81
0.59
0.45
0.35
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
max < L / 300
x/y direction 5.51
2.96
1.76
1.13
0.76
0.54
0.40
0.30
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
max < L / 400
x/y direction 4.14
2.22
1.32
0.84
0.57
0.40
0.30
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
1.6.62
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 80 x 60 x 5 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
41.5
34.0
28.3
23.9
20.4
17.6
15.3
13.5
11.9
10.6
9.5
8.6
7.8
7.1
6.4
5.9
5.4
5.0
4.6
4.3
4.0
3.8
3.5
3.3
3.1
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
80
60
5
5
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
27.8
22.5
18.5
15.5
13.2
11.3
9.8
8.6
7.6
6.8
6.0
5.4
4.9
4.5
4.1
3.7
3.4
3.2
2.9
2.7
2.5
2.4
2.2
2.1
1.9
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
1 314
1 146 818
28 670
720
718 823
23 961
540
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
242.5 kN
Dead weight
2.36 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.63
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 80 x 60 x 5 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
Breaking point
x direction 27.69 22.15 18.46 13.83 10.59 8.36
6.78
5.60
4.70
4.01
3.46
3.01
2.65
2.34
2.09
1.88
1.69
y direction 20.77 16.62 13.85 11.56 8.85
6.99
5.66
4.68
3.93
3.35
2.89
2.52
2.21
1.96
1.75
1.57
1.42
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 9.07
4.82
2.85
1.82
1.23
0.87
0.64
0.48
0.37
0.29
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
y direction 5.78
3.06
1.80
1.15
0.77
0.55
0.40
0.30
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
x direction 6.04
3.22
1.90
1.21
0.82
0.58
0.42
0.32
0.25
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
y direction 3.85
2.06
1.22
0.78
0.52
0.37
0.27
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
x direction 4.53
2.41
1.43
0.91
0.62
0.43
0.32
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
y direction 2.89
1.55
0.91
0.58
0.39
0.28
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
2.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 22.15 17.72 14.77 12.66 10.59 8.36
y direction 16.62 13.29 11.08 9.49
6.78
5.60
4.70
4.01
3.46
3.01
2.65
2.34
2.09
1.88 10.59
8.31
6.99
5.66
4.68
3.93
3.35
2.89
2.52
2.21
1.96
1.75
1.57
8.31
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 18.99 10.56 6.41
4.16
2.84
2.02
1.49
1.13
0.87
0.69
0.55
0.45
0.37
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.19
y direction 12.35 6.79
4.09
2.64
1.80
1.28
0.94
0.71
0.55
0.43
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
x direction 12.66 7.04
4.27
2.77
1.89
1.35
0.99
0.75
0.58
0.46
0.37
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
y direction 8.23
2.73
1.76
1.20
0.85
0.63
0.47
0.37
0.29
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
4.52
x direction 9.49
5.28
3.20
2.08
1.42
1.01
0.75
0.56
0.44
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.10
y direction 6.17
3.39
2.05
1.32
0.90
0.64
0.47
0.36
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 23.08 18.46 15.38 13.19 11.54 10.26 8.47
y direction 17.31 13.85 11.54 9.89
7.00
5.88
5.01
4.32
3.76
3.31
2.93
2.61
2.35
2.12
8.65
7.69
6.92
5.85
4.92
4.19
3.61
3.15
2.76
2.45
2.18
1.96
1.77
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.64
x direction 15.69 8.59
5.17
3.34
2.27
1.61
1.18
0.90
0.69
0.55
0.44
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
y direction 10.14 5.50
3.29
2.11
1.44
1.02
0.75
0.56
0.44
0.34
0.28
0.22
0.19
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
x direction 10.46 5.73
3.45
2.22
1.51
1.07
0.79
0.60
0.46
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
y direction 6.76
2.19
1.41
0.96
0.68
0.50
0.38
0.29
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
3.67
x direction 7.84
4.30
2.58
1.67
1.14
0.81
0.59
0.45
0.35
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
y direction 5.07
2.75
1.64
1.06
0.72
0.51
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 100 x 100 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
108.7
90.8
76.7
65.5
56.4
49.1
43.0
38.0
33.7
30.2
27.1
24.5
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
15.7
14.5
13.4
12.5
11.6
10.9
10.2
9.5
9.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
100
100
6
6
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
108.7
90.8
76.7
65.5
56.4
49.1
43.0
38.0
33.7
30.2
27.1
24.5
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
15.7
14.5
13.4
12.5
11.6
10.9
10.2
9.5
9.0
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 270
3 361 401
67 228
1 080
3 361 401
67 228
1 080
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
419.0 kN
Dead weight
4.09 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.65
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 100 x 100 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x direction 41.54 33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 15.89 13.13 11.03 9.40
8.11
7.06
6.21
5.50
4.90
4.40
3.97
y direction 41.54 33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 15.89 13.13 11.03 9.40
8.11
7.06
6.21
5.50
4.90
4.40
3.97
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 24.15 13.26 7.98
5.15
3.51
2.49
1.83
1.39
1.07
0.85
0.68
0.55
0.46
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.24
y direction 24.15 13.26 7.98
5.15
3.51
2.49
1.83
1.39
1.07
0.85
0.68
0.55
0.46
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.24
x direction 16.10 8.84
5.32
3.44
2.34
1.66
1.22
0.92
0.71
0.56
0.45
0.37
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
y direction 16.10 8.84
5.32
3.44
2.34
1.66
1.22
0.92
0.71
0.56
0.45
0.37
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
x direction 12.08 6.63
3.99
2.58
1.75
1.25
0.92
0.69
0.54
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
y direction 12.08 6.63
3.99
2.58
1.75
1.25
0.92
0.69
0.54
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
2.00
x direction 33.23 26.58 22.15 18.99 16.62 14.77 13.29 12.08 11.03 9.40
8.11
7.06
6.21
5.50
4.90
4.40
3.97
y direction 33.23 26.58 22.15 18.99 16.62 14.77 13.29 12.08 11.03 9.40
8.11
7.06
6.21
5.50
4.90
4.40
3.97
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 46.00 27.01 16.98 11.28 7.84
5.65
4.20
3.20
2.49
1.97
1.59
1.30
1.08
0.90
0.76
0.65
0.56
y direction 46.00 27.01 16.98 11.28 7.84
5.65
4.20
3.20
2.49
1.97
1.59
1.30
1.08
0.90
0.76
0.65
0.56
x direction 30.67 18.00 11.32 7.52
5.22
3.76
2.80
2.13
1.66
1.32
1.06
0.87
0.72
0.60
0.51
0.43
0.37
y direction 30.67 18.00 11.32 7.52
5.22
3.76
2.80
2.13
1.66
1.32
1.06
0.87
0.72
0.60
0.51
0.43
0.37
x direction 23.00 13.50 8.49
5.64
3.92
2.82
2.10
1.60
1.24
0.99
0.80
0.65
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
y direction 23.00 13.50 8.49
5.64
3.92
2.82
2.10
1.60
1.24
0.99
0.80
0.65
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x direction 34.62 27.69 23.08 19.78 17.31 15.38 13.85 12.59 11.54 10.65 9.89
8.83
7.76
6.87
6.13
5.50
4.96
y direction 34.62 27.69 23.08 19.78 17.31 15.38 13.85 12.59 11.54 10.65 9.89
8.83
7.76
6.87
6.13
5.50
4.96
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.66
x direction 39.19 22.52 13.96 9.18
6.34
4.54
3.36
2.56
1.99
1.57
1.27
1.03
0.85
0.71
0.60
0.51
0.44
y direction 39.19 22.52 13.96 9.18
6.34
4.54
3.36
2.56
1.99
1.57
1.27
1.03
0.85
0.71
0.60
0.51
0.44
x direction 26.13 15.01 9.31
6.12
4.22
3.03
2.24
1.70
1.32
1.05
0.84
0.69
0.57
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.29
y direction 26.13 15.01 9.31
6.12
4.22
3.03
2.24
1.70
1.32
1.05
0.84
0.69
0.57
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.29
x direction 19.60 11.26 6.98
4.59
3.17
2.27
1.68
1.28
0.99
0.79
0.63
0.52
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.26
0.22
y direction 19.60 11.26 6.98
4.59
3.17
2.27
1.68
1.28
0.99
0.79
0.63
0.52
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.26
0.22
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 100 x 60 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
96.4
79.9
67.1
57.0
49.0
42.4
37.1
32.7
29.0
25.9
23.2
21.0
19.0
17.3
15.8
14.5
13.4
12.4
11.5
10.7
9.9
9.3
8.7
8.1
7.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
100
60
8
8
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
47.0
38.0
31.3
26.2
22.3
19.1
16.6
14.5
12.8
11.4
10.2
9.2
8.3
7.5
6.9
6.3
5.8
5.3
4.9
4.6
4.3
4.0
3.7
3.5
3.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 320
2 850 000
57 000
1 440
1 210 000
40 300
860
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
242.5 kN
Dead weight
2.36 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.67
BLoad-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 100 x 60 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
x direction 55.38 44.31 36.92 27.49 21.05 16.63 13.47 11.13 9.35
y direction 33.23 26.58 22.15 18.99 14.89 11.77 9.53
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
Breaking point
7.97
6.87
5.99
5.26
4.66
4.16
3.73
3.37
7.88
6.62
5.64
4.86
4.24
3.72
3.30
2.94
2.64
2.38
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 21.97 11.79 7.00
4.48
3.04
2.15
1.57
1.19
0.92
0.72
0.58
0.47
0.39
0.33
0.27
0.23
0.20
y direction 9.69
1.30
0.92
0.67
0.51
0.39
0.31
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
5.13
3.03
1.93
x direction 14.65 7.86
4.67
2.99
2.02
1.43
1.05
0.79
0.61
0.48
0.39
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.16
0.13
y direction 6.46
3.42
2.02
1.29
0.87
0.61
0.45
0.34
0.26
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
x direction 10.99 5.89
3.50
2.24
1.52
1.07
0.79
0.59
0.46
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
y direction 4.84
2.57
1.51
0.96
0.65
0.46
0.34
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
2.00
x direction 44.31 35.45 29.54 25.32 21.05 16.63 13.47 11.13 9.35
y direction 26.58 21.27 17.72 15.19 13.29 11.77 9.53
Two spans
Breaking point
7.97
6.87
5.99
5.26
4.66
4.16
3.73
3.37
7.88
6.62
5.64
4.86
4.24
3.72
3.30
2.94
2.64
2.38
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 44.79 25.30 15.51 10.13 6.95
4.97
3.66
2.78
2.16
1.71
1.37
1.12
0.92
0.77
0.65
0.56
0.48
y direction 20.58 11.35 6.85
2.15
1.58
1.20
0.93
0.73
0.59
0.48
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.20
4.43
3.02
x direction 29.86 16.86 10.34 6.75
4.63
3.31
2.44
1.85
1.44
1.14
0.91
0.75
0.62
0.52
0.43
0.37
0.32
y direction 13.72 7.56
2.01
1.43
1.05
0.80
0.62
0.49
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
4.57
2.95
x direction 22.40 12.65 7.75
5.06
3.48
2.48
1.83
1.39
1.08
0.85
0.69
0.56
0.46
0.39
0.33
0.28
0.24
y direction 10.29 5.67
3.43
2.22
1.51
1.07
0.79
0.60
0.46
0.37
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x direction 46.15 36.92 30.77 26.37 23.08 20.51 16.84 13.91 11.69 9.96
y direction 27.69 22.15 18.46 15.82 13.85 12.31 11.08 9.84
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
Breaking point
8.59
7.48
6.58
5.83
5.20
4.66
4.21
8.27
7.05
6.08
5.29
4.65
4.12
3.68
3.30
2.98
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.68
x direction 37.34 20.73 12.57 8.15
5.57
3.97
2.92
2.21
1.71
1.35
1.09
0.89
0.73
0.61
0.52
0.44
0.38
y direction 16.92 9.20
2.41
1.71
1.26
0.95
0.73
0.58
0.46
0.38
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.16
5.51
3.55
x direction 24.90 13.82 8.38
5.44
3.71
2.64
1.95
1.47
1.14
0.90
0.72
0.59
0.49
0.41
0.34
0.29
0.25
y direction 11.28 6.14
3.68
2.36
1.61
1.14
0.84
0.63
0.49
0.39
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.17
0.15
0.12
0.11
x direction 18.67 10.37 6.29
4.08
2.79
1.98
1.46
1.11
0.86
0.68
0.54
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.19
y direction 8.46
1.77
1.21
0.85
0.63
0.47
0.37
0.29
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
4.60
2.76
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 100 x 100 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
158.6
133.5
113.4
97.2
84.1
73.3
64.4
57.0
50.7
45.4
40.9
37.0
33.6
30.6
28.0
25.8
23.8
22.0
20.4
18.9
17.7
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.6
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
100
100
8
8
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
158.6
133.5
113.4
97.2
84.1
73.3
64.4
57.0
50.7
45.4
40.9
37.0
33.6
30.6
28.0
25.8
23.8
22.0
20.4
18.9
17.7
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.6
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 958
4 207 621
84 152
1 440
4 207 621
84 152
1 440
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
546.0 kN
Dead weight
5.32 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.69
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 100 x 100 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 55.38 44.31 36.92 31.65 27.69 24.55 19.89 16.43 13.81 11.77 10.15 8.84
7.77
6.88
6.14
5.51
4.97
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 30.58 16.72 10.05 6.48
4.41
3.13
2.30
1.74
1.34
1.06
0.85
0.69
0.57
0.48
0.40
0.34
0.29
max < L / 300
x/y direction 20.39 11.15 6.70
4.32
2.94
2.09
1.53
1.16
0.90
0.71
0.57
0.46
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.20
max < L / 400
x/y direction 15.29 8.36
5.03
3.24
2.20
1.56
1.15
0.87
0.67
0.53
0.43
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.15
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 44.31 35.45 29.54 25.32 22.15 19.69 17.72 16.11 13.81 11.77 10.15 8.84
7.77
6.88
6.14
5.51
4.97
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 58.86 34.35 21.51 14.25 9.88
7.11
5.28
4.02
3.13
2.48
2.00
1.63
1.35
1.13
0.96
0.81
0.70
max < L / 300
x/y direction 39.24 22.90 14.34 9.50
6.59
4.74
3.52
2.68
2.08
1.65
1.33
1.09
0.90
0.75
0.64
0.54
0.47
max < L / 400
x/y direction 29.43 17.18 10.76 7.13
4.94
3.56
2.64
2.01
1.56
1.24
1.00
0.82
0.68
0.57
0.48
0.41
0.35
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 46.15 36.92 30.77 26.37 23.08 20.51 18.46 16.78 15.38 14.20 12.68 11.05 9.71
8.60
7.67
6.89
6.21
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 49.99 28.57 17.65 11.58 7.98
5.71
4.23
3.21
2.49
1.97
1.59
1.30
1.07
0.90
0.76
0.64
0.55
max < L / 300
x/y direction 33.32 19.05 11.76 7.72
5.32
3.81
2.82
2.14
1.66
1.32
1.06
0.86
0.71
0.60
0.50
0.43
0.37
max < L / 400
x/y direction 24.99 14.28 8.82
3.99
2.86
2.11
1.60
1.25
0.99
0.79
0.65
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
1.6.70
5.79
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 120 x 120 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
172.4
146.7
125.7
108.6
94.5
82.8
73.0
64.8
57.8
51.9
46.8
42.4
38.6
35.3
32.3
29.7
27.4
25.4
23.6
21.9
20.5
19.1
17.9
16.8
15.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
120
6
6
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
172.4
146.7
125.7
108.6
94.5
82.8
73.0
64.8
57.8
51.9
46.8
42.4
38.6
35.3
32.3
29.7
27.4
25.4
23.6
21.9
20.5
19.1
17.9
16.8
15.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
2 750
5 981 335
99 689
1 296
5 981 335
99 689
1 296
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
507.6 kN
Dead weight
4.95 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.71
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 120 x 120 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 49.85 39.88 33.23 28.48 24.92 22.15 19.94 18.13 16.36 13.94 12.02 10.47 9.20
8.15
7.27
6.53
5.89
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 39.43 22.22 13.60 8.87
6.09
4.35
3.21
2.43
1.89
1.49
1.20
0.98
0.81
0.68
0.57
0.49
0.42
max < L / 300
x/y direction 26.29 14.81 9.07
5.92
4.06
2.90
2.14
1.62
1.26
0.99
0.80
0.65
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
max < L / 400
x/y direction 19.72 11.11 6.80
4.44
3.04
2.17
1.60
1.22
0.94
0.75
0.60
0.49
0.40
0.34
0.29
0.24
0.21
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 39.88 31.90 26.58 22.79 19.94 17.72 15.95 14.50 13.29 12.27 11.39 10.47 9.20
8.15
7.27
6.53
5.89
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 69.88 42.69 27.59 18.70 13.18 9.59
7.18
5.51
4.31
3.43
2.78
2.27
1.89
1.58
1.34
1.14
0.98
max < L / 300
x/y direction 46.59 28.46 18.40 12.47 8.78
6.40
4.79
3.67
2.87
2.29
1.85
1.52
1.26
1.05
0.89
0.76
0.66
max < L / 400
x/y direction 34.94 21.34 13.80 9.35
6.59
4.80
3.59
2.75
2.15
1.72
1.39
1.14
0.94
0.79
0.67
0.57
0.49
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 41.54 33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 16.62 15.10 13.85 12.78 11.87 11.08 10.38 9.77
9.09
8.16
7.36
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 60.86 36.27 23.04 15.42 10.77 7.79
5.80
4.43
3.46
2.75
2.22
1.81
1.50
1.26
1.06
0.91
0.78
max < L / 300
x/y direction 40.57 24.18 15.36 10.28 7.18
5.19
3.87
2.95
2.30
1.83
1.48
1.21
1.00
0.84
0.71
0.60
0.52
max < L / 400
x/y direction 30.43 18.13 11.52 7.71
3.89
2.90
2.22
1.73
1.37
1.11
0.91
0.75
0.63
0.53
0.45
0.39
1.6.72
5.38
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 120 x 120 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
220.6
187.4
160.4
138.3
120.2
105.3
92.8
82.3
73.5
65.9
59.4
53.8
49.0
44.7
41.0
37.7
34.8
32.2
29.9
27.8
25.9
24.2
22.7
21.3
20.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
120
120
8
8
4
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
220.6
187.4
160.4
138.3
120.2
105.3
92.8
82.3
73.5
65.9
59.4
53.8
49.0
44.7
41.0
37.7
34.8
32.2
29.9
27.8
25.9
24.2
22.7
21.3
20.0
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
3 598
7 567 059
126 118
1 728
7 567 059
126 118
1 728
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
664.2 kN
Dead weight
6.48 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.73
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 120 x 120 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 66.46 53.17 44.31 37.98 33.23 29.54 26.58 24.17 20.70 17.63 15.21 13.25 11.64 10.31 9.20
8.26
7.45
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 50.54 28.37 17.32 11.28 7.73
5.52
4.07
3.08
2.39
1.89
1.52
1.24
1.02
0.86
0.72
0.61
0.53
max < L / 300
x/y direction 33.69 18.91 11.55 7.52
5.15
3.68
2.71
2.05
1.59
1.26
1.01
0.83
0.68
0.57
0.48
0.41
0.35
max < L / 400
x/y direction 25.27 14.18 8.66
5.64
3.87
2.76
2.03
1.54
1.19
0.94
0.76
0.62
0.51
0.43
0.36
0.31
0.26
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
x/y direction 53.17 42.54 35.45 30.38 26.58 23.63 21.27 19.33 17.72 16.36 15.19 13.25 11.64 10.31 9.20
8.26
7.45
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 90.49 54.97 35.39 23.91 16.81 12.23 9.14
7.00
5.48
4.36
3.52
2.89
2.39
2.01
1.70
1.45
1.25
max < L / 300
x/y direction 60.33 36.64 23.60 15.94 11.21 8.15
6.10
4.67
3.65
2.91
2.35
1.92
1.60
1.34
1.13
0.97
0.83
max < L / 400
x/y direction 45.25 27.48 17.70 11.96 8.41
6.11
4.57
3.50
2.74
2.18
1.76
1.44
1.20
1.00
0.85
0.72
0.62
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
Breaking point
x/y direction 55.38 44.31 36.92 31.65 27.69 24.62 22.15 20.14 18.46 17.04 15.82 14.77 13.85 12.89 11.50 10.32 9.31
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 78.56 46.58 29.48 19.68 13.72 9.91
7.38
5.63
4.39
3.48
2.81
2.30
1.90
1.59
1.35
1.15
0.99
max < L / 300
x/y direction 52.38 31.05 19.66 13.12 9.15
6.61
4.92
3.75
2.92
2.32
1.87
1.53
1.27
1.06
0.90
0.77
0.66
max < L / 400
x/y direction 39.28 23.29 14.74 9.84
4.96
3.69
2.81
2.19
1.74
1.41
1.15
0.95
0.80
0.67
0.57
0.49
1.6.74
6.86
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 160 x 160 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
478.7
425.3
378.2
336.9
300.9
269.6
242.4
218.7
198.0
179.8
163.9
149.9
137.5
126.5
116.7
107.9
100.1
93.1
86.7
81.0
75.8
71.0
66.7
62.8
59.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
160
160
8
8
8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
478.7
425.3
378.2
336.9
300.9
269.6
242.4
218.7
198.0
179.8
163.9
149.9
137.5
126.5
116.7
107.9
100.1
93.1
86.7
81.0
75.8
71.0
66.7
62.8
59.2
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
4 919
19 052 487
238 156
2 304
19 052 487
238 156
2 304
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
908.1 kN
Dead weight
8.85 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.75
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 160 x 160 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x/y direction 44.31 39.38 35.45 32.22 29.54 27.27 25.32 23.63 21.98 19.47 17.37 15.59 14.07 12.76 11.63 10.64 9.77
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 18.26 13.19 9.81
7.49
5.84
4.63
3.74
3.06
2.53
2.12
1.79
1.53
1.31
1.14
0.99
0.87
0.77
max < L / 300
x/y direction 12.17 8.79
6.54
4.99
3.89
3.09
2.49
2.04
1.69
1.41
1.20
1.02
0.88
0.76
0.66
0.58
0.51
max < L / 400
x/y direction 9.13
6.59
4.91
3.74
2.92
2.32
1.87
1.53
1.27
1.06
0.90
0.76
0.66
0.57
0.50
0.43
0.38
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x/y direction 35.45 31.51 28.36 25.78 23.63 21.81 20.25 18.90 17.72 16.68 15.75 14.92 14.07 12.76 11.63 10.64 9.77
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 37.00 27.54 20.97 16.29 12.88 10.34 8.42
6.94
5.79
4.87
4.14
3.54
3.06
2.65
2.32
2.04
1.80
max < L / 300
x/y direction 24.67 18.36 13.98 10.86 8.59
6.90
5.62
4.63
3.86
3.25
2.76
2.36
2.04
1.77
1.55
1.36
1.20
max < L / 400
x/y direction 18.50 13.77 10.48 8.14
6.44
5.17
4.21
3.47
2.89
2.44
2.07
1.77
1.53
1.33
1.16
1.02
0.90
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
Breaking point
x/y direction 36.92 32.82 29.54 26.85 24.62 22.72 21.10 19.69 18.46 17.38 16.41 15.55 14.77 14.07 13.43 12.84 12.21
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 30.91 22.78 17.21 13.29 10.46 8.36
6.79
5.58
4.64
3.90
3.31
2.83
2.44
2.11
1.84
1.62
1.43
max < L / 300
x/y direction 20.61 15.18 11.47 8.86
6.97
5.58
4.53
3.72
3.09
2.60
2.20
1.88
1.62
1.41
1.23
1.08
0.95
max < L / 400
x/y direction 15.45 11.39 8.60
5.23
4.18
3.39
2.79
2.32
1.95
1.65
1.41
1.22
1.06
0.92
0.81
0.71
1.6.76
6.64
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 200 x 200 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
8.25
8.50
8.75
9.00
619.2
564.0
514.5
470.2
430.5
395.0
363.3
334.8
309.3
286.3
265.7
247.0
230.1
214.8
200.9
188.2
176.7
166.1
156.4
147.5
139.3
131.8
124.8
118.4
112.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
200
200
10
10
10
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
8.25
8.50
8.75
9.00
619.2
564.0
514.5
470.2
430.5
395.0
363.3
334.8
309.3
286.3
265.7
247.0
230.1
214.8
200.9
188.2
176.7
166.1
156.4
147.5
139.3
131.8
124.8
118.4
112.4
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
7 686
46 514 860
465 149
3 600
46 514 860
465 149
3 600
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
1418.9 kN
Dead weight
13.84 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.77
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 200 x 200 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Breaking point
x/y direction 69.23 61.54 55.38 50.35 46.15 42.60 39.56 36.92 34.62 32.58 30.77 29.15 27.48 24.92 22.71 20.78 19.08
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 41.49 30.36 22.82 17.55 13.76 10.98 8.89
7.30
6.06
5.08
4.31
3.68
3.17
2.74
2.39
2.10
1.85
max < L / 300
x/y direction 27.66 20.24 15.21 11.70 9.17
7.32
5.93
4.86
4.04
3.39
2.87
2.45
2.11
1.83
1.60
1.40
1.24
max < L / 400
x/y direction 20.74 15.18 11.41 8.77
6.88
5.49
4.45
3.65
3.03
2.54
2.15
1.84
1.58
1.37
1.20
1.05
0.93
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Two spans
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
Breaking point
x/y direction 55.38 49.23 44.31 40.28 36.92 34.08 31.65 29.54 27.69 26.06 24.62 23.32 22.15 21.10 20.14 19.26 18.46
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 78.52 59.70 46.26 36.45 29.15 23.64 19.40 16.10 13.49 11.41 9.73
8.36
7.23
6.30
5.52
4.86
4.30
max < L / 300
x/y direction 52.35 39.80 30.84 24.30 19.44 15.76 12.93 10.73 9.00
7.61
6.49
5.57
4.82
4.20
3.68
3.24
2.86
max < L / 400
x/y direction 39.26 29.85 23.13 18.22 14.58 11.82 9.70
8.05
6.75
5.71
4.87
4.18
3.62
3.15
2.76
2.43
2.15
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Three spans
L (m) = 2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
Breaking point
x/y direction 57.69 51.28 46.15 41.96 38.46 35.50 32.97 30.77 28.85 27.15 25.64 24.29 23.08 21.98 20.98 20.07 19.23
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 67.03 50.36 38.63 30.20 24.00 19.35 15.81 13.07 10.92 9.21
7.84
6.72
5.80
5.04
4.41
3.88
3.43
max < L / 300
x/y direction 44.69 33.57 25.76 20.13 16.00 12.90 10.54 8.71
7.28
6.14
5.22
4.48
3.87
3.36
2.94
2.59
2.29
max < L / 400
x/y direction 33.51 25.18 19.32 15.10 12.00 9.68
5.46
4.61
3.92
3.36
2.90
2.52
2.21
1.94
1.71
1.6.78
7.91
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
6.54
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Square tube 240 x 240 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
8.25
8.50
8.75
9.00
9.25
9.50
9.75
10.00
787.5
729.7
677.0
629.0
585.2
545.3
509.0
475.8
445.4
417.6
392.2
368.8
347.3
327.5
309.3
292.5
276.9
262.5
249.2
236.8
225.2
214.5
204.5
195.1
186.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
240
240
12
12
12
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00
8.25
8.50
8.75
9.00
9.25
9.50
9.75
10.00
787.5
729.7
677.0
629.0
585.2
545.3
509.0
475.8
445.4
417.6
392.2
368.8
347.3
327.5
309.3
292.5
276.9
262.5
249.2
236.8
225.2
214.5
204.5
195.1
186.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
11 068
96 453 214
803 777
5 184
96 453 214
803 777
5 184
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
2043.3 kN
Dead weight
19.92 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.79
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Square tube 240 x 240 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Breaking point
x/y direction 79.75 72.50 66.46 61.35 56.97 53.17 49.85 46.91 44.31 41.98 39.88 37.98 36.25 34.68 32.98 30.39 28.10
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 44.72 34.68 27.38 21.97 17.87 14.72 12.26 10.32 8.76
7.49
6.46
5.61
4.90
4.30
3.80
3.37
3.00
max < L / 300
x/y direction 29.81 23.12 18.26 14.65 11.91 9.81
8.17
6.88
5.84
5.00
4.31
3.74
3.27
2.87
2.53
2.25
2.00
max < L / 400
x/y direction 22.36 17.34 13.69 10.98 8.94
7.36
6.13
5.16
4.38
3.75
3.23
2.80
2.45
2.15
1.90
1.69
1.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Two spans
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
Breaking point
x/y direction 63.80 58.00 53.17 49.08 45.57 42.54 39.88 37.53 35.45 33.58 31.90 30.38 29.00 27.74 26.58 25.52 24.54
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 85.81 68.57 55.51 45.46 37.63 31.45 26.52 22.55 19.32 16.67 14.47 12.63 11.09 9.79
8.68
7.73
6.91
max < L / 300
x/y direction 57.21 45.72 37.00 30.31 25.08 20.97 17.68 15.03 12.88 11.11 9.65
8.42
7.40
6.53
5.79
5.15
4.61
max < L / 400
x/y direction 42.90 34.29 27.75 22.73 18.81 15.73 13.26 11.28 9.66
8.33
7.23
6.32
5.55
4.90
4.34
3.87
3.46
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
6.50
Three spans
L (m) = 2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
Breaking point
x/y direction 66.46 60.42 55.38 51.12 47.47 44.31 41.54 39.10 36.92 34.98 33.23 31.65 30.21 28.90 27.69 26.58 25.56
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 72.94 57.74 46.36 37.71 31.04 25.81 21.68 18.37 15.69 13.49 11.69 10.18 8.93
7.86
6.96
6.19
5.53
max < L / 300
x/y direction 48.63 38.49 30.91 25.14 20.69 17.21 14.45 12.24 10.46 9.00
7.79
6.79
5.95
5.24
4.64
4.13
3.69
max < L / 400
x/y direction 36.47 28.87 23.18 18.86 15.52 12.91 10.84 9.18
5.84
5.09
4.46
3.93
3.48
3.10
2.77
1.6.80
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
7.84
6.75
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Tube profile 75/65 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
142.0
125.4
110.2
96.7
84.9
74.7
65.9
58.4
52.0
46.5
41.7
37.6
34.0
30.9
28.2
25.8
23.7
21.8
20.1
18.6
17.3
16.1
15.0
14.0
12.3
Geometry
D1
D2
T1
75 mm
65 mm
5 mm
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Material properties
E0
1 100
676 915
18 051
550
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
203.0 kN
Dead weight
1.98 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.81
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Tube profile 75/65 - B
One span
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
x/y direction 42.29 35.24 30.21 26.43 23.49 21.15 19.22 17.62 15.78 13.60 11.85 8.71
6.67
5.27
4.27
3.53
2.96
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 35.10 22.11 14.71 10.23 7.38
5.48
4.18
3.25
2.58
2.08
1.70
1.08
0.73
0.52
0.38
0.28
0.22
max < L / 300
x/y direction 23.40 14.74 9.81
6.82
4.92
3.65
2.79
2.17
1.72
1.39
1.14
0.72
0.49
0.34
0.25
0.19
0.15
max < L / 400
x/y direction 17.55 11.06 7.35
5.11
3.69
2.74
2.09
1.63
1.29
1.04
0.85
0.54
0.37
0.26
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
x/y direction 33.83 28.19 24.17 21.15 18.80 16.92 15.38 14.10 13.01 12.08 11.28 8.71
6.67
5.27
4.27
3.53
2.96
Two spans
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 61.42 41.44 28.99 20.93 15.53 11.79 9.15
7.22
5.79
4.71
3.88
2.50
1.70
1.21
0.89
0.67
0.52
max < L / 300
x/y direction 40.95 27.62 19.33 13.95 10.35 7.86
6.10
4.81
3.86
3.14
2.59
1.67
1.14
0.81
0.59
0.45
0.35
max < L / 400
x/y direction 30.71 20.72 14.50 10.47 7.76
5.90
4.57
3.61
2.90
2.36
1.94
1.25
0.85
0.60
0.44
0.34
0.26
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
x/y direction 35.24 29.37 25.17 22.03 19.58 17.62 16.02 14.68 13.55 12.59 11.75 10.07 8.33
6.58
5.33
4.41
3.70
Three spans
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 53.69 35.48 24.44 17.43 12.81 9.66
7.45
5.85
4.68
3.79
3.12
2.00
1.36
0.96
0.70
0.53
0.41
max < L / 300
x/y direction 35.79 23.65 16.29 11.62 8.54
6.44
4.96
3.90
3.12
2.53
2.08
1.33
0.90
0.64
0.47
0.35
0.27
max < L / 400
x/y direction 26.84 17.74 12.22 8.71
4.83
3.72
2.93
2.34
1.90
1.56
1.00
0.68
0.48
0.35
0.27
0.21
1.6.82
6.40
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Tube profile 90/80 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
5.00
190.8
173.6
156.8
141.1
126.7
113.8
102.2
92.0
82.9
75.0
68.0
61.8
56.4
51.6
47.3
43.5
35.7
29.7
25.1
21.4
18.5
16.1
14.2
12.5
8.2
Geometry
D1
D2
T1
90 mm
80 mm
5 mm
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Material properties
E0
1 335
1 210 004
26 889
668
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
246.5 kN
Dead weight
2.40 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.83
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Tube profile 90/80 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.50
x/y direction 25.68 23.34 21.40 19.75 18.34 17.12 15.51 13.74 12.26 11.00 9.93
8.21
6.89
5.87
5.07
4.41
3.24
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 9.43
7.23
5.66
4.51
3.65
2.99
2.48
2.08
1.76
1.50
1.29
0.98
0.76
0.60
0.48
0.39
0.25
max < L / 300
x/y direction 6.29
4.82
3.77
3.01
2.43
1.99
1.65
1.39
1.17
1.00
0.86
0.65
0.50
0.40
0.32
0.26
0.16
max < L / 400
x/y direction 4.71
3.62
2.83
2.25
1.82
1.49
1.24
1.04
0.88
0.75
0.65
0.49
0.38
0.30
0.24
0.20
0.12
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.50
x/y direction 20.54 18.67 17.12 15.80 14.67 13.69 12.84 12.08 11.41 10.81 9.93
8.21
6.89
5.87
5.07
4.41
3.24
Two spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 19.44 15.25 12.15 9.82
8.04
6.66
5.57
4.70
4.01
3.44
2.97
2.26
1.76
1.39
1.12
0.92
0.58
max < L / 300
x/y direction 12.96 10.17 8.10
6.55
5.36
4.44
3.71
3.14
2.67
2.29
1.98
1.51
1.17
0.93
0.75
0.61
0.39
max < L / 400
x/y direction 9.72
7.62
6.08
4.91
4.02
3.33
2.79
2.35
2.00
1.72
1.49
1.13
0.88
0.70
0.56
0.46
0.29
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.50
x/y direction 21.40 19.45 17.83 16.46 15.28 14.26 13.37 12.59 11.89 11.26 10.70 9.73
8.62
7.34
6.33
5.52
4.05
Three spans
Breaking point
Application limit point
max < L / 200
x/y direction 16.15 12.57 9.96
8.01
6.53
5.39
4.49
3.79
3.22
2.76
2.38
1.81
1.40
1.11
0.89
0.73
0.46
max < L / 300
x/y direction 10.77 8.38
6.64
5.34
4.35
3.59
3.00
2.52
2.14
1.84
1.59
1.20
0.93
0.74
0.60
0.49
0.31
max < L / 400
x/y direction 8.07
4.98
4.00
3.26
2.69
2.25
1.89
1.61
1.38
1.19
0.90
0.70
0.55
0.45
0.36
0.23
1.6.84
6.29
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - T 60 x 60 x 6 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.50
51.0
43.0
36.5
31.2
26.9
23.4
20.5
18.0
16.0
14.3
12.8
11.6
10.5
9.5
8.7
8.0
7.3
6.8
6.3
5.8
5.4
5.0
4.7
4.4
3.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
60
60
6
6
7
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
48.2
37.7
30.0
24.3
20.0
16.7
14.1
12.0
10.4
9.1
8.0
7.1
6.3
5.6
5.1
4.6
4.2
3.8
3.5
3.2
3.0
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.1
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
e1
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
705
235 221
5 460
342
43
109 446
3 648
288
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
130.2 kN
Dead weight
1.27 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.85
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m -
T 60 x 60 x 6 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Breaking point
x direction 8.06
5.60
4.11
3.15
2.49
2.02
1.67
1.40
1.19
1.03
0.90
0.79
0.70
0.62
0.56
0.50
0.46
y direction 5.39
3.74
2.75
2.10
1.66
1.35
1.11
0.94
0.80
0.69
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.42
0.37
0.34
0.31
x direction 1.98
1.16
0.74
0.50
0.35
0.26
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
y direction 0.94
0.55
0.35
0.23
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 1.32
0.77
0.49
0.33
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
y direction 0.63
0.37
0.23
0.16
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
x direction 0.99
0.58
0.37
0.25
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
y direction 0.47
0.28
0.17
0.12
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 8.06
5.60
4.11
3.15
2.49
2.02
1.67
1.40
1.19
1.03
0.90
0.79
0.70
0.62
0.56
0.50
0.46
y direction 5.39
3.74
2.75
2.10
1.66
1.35
1.11
0.94
0.80
0.69
0.60
0.53
0.47
0.42
0.37
0.34
0.31
x direction 4.45
2.66
1.71
1.16
0.82
0.61
0.46
0.35
0.28
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
y direction 2.18
1.28
0.82
0.55
0.39
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 2.97
1.78
1.14
0.78
0.55
0.40
0.30
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
y direction 1.45
0.86
0.55
0.37
0.26
0.19
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
x direction 2.22
1.33
0.86
0.58
0.41
0.30
0.23
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
y direction 1.09
0.64
0.41
0.28
0.20
0.14
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 10.08 7.00
5.14
3.94
3.11
2.52
2.08
1.75
1.49
1.29
1.12
0.98
0.87
0.78
0.70
0.63
0.57
y direction 6.74
4.68
3.44
2.63
2.08
1.68
1.39
1.17
1.00
0.86
0.75
0.66
0.58
0.52
0.47
0.42
0.38
x direction 3.59
2.13
1.37
0.93
0.65
0.48
0.36
0.28
0.22
0.18
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
y direction 1.74
1.02
0.65
0.44
0.31
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.86
x direction 2.39
1.42
0.91
0.62
0.44
0.32
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
y direction 1.16
0.68
0.43
0.29
0.21
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
x direction 1.79
1.07
0.68
0.46
0.33
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
y direction 0.87
0.51
0.32
0.22
0.15
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - T 90 x 72 x 11 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.50
128.2
114.4
102.4
91.9
82.8
74.8
67.8
61.6
56.2
51.4
47.2
43.5
40.1
37.1
34.4
32.0
29.9
27.9
26.1
24.5
23.0
21.6
20.4
19.3
17.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
90
72
11
10
7
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
128.2
102.4
82.8
67.8
56.2
47.2
40.1
34.4
29.9
26.1
23.0
20.4
18.2
16.4
14.8
13.4
12.2
11.1
10.2
9.4
8.7
8.1
7.5
7.0
6.1
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
e1
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
1 621
1 284 135
21 230
941
60,5
320 999
8 917
576
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
299.3 kN
Dead weight
2.92 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.87
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m -
T 90 x 72 x 11 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Breaking point
x direction 31.36 21.77 16.00 12.25 9.68
y direction 13.17 9.15
7.84
6.48
5.44
4.64
4.00
3.48
3.06
2.71
2.42
2.17
1.96
1.78
6.72
5.14
4.06
3.29
2.72
2.29
1.95
1.68
1.46
1.29
1.14
1.02
0.91
0.82
0.75
x direction 10.31 6.14
3.93
2.66
1.89
1.38
1.04
0.81
0.64
0.51
0.42
0.34
0.29
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.15
y direction 2.72
1.01
0.68
0.48
0.35
0.26
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.60
x direction 6.87
4.09
2.62
1.78
1.26
0.92
0.70
0.54
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
y direction 1.82
1.07
0.68
0.46
0.32
0.24
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
x direction 5.15
3.07
1.97
1.33
0.94
0.69
0.52
0.40
0.32
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
y direction 1.36
0.80
0.51
0.34
0.24
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 28.94 21.77 16.00 12.25 9.68
y direction 13.17 9.15
7.84
6.48
5.44
4.64
4.00
3.48
3.06
2.71
2.42
2.17
1.96
1.78
6.72
5.14
4.06
3.29
2.72
2.29
1.95
1.68
1.46
1.29
1.14
1.02
0.91
0.82
0.75
x direction 21.95 13.50 8.84
6.08
4.35
3.21
2.44
1.89
1.50
1.20
0.98
0.81
0.68
0.57
0.49
0.42
0.36
y direction 6.20
1.60
1.13
0.83
0.63
0.48
0.38
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
3.69
2.36
x direction 14.63 9.00
5.89
4.05
2.90
2.14
1.62
1.26
1.00
0.80
0.66
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.33
0.28
0.24
y direction 4.13
2.46
1.58
1.07
0.76
0.55
0.42
0.32
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
x direction 10.97 6.75
4.42
3.04
2.17
1.61
1.22
0.95
0.75
0.60
0.49
0.41
0.34
0.29
0.24
0.21
0.18
y direction 3.10
1.84
1.18
0.80
0.57
0.42
0.31
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
Three spans
Breaking point
x direction 30.14 25.12 20.00 15.31 12.10 9.80
y direction 16.46 11.43 8.40
8.10
6.80
5.80
5.00
4.35
3.83
3.39
3.02
2.71
2.45
2.22
6.43
5.08
4.12
3.40
2.86
2.44
2.10
1.83
1.61
1.42
1.27
1.14
1.03
0.93
x direction 18.03 10.97 7.13
4.88
3.48
2.56
1.94
1.50
1.19
0.95
0.78
0.64
0.54
0.45
0.39
0.33
0.29
y direction 4.98
1.27
0.90
0.66
0.50
0.38
0.30
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.88
2.95
1.88
x direction 12.02 7.31
4.75
3.25
2.32
1.71
1.29
1.00
0.79
0.64
0.52
0.43
0.36
0.30
0.26
0.22
0.19
y direction 3.32
1.25
0.85
0.60
0.44
0.33
0.26
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.05
1.96
x direction 9.02
5.49
3.57
2.44
1.74
1.28
0.97
0.75
0.59
0.48
0.39
0.32
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.14
y direction 2.49
1.47
0.94
0.64
0.45
0.33
0.25
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 50 x 50 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
49.3
29.5
18.9
12.9
9.3
7.0
5.5
4.4
3.6
2.5
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
49.3
29.5
18.9
12.9
9.3
7.0
5.5
4.4
3.6
2.5
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
50
50
6
6
7
14.6
14.6
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
61.2
40.0
27.0
19.0
13.9
10.6
8.3
6.7
5.5
3.9
Material properties
E0
575
131 802
3 720
270
131 802
3 720
270
206 972
56 632
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
106.1 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
62.9 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
74.2
39.1
21.8
13.5
9.0
6.4
4.8
3.7
3.0
2.4
Dead weight
1.03 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.89
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 50 x 50 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
2.00
34.62 25.96 20.77 15.26 11.21 8.59
6.78
5.49
4.54
3.82
3.25
2.80
2.44
2.15
1.90
1.70
1.37
max < L / 200
30.81 14.85 8.14
4.90
3.16
2.15
1.53
1.12
0.85
0.66
0.52
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.23
0.20
0.14
max < L / 300
20.54 9.90
5.43
3.27
2.11
1.44
1.02
0.75
0.57
0.44
0.35
0.28
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.10
max < L / 400
15.41 7.43
4.07
2.45
1.58
1.08
0.76
0.56
0.42
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.07
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
2.00
27.69 20.77 16.62 13.85 11.21 8.59
6.78
5.49
4.54
3.82
3.25
2.80
2.44
2.15
1.90
1.70
1.37
max < L / 200
52.87 28.38 16.63 10.44 6.93
4.81
3.47
2.57
1.96
1.53
1.21
0.98
0.80
0.66
0.55
0.47
0.34
max < L / 300
35.25 18.92 11.09 6.96
4.62
3.21
2.31
1.72
1.31
1.02
0.81
0.65
0.53
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.23
max < L / 400
26.44 14.19 8.32
5.22
3.47
2.41
1.73
1.29
0.98
0.76
0.61
0.49
0.40
0.33
0.28
0.23
0.17
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
2.00
28.85 21.63 17.31 14.42 12.36 10.73 8.48
6.87
5.68
4.77
4.06
3.50
3.05
2.68
2.38
2.12
1.72
max < L / 200
46.48 24.16 13.86 8.58
5.64
3.89
2.79
2.06
1.57
1.22
0.96
0.78
0.63
0.52
0.44
0.37
0.27
max < L / 300
30.99 16.10 9.24
5.72
3.76
2.59
1.86
1.38
1.04
0.81
0.64
0.52
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.18
max < L / 400
23.24 12.08 6.93
4.29
2.82
1.94
1.39
1.03
0.78
0.61
0.48
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.18
0.14
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 0.30
0.40
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Three spans
L (m) = 0.30
0.40
0.50
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.90
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 50 x 50 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
63.0
37.5
24.0
16.4
11.8
8.9
6.9
5.5
4.5
3.1
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
63.0
37.5
24.0
16.4
11.8
8.9
6.9
5.5
4.5
3.1
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
50
50
8
8
7
15.3
15.3
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
78.5
51.0
34.2
24.1
17.6
13.4
10.5
8.4
6.9
4.9
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
747
166 029
4 789
360
166 029
4 789
360
260 755
71 303
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
137.8 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
145.4 kN
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
95.5
49.7
27.6
17.0
11.4
8.1
6.1
4.7
3.7
3.0
Dead weight
1.34 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.91
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 50 x 50 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
2.00
46.15 34.62 27.69 19.65 14.43 11.05 8.73
7.07
5.85
4.91
4.19
3.61
3.14
2.76
2.45
2.18
1.77
max < L / 200
39.44 18.90 10.33 6.20
4.00
2.72
1.93
1.42
1.07
0.83
0.65
0.53
0.43
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.18
max < L / 300
26.29 12.60 6.89
4.14
2.67
1.81
1.29
0.95
0.71
0.55
0.44
0.35
0.29
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.12
max < L / 400
19.72 9.45
5.16
3.10
2.00
1.36
0.97
0.71
0.54
0.41
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
2.00
36.92 27.69 22.15 18.46 14.43 11.05 8.73
7.07
5.85
4.91
4.19
3.61
3.14
2.76
2.45
2.18
1.77
max < L / 200
68.45 36.46 21.25 13.30 8.81
6.10
4.39
3.26
2.48
1.93
1.53
1.23
1.01
0.83
0.70
0.59
0.43
max < L / 300
45.63 24.31 14.17 8.86
5.87
4.07
2.93
2.17
1.65
1.29
1.02
0.82
0.67
0.56
0.46
0.39
0.29
max < L / 400
34.23 18.23 10.63 6.65
4.40
3.05
2.20
1.63
1.24
0.96
0.76
0.62
0.50
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.22
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 0.30
0.40
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.92
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 75 x 75 x 6 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
29.8
23.0
18.2
14.8
12.2
10.2
8.6
6.4
5.0
4.0
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
29.8
23.0
18.2
14.8
12.2
10.2
8.6
6.4
5.0
4.0
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
75
75
6
6
7
20.8
20.8
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
42.3
33.4
26.9
18.3
13.2
9.9
7.7
6.1
5.0
4.2
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
875
470 712
8 686
405
470 712
8 686
405
738 918
202 506
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
161.4 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
42.6 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
75.4
41.2
29.0
21.3
16.2
12.7
10.2
8.4
5.5
3.8
Dead weight
1.57 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.93
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 75 x 75 x 6 - B
One span
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.50
31.15 25.96 22.25 19.47 15.84 12.83 10.60 8.91
7.59
6.55
5.70
5.01
4.44
3.96
3.55
3.21
2.05
max < L / 200
24.78 15.55 10.32 7.16
5.16
3.83
2.92
2.27
1.80
1.45
1.19
0.98
0.82
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.26
max < L / 300
16.52 10.37 6.88
4.77
3.44
2.55
1.94
1.51
1.20
0.97
0.79
0.65
0.55
0.46
0.39
0.34
0.17
max < L / 400
12.39 7.78
5.16
3.58
2.58
1.91
1.46
1.14
0.90
0.73
0.59
0.49
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.13
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.50
24.92 20.77 17.80 15.58 13.85 12.46 10.60 8.91
7.59
6.55
5.70
5.01
4.44
3.96
3.55
3.21
2.05
max < L / 200
43.85 29.44 20.51 14.77 10.93 8.28
6.41
5.06
4.05
3.29
2.71
2.26
1.90
1.61
1.38
1.19
0.62
max < L / 300
29.23 19.62 13.68 9.84
7.29
5.52
4.28
3.37
2.70
2.20
1.81
1.50
1.27
1.07
0.92
0.79
0.41
max < L / 400
21.93 14.72 10.26 7.38
5.46
4.14
3.21
2.53
2.03
1.65
1.36
1.13
0.95
0.81
0.69
0.59
0.31
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.94
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 75 x 75 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
38.3
29.6
23.4
18.9
15.6
13.1
11.1
8.3
6.4
5.1
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
38.3
29.6
23.4
18.9
15.6
13.1
11.1
8.3
6.4
5.1
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
75
75
8
8
7
21.6
21.6
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
54.7
43.1
34.7
23.6
17.0
12.7
9.9
7.9
6.4
5.3
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
1 147
603 367
11 295
540
603 367
11 295
540
950 502
256 232
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
211.7 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
99.2 kN
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
97.0
52.6
36.9
27.1
20.6
16.1
13.0
10.6
6.9
4.9
Dead weight
2.06 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.95
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 75 x 75 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.50
41.54 34.62 29.67 25.96 20.60 16.68 13.79 11.58 9.87
8.51
7.41
6.52
5.77
5.15
4.62
4.17
2.67
max < L / 200
32.08 20.08 13.30 9.22
6.64
4.92
3.75
2.92
2.31
1.86
1.52
1.26
1.05
0.89
0.76
0.65
0.34
max < L / 300
21.39 13.39 8.87
6.15
4.42
3.28
2.50
1.94
1.54
1.24
1.02
0.84
0.70
0.59
0.51
0.44
0.22
max < L / 400
16.04 10.04 6.65
4.61
3.32
2.46
1.87
1.46
1.16
0.93
0.76
0.63
0.53
0.45
0.38
0.33
0.17
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.50
33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 16.62 13.79 11.58 9.87
8.51
7.41
6.52
5.77
5.15
4.62
4.17
2.67
max < L / 200
57.21 38.27 26.60 19.11 14.12 10.69 8.27
6.51
5.22
4.24
3.49
2.90
2.44
2.07
1.77
1.52
0.79
max < L / 300
38.14 25.51 17.73 12.74 9.41
7.13
5.51
4.34
3.48
2.83
2.32
1.93
1.63
1.38
1.18
1.02
0.53
max < L / 400
28.60 19.13 13.30 9.55
5.35
4.13
3.26
2.61
2.12
1.74
1.45
1.22
1.03
0.88
0.76
0.40
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 0.50
0.60
0.70
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.96
7.06
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 80 x 80 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
45.8
35.5
28.2
22.9
18.9
15.9
13.5
10.1
7.8
6.2
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
45.8
35.5
28.2
22.9
18.9
15.9
13.5
10.1
7.8
6.2
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
80
80
8
8
7
22.8
22.8
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
64.6
51.4
41.5
28.5
20.6
15.5
12.0
9.6
7.9
6.5
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
1 227
739 184
12 930
576
739 184
12 930
576
1 164 930
313 437
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
226.4 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
93.3 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
111.3
62.1
44.1
32.5
24.9
19.5
15.7
12.9
8.4
5.9
Dead weight
2.21 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.97
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 80 x 80 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
19.10 15.78 13.26 11.30 9.74
8.49
7.46
6.61
5.89
5.29
4.77
3.95
3.32
2.82
2.44
2.12
1.19
max < L / 200
5.97
4.55
3.55
2.81
2.27
1.86
1.54
1.29
1.09
0.93
0.80
0.60
0.46
0.37
0.29
0.24
0.10
max < L / 300
3.98
3.03
2.36
1.88
1.51
1.24
1.02
0.86
0.73
0.62
0.53
0.40
0.31
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.07
max < L / 400
2.98
2.27
1.77
1.41
1.13
0.93
0.77
0.64
0.54
0.46
0.40
0.30
0.23
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.05
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
17.72 15.78 13.26 11.30 9.74
8.49
7.46
6.61
5.89
5.29
4.77
3.95
3.32
2.82
2.44
2.12
1.19
12.78 9.92
7.84
6.29
5.12
4.22
3.52
2.96
2.51
2.15
1.86
1.41
1.09
0.86
0.69
0.57
0.24
max < L / 300
8.52
6.62
5.23
4.20
3.42
2.81
2.34
1.97
1.68
1.43
1.24
0.94
0.73
0.58
0.46
0.38
0.16
max < L / 400
6.39
4.96
3.92
3.15
2.56
2.11
1.76
1.48
1.26
1.08
0.93
0.70
0.55
0.43
0.35
0.28
0.12
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
max < L / 200
1.6.98
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 100 x 100 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk i m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
82.1
65.3
52.8
43.4
36.2
30.6
26.2
19.7
15.3
12.3
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
82.1
65.3
52.8
43.4
36.2
30.6
26.2
19.7
15.3
12.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
100
100
8
8
7
27.8
27.8
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
111.1
91.0
75.3
53.3
39.2
29.9
23.5
18.9
15.5
12.9
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
1 547
1 485 277
20 581
720
1 485 277
20 581
720
2 344 236
626 319
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
285.5 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
75.3 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
172.8
106.9
79.1
60.0
46.7
37.2
30.2
25.0
16.5
11.7
Dead weight
2.78 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.99
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 100 x 100 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
27.69 25.12 21.11 17.99 15.51 13.51 11.87 10.52 9.38
8.42
7.60
6.28
5.28
4.50
3.88
3.38
1.90
11.39 8.76
6.87
5.48
4.44
3.64
3.02
2.54
2.15
1.84
1.58
1.19
0.92
0.73
0.59
0.48
0.20
max < L / 300
7.59
5.84
4.58
3.65
2.96
2.43
2.02
1.69
1.43
1.22
1.05
0.80
0.62
0.49
0.39
0.32
0.14
max < L / 400
5.69
4.38
3.43
2.74
2.22
1.82
1.51
1.27
1.07
0.92
0.79
0.60
0.46
0.36
0.29
0.24
0.10
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
22.15 20.14 18.46 17.04 15.51 13.51 11.87 10.52 9.38
8.42
7.60
6.28
5.28
4.50
3.88
3.38
1.90
max < L / 200
23.09 18.19 14.55 11.80 9.68
8.03
6.73
5.70
4.86
4.17
3.61
2.75
2.14
1.70
1.37
1.12
0.48
max < L / 300
15.39 12.13 9.70
7.87
6.46
5.36
4.49
3.80
3.24
2.78
2.41
1.83
1.43
1.13
0.91
0.75
0.32
max < L / 400
11.55 9.10
5.90
4.84
4.02
3.37
2.85
2.43
2.09
1.81
1.38
1.07
0.85
0.69
0.56
0.24
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
max < L / 200
Two spans
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.100
7.28
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 100 x 100 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
100.2
79.6
64.4
52.9
44.1
37.2
31.8
24.0
18.6
14.9
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
100.2
79.6
64.4
52.9
44.1
37.2
31.8
24.0
18.6
14.9
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
100
100
10
10
7
28.6
28.6
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
135.9
111.2
92.0
65.0
47.8
36.4
28.6
23.0
18.8
15.7
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
1 911
1 803 127
25 250
900
1 803 127
25 250
900
2 849 583
756 672
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
352.7 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
145.3 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
211.5
130.2
96.1
72.8
56.6
45.0
36.6
30.2
19.9
14.1
Dead weight
3.44 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
2L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
1.6.101
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 100 x 100 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
34.62 30.82 25.90 22.07 19.03 16.57 14.57 12.90 11.51 10.33 9.32
7.71
6.47
5.52
4.76
4.14
2.33
13.88 10.67 8.36
6.67
5.40
4.43
3.68
3.08
2.61
2.23
1.92
1.45
1.12
0.89
0.71
0.58
0.25
max < L / 300
9.25
7.11
5.57
4.44
3.60
2.95
2.45
2.06
1.74
1.49
1.28
0.97
0.75
0.59
0.47
0.39
0.16
max < L / 400
6.94
5.33
4.18
3.33
2.70
2.21
1.84
1.54
1.31
1.12
0.96
0.73
0.56
0.44
0.36
0.29
0.12
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
27.69 25.17 23.08 21.30 19.03 16.57 14.57 12.90 11.51 10.33 9.32
7.71
6.47
5.52
4.76
4.14
2.33
max < L / 200
28.25 22.23 17.77 14.40 11.81 9.79
8.21
6.94
5.91
5.08
4.39
3.35
2.61
2.07
1.67
1.36
0.58
max < L / 300
18.83 14.82 11.85 9.60
7.87
6.53
5.47
4.62
3.94
3.39
2.93
2.23
1.74
1.38
1.11
0.91
0.39
max < L / 400
14.13 11.12 8.88
5.90
4.90
4.10
3.47
2.96
2.54
2.20
1.67
1.30
1.03
0.83
0.68
0.29
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
max < L / 200
Two spans
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.102
7.20
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 100 x 100 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
117.4
93.2
75.3
61.8
51.5
43.5
37.2
28.0
21.8
17.4
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
117.4
93.2
75.3
61.8
51.5
43.5
37.2
28.0
21.8
17.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
100
100
12
12
7
29.3
29.3
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
159.5
130.4
107.7
76.0
55.9
42.5
33.4
26.8
22.0
18.3
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
2 267
2 102 772
29 755
1080
2 102 772
29 755
1080
3 322 322
883 222
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
418.4 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
248.3 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.50
3.00
249.3
152.9
112.7
85.3
66.2
52.7
42.7
35.3
23.3
16.5
Dead weight
4.08 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.103
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 100 x 100 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
41.54 30.52 30.52 26.00 22.42 19.53 17.17 15.21 13.56 12.17 10.99 9.08
7.63
6.50
5.61
4.88
2.75
max < L / 200
16.24 9.77
9.77
7.79
6.31
5.17
4.29
3.60
3.05
2.60
2.24
1.69
1.31
1.03
0.83
0.68
0.29
max < L / 300
10.83 6.52
6.52
5.19
4.20
3.45
2.86
2.40
2.03
1.74
1.49
1.13
0.87
0.69
0.55
0.45
0.19
8.12
4.89
4.89
3.90
3.15
2.59
2.15
1.80
1.52
1.30
1.12
0.85
0.66
0.52
0.42
0.34
0.14
L (m) = 1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
4.00
33.23 27.69 27.69 25.56 22.42 19.53 17.17 15.21 13.56 12.17 10.99 9.08
7.63
6.50
5.61
4.88
2.75
max < L / 200
33.19 20.84 20.84 16.87 13.83 11.47 9.60
8.11
6.92
5.94
5.14
3.91
3.05
2.42
1.95
1.59
0.68
max < L / 300
22.13 13.89 13.89 11.25 9.22
7.64
6.40
5.41
4.61
3.96
3.42
2.61
2.03
1.61
1.30
1.06
0.45
max < L / 400
16.60 10.42 10.42 8.44
5.73
4.80
4.06
3.46
2.97
2.57
1.96
1.52
1.21
0.97
0.80
0.34
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
max < L / 400
Two spans
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.104
6.92
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 150 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
149.1
108.9
81.9
63.4
50.2
40.7
33.6
28.1
23.9
17.8
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
149.1
108.9
81.9
63.4
50.2
40.7
33.6
28.1
23.9
17.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
150
8
8
7
40.3
40.3
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
196.6
150.4
116.8
92.4
74.5
61.1
50.8
42.9
36.6
27.5
Material properties
E0
2 347
5 207 812
47 488
1080
5 207 812
47 488
1080
8 243 662
2 171 963
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
433.2 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
50.8 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
202.2
121.3
77.8
53.2
38.4
28.9
22.5
18.0
14.7
10.3
Dead weight
4.22 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.105
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 150 x 150 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
41.54 34.62 29.67 25.96 21.65 17.53 14.49 12.18 10.38 8.95
7.79
6.85
6.07
5.41
4.86
4.38
2.81
max < L / 200
33.95 21.35 14.19 9.86
7.11
5.28
4.02
3.13
2.49
2.00
1.64
1.36
1.14
0.96
0.82
0.70
0.36
max < L / 300
22.63 14.24 9.46
6.57
4.74
3.52
2.68
2.09
1.66
1.34
1.09
0.90
0.76
0.64
0.55
0.47
0.24
max < L / 400
16.97 10.68 7.10
4.93
3.55
2.64
2.01
1.57
1.24
1.00
0.82
0.68
0.57
0.48
0.41
0.35
0.18
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 16.62 14.49 12.18 10.38 8.95
7.79
6.85
6.07
5.41
4.86
4.38
2.81
max < L / 200
59.64 40.16 28.06 20.24 15.00 11.39 8.82
6.96
5.58
4.54
3.74
3.11
2.62
2.22
1.90
1.64
0.85
max < L / 300
39.76 26.78 18.71 13.49 10.00 7.59
5.88
4.64
3.72
3.03
2.49
2.08
1.75
1.48
1.27
1.09
0.57
max < L / 400
29.82 20.08 14.03 10.12 7.50
4.41
3.48
2.79
2.27
1.87
1.56
1.31
1.11
0.95
0.82
0.43
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.106
5.69
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 150 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
183.5
133.9
100.6
77.8
61.7
49.9
41.2
34.5
29.3
21.8
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
183.5
133.9
100.6
77.8
61.7
49.9
41.2
34.5
29.3
21.8
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
150
10
10
7
41.1
41.1
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
242.4
185.2
143.8
113.7
91.6
75.1
62.5
52.7
45.0
33.8
Material properties
E0
2 911
6 381 667
58 601
1350
6 381 667
58 601
1350
10 117 830
2 645 505
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
537.3 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
98.4 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
248.4
148.5
95.1
65.0
46.9
35.2
27.4
21.9
17.9
12.5
Dead weight
5.24 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.107
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 150 x 150 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
51.92 43.27 37.09 32.45 26.71 21.64 17.88 15.03 12.80 11.04 9.62
8.45
7.49
6.68
5.99
5.41
3.46
max < L / 200
41.81 26.27 17.44 12.11 8.73
6.48
4.94
3.84
3.05
2.46
2.01
1.66
1.39
1.18
1.00
0.86
0.44
max < L / 300
27.88 17.51 11.63 8.08
5.82
4.32
3.29
2.56
2.03
1.64
1.34
1.11
0.93
0.78
0.67
0.57
0.30
max < L / 400
20.91 13.14 8.72
6.06
4.36
3.24
2.47
1.92
1.52
1.23
1.00
0.83
0.70
0.59
0.50
0.43
0.22
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
41.54 34.62 29.67 25.96 23.08 20.77 17.88 15.03 12.80 11.04 9.62
8.45
7.49
6.68
5.99
5.41
3.46
max < L / 200
73.76 49.58 34.59 24.92 18.46 14.00 10.84 8.55
6.86
5.57
4.59
3.82
3.21
2.73
2.33
2.01
1.05
max < L / 300
49.17 33.05 23.06 16.61 12.30 9.33
7.23
5.70
4.57
3.72
3.06
2.55
2.14
1.82
1.56
1.34
0.70
max < L / 400
36.88 24.79 17.30 12.46 9.23
5.42
4.28
3.43
2.79
2.29
1.91
1.61
1.36
1.17
1.01
0.52
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.108
7.00
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 150 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
216.8
158.0
118.7
91.7
72.7
58.8
48.5
40.6
34.5
25.7
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
216.8
158.0
118.7
91.7
72.7
58.8
48.5
40.6
34.5
25.7
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
150
12
12
7
41.9
41.9
-45.0
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
286.9
219.0
169.8
134.2
108.1
88.5
73.6
62.1
53.0
39.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
3 467
7 509 693
69 439
1620
7 509 693
69 439
1620
11 913 418
3 105 968
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
640.0 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
168.8 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
293.6
175.1
111.9
76.4
55.1
41.4
32.2
25.7
21.0
14.7
Dead weight
6.24 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.109
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - L 150 x 150 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
62.31 51.92 44.51 38.94 31.65 25.64 21.19 17.80 15.17 13.08 11.40 10.02 8.87
7.91
7.10
6.41
4.10
max < L / 200
49.45 31.03 20.59 14.29 10.29 7.64
5.82
4.53
3.59
2.90
2.37
1.96
1.64
1.39
1.18
1.01
0.52
max < L / 300
32.97 20.69 13.72 9.53
6.86
5.09
3.88
3.02
2.39
1.93
1.58
1.31
1.09
0.92
0.79
0.68
0.35
max < L / 400
24.73 15.52 10.29 7.14
5.14
3.82
2.91
2.26
1.80
1.45
1.18
0.98
0.82
0.69
0.59
0.51
0.26
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
49.85 41.54 35.60 31.15 27.69 24.92 21.19 17.80 15.17 13.08 11.40 10.02 8.87
7.91
7.10
6.41
4.10
max < L / 200
87.57 58.76 40.95 29.47 21.81 16.53 12.80 10.09 8.09
6.57
5.41
4.50
3.79
3.21
2.75
2.37
1.23
max < L / 300
58.38 39.17 27.30 19.64 14.54 11.02 8.53
6.73
5.39
4.38
3.61
3.00
2.52
2.14
1.83
1.58
0.82
max < L / 400
43.78 29.38 20.47 14.73 10.90 8.27
5.05
4.04
3.29
2.70
2.25
1.89
1.61
1.37
1.18
0.62
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
Two spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
Breaking point
Design value for load-bearing capacity
Application limit point
1.6.110
6.40
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 100 x 8 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
128.3
94.2
71.1
55.1
43.8
35.5
29.3
24.6
20.9
15.6
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
160.9
95.2
60.5
41.3
29.7
22.3
17.3
13.8
11.3
9.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
100
8
8
7
47.8
22.9
-23.8
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
140.2
104.4
79.6
62.1
49.6
40.3
33.4
28.0
23.8
17.8
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
1 947
4 569 097
44 708
1080
1 667 930
21 643
720
5 266 449
970 578
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
359.4 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
42.1 kN
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
163.9
115.2
83.3
62.3
37.9
25.2
17.9
13.3
10.3
8.2
Dead weight
3.50 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.111
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m -
L 150 x 100 x 8 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
Breaking point
x direction 41.54 34.62 29.67 25.79 20.38 16.51 13.64 11.46 9.77
y direction 27.69 22.20 16.31 12.49 9.87
8.42
7.34
6.45
5.71
5.09
4.57
4.13
2.64
7.99
6.60
5.55
4.73
4.08
3.55
3.12
2.77
2.47
2.21
2.00
1.28
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 30.77 19.20 12.69 8.78
6.31
4.68
3.56
2.77
2.19
1.77
1.44
1.20
1.00
0.84
0.72
0.62
0.32
y direction 12.59 7.62
2.40
1.77
1.34
1.03
0.82
0.66
0.54
0.44
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.12
4.94
3.37
x direction 20.51 12.80 8.46
5.86
4.21
3.12
2.37
1.85
1.46
1.18
0.96
0.80
0.67
0.56
0.48
0.41
0.21
y direction 8.39
2.30
1.64
1.20
0.91
0.70
0.55
0.44
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.08
5.17
3.37
x direction 15.39 9.60
6.35
4.39
3.16
2.34
1.78
1.38
1.10
0.88
0.72
0.60
0.50
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.16
y direction 6.29
3.88
2.53
1.73
1.23
0.90
0.68
0.53
0.42
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.13
0.11
0.06
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 33.23 27.69 23.74 20.77 18.46 16.51 13.64 11.46 9.77
y direction 22.15 18.46 15.82 12.49 9.87
Two spans
Breaking point
8.42
7.34
6.45
5.71
5.09
4.57
4.13
2.64
6.60
5.55
4.73
4.08
3.55
3.12
2.77
2.47
2.21
2.00
1.28
x direction 55.46 36.92 25.57 18.32 13.51 10.21 7.89
6.21
4.97
4.03
3.32
2.76
2.32
1.96
1.68
1.45
0.75
y direction 25.11 15.94 10.67 7.45
2.39
1.90
1.53
1.25
1.04
0.87
0.74
0.63
0.54
0.28
7.99
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.112
5.39
4.01
3.06
x direction 36.97 24.62 17.05 12.21 9.00
6.81
5.26
4.14
3.31
2.69
2.21
1.84
1.54
1.31
1.12
0.96
0.50
y direction 16.74 10.63 7.11
2.68
2.04
1.59
1.27
1.02
0.84
0.69
0.58
0.49
0.42
0.36
0.19
4.97
3.59
x direction 27.73 18.46 12.79 9.16
6.75
5.10
3.94
3.10
2.48
2.02
1.66
1.38
1.16
0.98
0.84
0.72
0.38
y direction 12.55 7.97
2.69
2.01
1.53
1.20
0.95
0.77
0.63
0.52
0.43
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.14
5.33
3.72
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 100 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
157.6
115.6
87.2
67.6
53.7
43.5
35.9
30.1
25.6
19.1
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
197.2
116.3
73.8
50.3
36.1
27.1
21.1
16.8
13.7
11.4
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
100
10
10
7
48.6
23.7
-23.7
Cross-section constants
A
Ixx
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
172.3
128.2
97.6
76.1
60.7
49.4
40.9
34.3
29.2
21.8
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
fc, 0
2 411
5 590 746
55 129
1350
2 027 823
26 576
900
6 441 919
1 176 649
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
445.0 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
81.5 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
200.6
140.6
101.5
75.8
46.1
30.6
21.7
16.2
12.5
9.9
Dead weight
4.34 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.113
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m -
L 150 x 100 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
Breaking point
x direction 51.92 43.27 37.09 31.81 25.13 20.36 16.82 14.14 12.04 10.39 9.05
y direction 34.62 27.26 20.03 15.33 12.11 9.81
7.95
7.04
6.28
5.64
5.09
3.26
8.11
6.81
5.81
5.01
4.36
3.83
3.40
3.03
2.72
2.45
1.57
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 37.84 23.58 15.57 10.77 7.74
5.74
4.36
3.39
2.69
2.17
1.77
1.46
1.22
1.03
0.88
0.76
0.39
y direction 15.36 9.29
2.15
1.63
1.26
0.99
0.80
0.65
0.54
0.45
0.38
0.32
0.28
0.14
6.02
4.11
2.92
x direction 25.23 15.72 10.38 7.18
5.16
3.82
2.91
2.26
1.79
1.44
1.18
0.98
0.82
0.69
0.59
0.50
0.26
y direction 10.24 6.30
1.99
1.46
1.10
0.85
0.67
0.54
0.44
0.36
0.30
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.10
4.10
2.80
x direction 18.92 11.79 7.79
5.39
3.87
2.87
2.18
1.70
1.34
1.08
0.88
0.73
0.61
0.52
0.44
0.38
0.20
y direction 7.68
4.73
3.08
2.10
1.49
1.10
0.83
0.64
0.50
0.40
0.33
0.27
0.23
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.07
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
Two spans
Breaking point
x direction 41.54 34.62 29.67 25.96 23.08 20.36 16.82 14.14 12.04 10.39 9.05
y direction 27.69 23.08 19.78 15.33 12.11 9.81
7.95
7.04
6.28
5.64
5.09
3.26
8.11
6.81
5.81
5.01
4.36
3.83
3.40
3.03
2.72
2.45
1.57
x direction 68.48 45.51 31.47 22.52 16.59 12.53 9.68
7.61
6.09
4.94
4.06
3.38
2.84
2.41
2.06
1.77
0.92
y direction 30.77 19.50 13.03 9.09
2.91
2.31
1.87
1.53
1.26
1.06
0.89
0.76
0.66
0.34
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.114
6.57
4.89
3.73
x direction 45.65 30.34 20.98 15.01 11.06 8.36
6.45
5.08
4.06
3.29
2.71
2.25
1.89
1.60
1.37
1.18
0.61
y direction 20.51 13.00 8.69
2.49
1.94
1.54
1.24
1.02
0.84
0.71
0.60
0.51
0.44
0.23
6.06
4.38
3.26
x direction 34.24 22.75 15.74 11.26 8.30
6.27
4.84
3.81
3.04
2.47
2.03
1.69
1.42
1.20
1.03
0.89
0.46
y direction 15.38 9.75
2.45
1.87
1.46
1.16
0.93
0.76
0.63
0.53
0.45
0.38
0.33
0.17
6.52
4.54
3.28
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - L 150 x 100 x 12 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
186.0
136.3
102.7
79.6
63.1
51.2
42.2
35.4
30.1
22.4
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
232.1
136.4
86.5
58.8
42.3
31.7
24.6
19.7
16.0
13.3
Geometry
H
B
T1
T2
R
e1
e2
v
150
100
12
12
7
49.4
24.4
-23.6
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in e direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
203.3
151.0
114.9
89.6
71.4
58.1
48.0
40.3
34.3
25.6
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Izz
Iee
Material properties
E0
fc, 0
2 867
6 569 876
65 278
1620
2 368 206
31 345
1080
7 562 354
1 375 728
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
o
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm4
mm4
23 000 MPa
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Design value for load-bearing capacity
529.2 kN
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
139.6 kN
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in z direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
236.3
165.2
119.1
88.8
53.9
35.8
25.4
18.9
14.6
11.6
Dead weight
4.34 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.115
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m -
L 150 x 100 x 12 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 62.31 51.92 44.51 37.66 29.76 24.10 19.92 16.74 14.26 12.30 10.71 9.42
y direction 41.54 32.15 23.62 18.08 14.29 11.57 9.56
Breaking point
8.34
7.44
6.68
6.03
3.86
8.04
6.85
5.90
5.14
4.52
4.00
3.57
3.21
2.89
1.85
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 44.69 27.81 18.35 12.69 9.11
6.75
5.13
3.99
3.16
2.55
2.08
1.72
1.44
1.22
1.04
0.89
0.46
y direction 18.01 10.88 7.04
2.51
1.90
1.47
1.16
0.93
0.76
0.63
0.52
0.44
0.38
0.32
0.17
4.80
3.42
x direction 29.79 18.54 12.23 8.46
6.07
4.50
3.42
2.66
2.11
1.70
1.39
1.15
0.96
0.81
0.69
0.59
0.31
y direction 12.01 7.38
2.33
1.71
1.29
1.00
0.79
0.63
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.11
4.80
3.28
x direction 22.34 13.91 9.18
6.34
4.56
3.37
2.57
2.00
1.58
1.27
1.04
0.86
0.72
0.61
0.52
0.45
0.23
y direction 9.00
5.54
3.60
2.46
1.74
1.28
0.97
0.75
0.59
0.47
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.08
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 49.85 41.54 35.60 31.15 27.69 24.10 19.92 16.74 14.26 12.30 10.71 9.42
y direction 33.23 27.69 23.62 18.08 14.29 11.57 9.56
Two spans
Breaking point
8.34
7.44
6.68
6.03
3.86
8.04
6.85
5.90
5.14
4.52
4.00
3.57
3.21
2.89
1.85
x direction 81.18 53.85 37.19 26.59 19.57 14.78 11.40 8.97
7.17
5.82
4.78
3.98
3.34
2.83
2.42
2.08
1.08
y direction 36.21 22.91 15.29 10.65 7.70
2.70
2.18
1.78
1.48
1.24
1.05
0.89
0.77
0.40
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.116
5.73
4.37
3.41
x direction 54.12 35.90 24.80 17.72 13.05 9.85
7.60
5.98
4.78
3.88
3.19
2.65
2.23
1.89
1.61
1.39
0.72
y direction 24.14 15.27 10.19 7.10
2.91
2.27
1.80
1.45
1.19
0.99
0.82
0.70
0.59
0.51
0.26
5.13
3.82
x direction 40.59 26.93 18.60 13.29 9.79
7.39
5.70
4.48
3.59
2.91
2.39
1.99
1.67
1.42
1.21
1.04
0.54
y direction 18.10 11.46 7.64
2.86
2.18
1.70
1.35
1.09
0.89
0.74
0.62
0.52
0.45
0.38
0.20
5.33
3.85
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
Axial load-bearing capacity in kN - Handrail 180 x 120 x 10 - A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in y direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.50
376.0
344.4
315.4
289.0
265.0
243.3
223.7
206.1
190.2
175.8
162.9
151.1
140.5
130.9
122.2
114.3
107.0
100.4
94.4
88.8
83.7
79.1
74.7
70.7
63.6
Geometry
H
B1
B2
T1
R
120
180
100
8
6
Cross-section constants
A
Design value for compressive
load-bearing capacity
Buckling in x direction
Buckling length
Lk in m
Load-bearing capacity
in kN
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
3.00
617.6
598.1
576.6
553.7
529.8
505.4
480.9
456.7
433.0
410.0
387.9
366.8
346.7
327.6
309.6
292.7
276.7
261.8
247.8
234.7
222.4
211.0
200.2
190.2
172.0
Ixx
Wxx
Ak,y
C1
Iyy
Wyy
Ak,x
Material properties
E0
3 613
4 935 568
85 833
1 806
57.5
11 945 895
132 732
2 529
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm2
mm4
mm3
mm2
mm
mm4
mm3
mm2
23 000 MPa
fc, 0
240 Mpa
Partial coefficients
m,E
1.3
m,f
1.3
Max. compressive load-bearing capacity with
unbraced flanges
488.6 kN
Dead weight
6.50 kg/m
Buckling length
Lk =
0.7L
0.5L
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
2L
1.6.117
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m - Handrail 180 x 120 x 10 - B
One span
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 62.31 51.92 44.51 37.66 29.76 24.10 19.92 16.74 14.26 12.30 10.71 9.42
y direction 41.54 32.15 23.62 18.08 14.29 11.57 9.56
Breaking point
8.34
7.44
6.68
6.03
3.86
8.04
6.85
5.90
5.14
4.52
4.00
3.57
3.21
2.89
1.85
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
x direction 44.69 27.81 18.35 12.69 9.11
6.75
5.13
3.99
3.16
2.55
2.08
1.72
1.44
1.22
1.04
0.89
0.46
y direction 18.01 10.88 7.04
2.51
1.90
1.47
1.16
0.93
0.76
0.63
0.52
0.44
0.38
0.32
0.17
4.80
3.42
x direction 29.79 18.54 12.23 8.46
6.07
4.50
3.42
2.66
2.11
1.70
1.39
1.15
0.96
0.81
0.69
0.59
0.31
y direction 12.01 7.38
2.33
1.71
1.29
1.00
0.79
0.63
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.11
4.80
3.28
x direction 22.34 13.91 9.18
6.34
4.56
3.37
2.57
2.00
1.58
1.27
1.04
0.86
0.72
0.61
0.52
0.45
0.23
y direction 9.00
5.54
3.60
2.46
1.74
1.28
0.97
0.75
0.59
0.47
0.39
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.08
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 49.85 41.54 35.60 31.15 27.69 24.10 19.92 16.74 14.26 12.30 10.71 9.42
y direction 33.23 27.69 23.62 18.08 14.29 11.57 9.56
Two spans
Breaking point
8.34
7.44
6.68
6.03
3.86
8.04
6.85
5.90
5.14
4.52
4.00
3.57
3.21
2.89
1.85
x direction 81.18 53.85 37.19 26.59 19.57 14.78 11.40 8.97
7.17
5.82
4.78
3.98
3.34
2.83
2.42
2.08
1.08
y direction 36.21 22.91 15.29 10.65 7.70
2.70
2.18
1.78
1.48
1.24
1.05
0.89
0.77
0.40
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
5.73
4.37
3.41
x direction 54.12 35.90 24.80 17.72 13.05 9.85
7.60
5.98
4.78
3.88
3.19
2.65
2.23
1.89
1.61
1.39
0.72
y direction 24.14 15.27 10.19 7.10
2.91
2.27
1.80
1.45
1.19
0.99
0.82
0.70
0.59
0.51
0.26
5.13
x direction 40.59 26.93 18.60 13.29 9.79
y direction 18.10 11.46 7.64
3.82
7.39
5.70
4.48
3.59
2.91
2.39
1.99
1.67
1.42
1.21
1.04
0.54
5.33
3.85
2.86
2.18
1.70
1.35
1.09
0.89
0.74
0.62
0.52
0.45
0.38
0.20
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
5.00
x direction 51.92 43.27 37.09 32.45 28.85 25.96 23.60 20.92 17.83 15.37 13.39 11.77 10.43 9.30
y direction 34.62 28.85 24.73 21.63 17.86 14.47 11.96 10.05 8.56
Three spans
L (m) = 1.00
1.20
1.40
Breaking point
8.35
7.53
4.82
7.38
6.43
5.65
5.01
4.47
4.01
3.62
2.31
Application limit point
max < L / 200
max < L / 300
max < L / 400
1.6.118
x direction 70.17 45.64 31.07 21.96 16.03 12.03 9.24
7.23
5.77
4.67
3.83
3.18
2.66
2.26
1.93
1.66
0.86
y direction 30.32 18.90 12.48 8.63
2.72
2.15
1.74
1.42
1.17
0.98
0.83
0.71
0.61
0.31
6.20
4.60
3.50
x direction 46.78 30.43 20.71 14.64 10.69 8.02
6.16
4.82
3.84
3.11
2.55
2.12
1.78
1.50
1.28
1.10
0.57
y direction 20.22 12.60 8.32
2.33
1.81
1.44
1.16
0.95
0.78
0.65
0.55
0.47
0.40
0.21
5.76
4.14
3.06
x direction 35.09 22.82 15.53 10.98 8.02
6.01
4.62
3.62
2.88
2.33
1.91
1.59
1.33
1.13
0.96
0.83
0.43
y direction 15.16 9.45
2.30
1.75
1.36
1.08
0.87
0.71
0.59
0.49
0.41
0.35
0.30
0.16
6.24
4.32
3.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 1 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 2: CONSTRUCTION
Section 1
Planks, pultruded gratings and moulded gratings
Product programme and load-bearing capacities ................................................................ 2.1.03
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - planks ............................................................................. 2.1.05
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - pultruded gratings ........................................................... 2.1.06
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - moulded gratings ............................................................ 2.1.09
Moulded gratings with point load .......................................................................................... 2.1.13
Example 5.1: Uniformly distributed load on planks .............................................................. 2.1.15
Example 5.2: Point load on moulded gratings ....................................................................... 2.1.17
Machining gratings ................................................................................................................ 2.1.20
Section 2
Railings
Product programme and load-bearing capacity ................................................................... 2.2.02
Design of railings .................................................................................................................. 2.2.03
Railing stanchions - load-bearing capacity in kN/m .............................................................. 2.2.04
Detail 3.1 .............................................................................................................................. 2.2.07
Detail 3.2 .............................................................................................................................. 2.2.08
Example of railing construction ............................................................................................. 2.2.09
Section 3
Stairs
Concept ............................................................................................................................... 2.3.03
Bases for construction .......................................................................................................... 2.3.04
Load-bearing capacity of strings in kN/m ............................................................................. 2.3.06
Detail 4.1 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.08
Detail 4.2 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.10
Detail 4.3 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.11
Detail 4.4 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.12
Detail 4.5 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.13
Example of stair construction ............................................................................................... 2.3.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 2
Section 1: Planks, pultruded gratings and moulded gratings
Product programme and load-bearing capacities ................................................................ 2.1.03
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - planks ............................................................................. 2.1.05
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - pultruded gratings ........................................................... 2.1.06
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2 - moulded gratings ............................................................ 2.1.09
Moulded gratings with point load .......................................................................................... 2.1.13
Example 5.1: Uniformly distributed load on planks .............................................................. 2.1.15
Example 5.2: Point load on moulded gratings ....................................................................... 2.1.17
Machining gratings ................................................................................................................ 2.1.20
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.1
Product range and load-bearing capacity
Load-bearing capacities of the various types of decks are listed in the tables on pages 2.1.5-2.1.11.
Cross-section constants
Plank
Shear area
A()in
mm2/m
Moment of
inertia
Ix in mm4/m
Section
modulus
Wx in
mm3/m
Type
Height
mm
Width
mm
Area
A in mm2/m
HD
40
500
9.568
3.265
2.148.000
86.646
MD
40
500
7.308
2.016
1.397.042
48.994
LD
40
500
6.358
2.016
1.337.000
47.784
Cross-section constants
Pultruded grating
Shear area
A()in mm2/m
Moment of
inertia
Ix in mm4/m
Section
modulus
Wx in mm3/m
4.957
2.660
380.319
30.426
30 x 30
5.193
2.632
618.263
41.491
40 x 30
7.456
4.211
1.542.018
77.105
Profile
dimension
mm*
Area
A in mm2/m
25 x 20
Tabel 5.1. * Standardafstand mellem profiler er 27 mm.Cross-section
For andre afstande
se Tabel 5.2-5.4.
constants
Shear area
A()in mm2/m
Moment of
inertia
Ix in mm4/m
Section
modulus
Wx in mm3/m
3.469
3.469
180.663
14.453
4.163
4.163
312.188
20.813
38
5.273
5.273
634.458
33.393
50
6.938
6.938
1.445.313
57.813
Moulded grating
Height
mm
Area
A in mm2/m
25
30
Table 5.1. * The standard distance between profiles is 27 mm. For other distances see Table 5.2-5.4.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.3
Pultruded gratings
Pultruded gratings are supplied with standard profile distances of 27 mm. The values listed in the tables on
pages 2.1.8-2.1.10 are valid for this distance.
With other profile distances, the figures must be divided by the following distance factors.
Profile distance in m m
Distance factor
16
0.79
21
0.88
27
1.00
35
1.16
Table 5.2 Profile type 20 mm x 25 mm
Profile distance in mm
Distance factor
16
0,82
21
0,90
27
1,00
35
1,13
Table 5.3 Profile type 30 mm x 30 mm
Profile distance in mm
Distance factor
16
0.82
21
0.90
27
1.00
35
1.13
Table 5.4 Profile type 30 mm x 40 mm
Example
Determination of load-bearing capacity for a pultruded grating with a distance of 16 mm between the profiles:
Profile
20 x 25 mm, L = 1.0 m, one span
Maximum deflection
L
200
Load-bearing capacity, read in table on page 2.1.6
3.32 kN / m2 (serviceability limit state)
Desired profile distance
16 mm
Distance factor, read in table 5.2
0.79
Result:
Load-bearing capacity
2.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
3,32 = 4.20 kN/m2
0,79
Planks HD (H = 40 mm) -
Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
One span
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
261.2
174.2
128
81.89
56.87
41.78
31.99
25.28
20.47
16.92
14.22
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
128
41.53
18.13
9.43
5.51
3.49
2.34
1.65
1.21
0.91
0.70
max < L / 400
63.97
20.77
9.06
4.72
2.75
1.74
1.17
0.83
0.60
0.45
0.35
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
48.37
37.23
29.70
24.29
20.23
17.10
14.62
12.64
11.01
T w o sp a n s
0.25
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
45.75
23.42
13.55
8.54
5.72
4.02
2.93
2.20
1.69
max < L / 400
22.87
11.71
6.78
4.27
2.86
2.01
1.46
1.10
0.85
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
55.66
43.08
34.58
28.45
23.83
20.25
17.41
15.11
13.22
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
35.96
18.41
10.65
6.71
4.49
3.16
2.30
1.73
1.33
max < L / 400
17.98
9.20
5.33
3.35
2.25
1.58
1.15
0.86
0.67
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.5
Planks MD (H = 40 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
155.1
103.4
72.35
46.31
32.16
23.63
18.09
14.29
11.58
9.57
8.04
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
81.98
26.82
11.74
6.12
3.57
2.26
1.52
1.07
0.78
0.59
0.45
max < L / 400
40.99
13.41
5.87
3.06
1.79
1.13
0.76
0.54
0.39
0.29
0.23
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
21.87
17.39
14.18
11.77
9.92
8.46
7.30
6.35
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
15.23
8.82
5.55
3.72
2.61
1.90
1.43
1.10
max < L / 400
7.62
4.41
2.78
1.86
1.31
0.95
0.72
0.55
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
32.84
25.35
20.28
16.64
13.90
11.78
10.10
8.74
7.64
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
23.39
11.97
6.93
4.36
2.92
2.05
1.50
1.12
0.87
max < L / 400
11.69
5.99
3.46
2.18
1.46
1.03
0.75
0.56
0.43
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
2.1.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Planks LD (H = 40 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
One span
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
155.1
103.4
70.57
45.16
31.36
23.04
17.64
13.94
11.29
9.33
7.84
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
79.04
25.76
11.26
5.86
3.42
2.17
1.46
1.03
0.75
0.56
0.43
max < L / 400
39.52
12.88
5.63
2.93
1.71
1.08
0.73
0.51
0.37
0.28
0.22
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
21.75
17.26
14.05
11.65
9.80
8.35
7.19
6.25
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
14.58
8.44
5.31
3.56
2.50
1.82
1.37
1.05
max < L / 400
7.29
4.22
2.66
1.78
1.25
0.91
0.68
0.53
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
32.73
25.22
20.15
16.50
13.77
11.65
9.97
8.63
7.53
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
22.38
11.46
6.63
4.18
2.80
1.96
1.43
1.08
0.83
max < L / 400
11.19
5.73
3.32
2.09
1.40
0.98
0.72
0.54
0.41
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.7
Pultruded grating(20 x 25 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
180
79.9
44.9
28.8
20.0
14.7
11.2
8.88
7.19
5.94
4.99
Ultimate limit state
409
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
184
25.8
7.82
3.32
1.71
0.99
0.62
max < L / 400
92.0
12.9
3.91
1.66
0.85
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
164
79.9
44.9
28.8
20.0
14.7
11.2
8.88
7.19
5.94
4.99
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
58.6
18.3
7.87
4.07
2.36
1.49
1.00
0.70
0.51
max < L / 400
29.3
9.15
3.94
2.03
1.18
0.75
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
171
99.9
56.2
36.0
25.0
18.3
14.0
11.1
8.99
7.43
6.24
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
341
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
308
47.1
14.6
6.23
3.21
1.87
1.18
0.79
0.56
0.41
0.30
0.23
max < L / 400
154
23.6
7.28
3.12
1.61
0.93
0.59
0.40
0.28
0.20
0.15
0.12
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
2.1.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Pultruded grating(30 x 30 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
202
109
61.3
39.2
27.2
20.0
15.3
12.1
9.80
8.10
6.81
Ultimate limit state
405
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
274
40.9
12.6
5.37
2.77
1.61
1.01
0.68
max < L / 400
137
20.4
6.28
2.68
1.38
0.80
0.51
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
162
108
61.3
39.2
27.2
20.0
15.3
12.1
9.80
8.10
6.81
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
90.0
29.0
12.6
6.54
3.82
2.41
1.62
1.14
0.83
0.63
max < L / 400
45.0
14.5
6.30
3.27
1.91
1.21
0.81
0.57
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
169
112
76.6
49.0
34.0
25.0
19.2
15.1
12.3
10.1
8.51
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
73.1
23.2
10.0
5.18
3.02
1.91
1.28
0.90
0.66
0.49
0.38
max < L / 400
36.6
11.6
5.00
2.59
1.51
0.95
0.64
0.45
0.33
0.25
0.19
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.9
Pultruded grating(30 x 40 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
324
202
114
72.9
50.6
37.2
28.5
22.5
18.2
15.1
12.7
Ultimate limit state
648
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
609
98.4
30.8
13.3
6.85
3.99
2.52
1.69
1.19
0.87
0.65
0.50
max < L / 400
305
49.2
15.4
6.63
3.43
1.99
1.26
0.85
0.59
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
259
173
114
72.9
50.6
37.2
28.5
22.5
18.2
15.1
12.7
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
208
69.6
30.7
16.1
9.42
5.98
4.02
2.84
2.07
1.56
1.20
max < L / 400
104
34.8
15.4
8.04
4.71
2.99
2.01
1.42
1.04
0.78
0.60
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
270
180
135
91.1
63.3
46.5
35.6
28.1
22.8
18.8
15.8
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
-
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
171
56.0
24.5
12.8
7.47
4.73
3.18
2.24
1.64
1.23
0.95
max < L / 400
85.6
28.0
12.3
6.39
3.73
2.37
1.59
1.12
0.82
0.62
0.47
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
2.1.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Moulded grating(H = 25 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
85.4
38.0
21.3
13.7
9.49
6.97
5.34
4.22
3.42
2.82
2.37
Ultimate limit state
342
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
61.7
8.16
2.44
1.04
0.53
max < L / 400
30.8
4.08
1.22
0.52
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
85.4
38.0
21.3
13.7
9.49
6.97
5.34
4.22
3.42
2.82
2.37
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
342
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
134
19.1
5.80
2.47
1.27
0.74
max < L / 400
67.1
9.54
2.90
1.24
0.64
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
107
47.4
26.7
17.1
11.9
8.71
6.67
5.27
4.27
3.53
2.96
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
0.25
Ultimate limit state
427
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
109
15.2
4.59
1.95
1.00
0.58
max < L / 400
54.7
7.59
2.30
0.98
0.50
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.11
Moulded grating(H = 30 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
123
54.6
30.7
19. 7
13.7
10.0
7.68
6.07
4.92
4.06
3.42
Ultimate limit state
492
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
103.2
14.0
4.21
1.79
0.92
0.53
max < L / 400
51.6
6.99
2.10
0.89
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
123
54.6
30.7
19.7
13.7
10.0
7.68
6.07
4.92
4.06
3.42
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
492
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
217
32.3
9.93
4.25
2.19
1.27
0.80
0.54
max < L / 400
108
16.2
4.97
2.12
1.09
0.64
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
154
68.3
38.4
24.6
17.1
12.6
9.61
7.59
6.15
5.08
4.27
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
0.25
Ultimate limit state
534
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
179
25.8
7.88
3.36
1.73
1.00
0.63
max < L / 400
89.4
12.9
3.94
1.68
0.86
0.50
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
2.1.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Moulded grating(H = 38 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
197
87.7
49.3
31.6
21.9
16.1
12.3
9.74
7.89
6.52
5.48
Ultimate limit state
789
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
197
27.9
8.49
3.61
1.86
1.08
0.68
max < L / 400
98.7
14.0
4.24
1.81
0.93
0.54
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
197
87. 7
49.3
31.6
21.9
16.1
12.3
9.74
7.89
6.52
5.48
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
649
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
389
63.2
19.8
8.54
4.42
2.57
1.62
1.09
0.77
0.56
max < L / 400
195
31.6
9.92
4.27
2.21
1.28
0.81
0.54
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
247
110
61.6
39.5
27.4
20.1
15.4
12.2
9.86
8.15
6.85
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
0.25
Ultimate limit state
676
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
328
50.9
15.8
6.77
3.49
2.03
1.28
0.86
0.60
max < L / 400
164
25.4
7.89
3.38
1.75
1.01
0.64
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.13
Moulded grating(H = 50 mm) - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m2
O n e sp a n
L (m) =
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
342
152
85.4
54.6
38.0
27.9
21.3
16.9
13.7
11.3
9.49
Ultimate limit state
1067
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
404
61.7
19.1
8.16
4.21
2.44
1.54
1.04
0.73
0.53
max < L / 400
202
30.8
9.53
4.08
2.10
1.22
0.77
0.52
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
341
152
85.4
54.6
37.9
27.9
21.3
16.9
13.7
11.3
9.49
T w o sp a n s
L (m) =
Ultimate limit state
854
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
724
134
43.7
19.1
9.93
5.80
3.67
2.47
1.74
1.27
0.96
0.74
max < L / 400
362
67.1
21.8
9.54
4.97
2.90
1.84
1.24
0.87
0.64
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
427
190
107
68.3
47.4
34.9
26.7
21.1
17.1
14.1
11.9
T h re e sp a n s
L (m) =
0.25
Ultimate limit state
889
Serviceability limit state
max < L / 200
628
109
35.0
15.2
7.88
4.59
2.90
1.95
1.37
1.00
0.75
0.58
max < L / 400
314
54.7
17.5
7.59
3.94
2.30
1.45
0.98
0.69
0.50
The data used in the table are theoretically calculated values.
2.1.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Moulded gratings with point load
mf
B
l
Ak
h
k
Qd
Qk
B
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Partial coefficient
The width of the span equals the distribution of load
Distance between the ribs
Area of a rib
Height of the ribs
is the deflection in mm
is an empirical safety factor which provides results on the "safe side"
is the design value point load indicated in kN
is the characteristic point load indicated in kN
is the span indicated in m
point load distributed on 200 x 200 mm
all joints are perpendicular to the support lines
the joints in the gratings can transfer the full shear force.
Gratings
Support lines
Support lines
For moulded gratings supported along two rims and loaded with a point load as shown in Figure 5.5, the
calculations below can be made with the following prerequisites:
Point load
Qd
PLAN
SECTION
Figure 5.5.
Ultimate limit state:
Shear
Rim:
Punching:
0,5 Qd
B A
k
l
<
f
mf
Qd
<
4 200 A
k
l
mf
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.15
Moment
1
4 Qd B
<
fb,0
1 B t h2
6
l
Serviceability limit state:
Max
L
In which:
2.1.16
1
k
Q B2
1
<
is typically selected between 200 and 400
is an empirical factor which provides results on the "safe side".
k = 0.13 for h = 25 mm
k = 0.22 for h = 30 mm
k = 0.46 for h = 38 mm
k = 1.05 for h = 50 mm
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Example 5.1: Uniformly distributed load on walkway plank
Fiberline walkway planks are to be used to cover a walkway at an industrial site. The distance between the
side beams is 1000 mm, and the walkway is not to be considered a stabilizing element.
The walkway planks must absorb the following loads:
Imposed load:
P(characteristic)
= 3.0 kN/m2
P(design value) = 1.5 3.0 kN/m2 = 4.5 kN/m2
P(characteristic)
= 3.0 kN distributed on 300 mm x 300 mm.
P(design value)
= 1.3 3.0 kN = 3.90 kN distributed on 300 mm x 300 mm.
Deformation requirements:
Maximum deflection
L
400
Static system:
in which L = 1000 mm.
Evidence
Not taking the dead weight into account, the following information is listed in the table on page 2.1.5 in the
section for 1.00 m:
: 128 kN/m2 > 4.5 kN/m2
(OK!)
Ultimate limit state:
Pdesign value
Serviceability limit state:
Pcharacteristic : 9.06 kN/m > 3.00 kN/m2 (OK!)
Checking for punching shear:
P > Pdesign value
P = AShear area fpermissible
P=
300 mm
50 mm
25MPa
1,3
25.4 kN > 3.0 kN.
= 25.4 kN
(OK!)
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.17
Figure 5.6
Plan bolt and washer
for top assembly of
4 walk sections
Kickplate in the form of F-support
Assembly bolt
SECTION A-A
Walkway plank
Assembly of two sections
Plan
2.1.18
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Example 5.2: Point load on moulded grating
Fiberline moulded gratings of h = 50 mm across are to be used at an industrial site to cover a pipe, so utility
vehicles can drive across it. See Figure 5.6. The distance between the support points is 750 mm. The moulded
gratings must absorb the following loads:
Dead weight: (Dead weight of moulded grating has not been taken into account)
Qd
= 1.35 5.0 kN = 6.75 kN distributed on 200 mm x 200 mm.
Qk
= 1.5 kN/m2
Imposed load:
Passenger load:
Utility vehicle load: Qk
Qd
p(design value) = 1.5 1.5 kN/m2 = 2.25kN/m2
= 5.0 kN in wheel compression distributed on 200 mm x 200 mm
= 1.5 5.0 kN = 7.50 kN distributed on 200 mm x 200 mm.
In the following example is = 0.0 as passenger load and utility vehicle load cannot take place
simultaneously.
Combined load:
This results in the following total load:
Passenger load:
Qd
Utility vehicle load: Q d,total
= 0.0 1.0 1.5kN/m2
= 0.00 kN/m2
= 6.75kN + 7.50kN
= 14.25kN
Deformation requirements:
Deflection may not exceed 1/200 L.
This example considers the consequences of only one wheel compression at a time. For larger spans of moulded
gratings or short distances between wheels, the consequences of the double-load area between the two wheels
must always be taken into consideration.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.19
Support lines
Support lines
Gratings
Point load
Qd
PLAN
SECTION
Figure 5.6. Span B = 750 mm. This example is valid for wheel distances of more than 750 mm.
Evidence
Ultimate limit state:
Shear.
Rim:
f,akt
<
f,akt
f,permissible
B
l
0.5
Q active
A shear
0.5 14.25 kN
1.3 N/mm2
750 50 5.55mm
38
1.3 N/mm2 < 19.23 N/mm2 ( 25 N/mm2/1.3 )
2.1.20
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
(OK!)
Punching:
f,active
<
f,permissible
Q active
4 200 mm
I
f,active =
A shear
14.25 kN
=
2.44 N/mm2 <
4 200 mm
50mm 5.55mm
38
2.44 N/mm2
19.23 N/mm2 (25 N/mm2/1.3)
(OK !)
Moment:
fb,0,active
<
fb,0,active
fb,0,permissible
Q active
1 B t h2
6
I
14.25kN 0.75m
=
=
58.5 N/mm2 <
1 750mm 5.55 (50mm)2
38mm
6
58.5 N/mm2
184.6 N/mm2 (240 N/mm2 / 1.3)
(OK!)
Serviceability limit state:
Uactive
<
Uactive
upermissible
1
Q B2
k
In cases in which only one variable load is calculated at a time, use 5.0 kN.
Uactive
2.67 mm
<
1
5.0 kN (0.75m)2
1.05
3.75 mm
(1/200 750 mm)
2.67 mm
(OK!)
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.1.21
Machining gratings
Different types of gratings are used as walkways on platforms and structures. Depending upon the purpose,
plank gratings, moulded gratings or pultruded gratings can be used. All three types must be sawn to adjust them
in size for use. Sawing is best done with diamond tools. Straight cutting should be done with a circular saw, and
curved cutting with a bandsaw or a compass saw.
Round holes of up to approximately 20 mm can be bored. Large holes should be bored with a spoon bit or
bored with a compass saw. It is possible that cutting large holes in pultruded gratings will remove a piece of a
rod that strengthens the grating. If this is a problem, the grating should be strengthened with a flat profile prior to
cutting.
Various fittings and clips for bolts are available for use in mounting the gratings.
A coat of thin lacquer is used to protect cut surfaces and make them water-repellent.
Mounting reinforcement
prior to cutting
2.1.22
Cutting a hole using a
compass saw with a
diamond blade
Cutting moulded gratings
with a circular saw
Flashing with sand paper
Cutting moulded gratings
with a compass saw
Coating of cut surfaces
Coating cut surfaces
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 2
Section 2: Railings
Product range and load-bearing capacity ................................................................................... 2.2.02
Design of railing ........................................................................................................................... 2.2.03
Railing stanchions - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m .................................................................... 2.2.04
Detail 3.1 ..................................................................................................................................... 2.2.07
Detail 3.2 ..................................................................................................................................... 2.2.08
Example of railing construction .................................................................................................... 2.2.09
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.2.1
Product range and load-bearing capacity
Fiberline has developed a railing concept with the following three types of stanchion:
- Square tube 50 x 50 x 5 mm
- Square tube 60 x 60 x 5 mm
- Square tube 80 x 60 x 5 mm
The following tables are presented on the basis that the stanchions are being partially fixed to the structure.
Stanchions can only be fully fixed when mounted on concrete, or on very rigid steel or fibreglass beams. Other
situations should be considered as partial fixing, in which the rigidity of the handrail, the edge profile and the
transverse beam govern the degree to which stanchions can be fixed.
Figure 3.1 illustrates an example in which the stanchions are partially fixed, and in which the total rigidity
depends on the stiffness of the individual components.
In designing railings, evidence must normally be obtained for the following points:
- Strength and stiffness of knee and handrails.
Documentation is not necessary when using standard Fiberline handrails, nor in situations of
normal railing load, normal stiffness requirements and distances between stanchions of less
than 1.2 m.
- Strength and stiffness of stanchions
- Strength and stiffness of the edge beam on which the stanchions are mounted
- Strength and stiffness of possible transverse beam which helps to provide rigidity for the
edge beam
- Strength of detail for fixing stanchions
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.2.3
ng
Stanchion
bo
ar
d
Kn
e
ra
ilin
H
an
ra
ilin
Example of ladder construction
Va
r
ia
bl
Ba
se
be
am
Sk
i
rti
Crossbeam L100x100x10
1000
Figure 3.1, in which stanchions are partially fixed to the structure
A railing is needed along a walkway on an industrial site. The height of the railing is to be 1000 mm. The
stanchions are to be mounted on the outside of a U-200 profile, therefore there is load only on the handrail:
q = 0,5 kN/m.
Stanchions are selected in 60 x 60 x 5 mm square tube, enabling the Fiberline railing to be be used directly.
Deflection may not exceed L / 200.
The following can be read in Table 3.6:
Ultimate limit state:
Pd
4,0 kN/m
= 4,0 kN/m
> 0,5 kN/m(OK!)
Serviceability limit state:
P = 0,47 kN/m 0,5 kN/m
(OK!)
The distance between stanchions is limited to 0.75 m based on the above loading.
2.2.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Railing stanchion - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m for safety class: normal
50 x 50 x 5 mm Square tube
One span
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
2.93
2.20
1.76
2.47
1.85
1.48
max < L / 100
0.57
0.43
0.34
0.39
0.30
0.24
max < L / 200
0.29
0.22
0.17
0.20
0.15
0.12
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.1
Two spans
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
2.34
1.76
1.41
1.98
1.48
1.48
max < L / 100
0.46
0.34
0.27
0.31
0.24
0.19
max < L / 200
0.23
0.17
0.14
0.16
0.12
0.10
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.2
Three spans
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
2.66
2.00
1.60
2.25
1.68
1.35
max < L / 100
0.52
0.39
0.31
0.35
0.27
0.22
max < L / 200
0.26
0.20
0.15
0.18
0.14
0.11
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.3
60 x 60 x 5 mm Square tube
One span
1000
H (mm) =
1250
750
1000
1250
4.40
2.63
3.67
2.75
2.20
max < L / 100
1.04
0.78
0.62
1.15
0.54
0.43
max < L / 200
0.52
0.39
0.31
0.58
0.27
0.22
Ultimate limit state
750
1200
1000
3.30
L (mm) =
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.4
Two spans
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
3.52
2.64
2.10
2.94
2.20
1.48
max < L / 100
0.83
0.62
0.50
0.92
0.43
0.35
max < L / 200
0.42
0.31
0.25
0.46
0.22
0.17
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.5
Three spans
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
4.00
3.00
2.39
3.34
2.50
2.00
max < L / 100
0.95
0.71
0.56
1.05
0.49
0.39
max < L / 200
0.47
0.35
0.28
0.52
0.25
0.20
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.2.5
Railing stanchion - Load-bearing capacity in kN/m for safety class: normal
80 x 60 x 5 mm Square tube
One span
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
6.53
4.90
3.92
5.47
4.10
3.28
max < L / 100
2.12
1.59
1.27
1.47
1.10
0.88
max < L / 200
1.06
0.80
0.64
0.74
0.55
0.44
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
5.22
3.92
3.14
4.38
3.28
1.48
max < L / 100
1.70
1.27
1.02
1.18
0.88
0.70
max < L / 200
0.85
0.64
0.51
0.59
0.44
0.35
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.7
Two spans
1000
H (mm) =
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
1200
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.8
Three spans
1000
H (mm) =
1200
750
1000
1250
750
1000
1250
5.94
4.45
3.56
4.97
3.73
2.98
max < L / 100
1.93
1.45
1.15
1.34
1.00
0.80
max < L / 200
0.96
0.72
0.58
0.67
0.50
0.40
L (mm) =
Ultimate limit state
Serviceability limit state
Table 3.9
2.2.6
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Fig. 3.1
Hand railing
Square tube
Footrail
Section A-A
SOLID
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.2.7
Fig. 3.2
Hand railing
Square Tupe
Foot rail
Section A-A
Stanchion in stainless steel
Walkway plank
2.2.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Example of railing construction
In most cases, a railing consists of vertical square tubes which form stanchions, a handrail at the top,
an 40 mm tube as the kneerail in the middle, and a footrail at the bottom. If a railing cannot be
bolted to the side of a structure or stairs, it can be mounted on stainless steel feet for horizontal or
vertical mounting.
Stanchions are shortened to the correct length and bevel, and are prebored for bolts and kneerails.
Stanchions are positioned on the kneerail with the correct distance between them, and are secured
with two pop rivets in each stanchion, one from each side.
The handrail is pressed down over the stanchions and secured with two pop rivets on each side when
the stanchion is in the correct position.
The footrail is positioned and secured with two pop rivets in each stanchion.
Materials for use in
constructing railings
The handrail is mounted on
the stanchion with pop
rivets
The kneerail runs through
the stanchion and is
secured with pop rivets
The footrail is mounted with
pop rivets.
The stanchion is mounted
on the foot of the railing.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.2.9
2.2.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 2
Section 3: Stairs
Concept ............................................................................................................................... 2.3.03
Bases for construction .......................................................................................................... 2.3.04
Load-bearing capacity of strings in kN/m ............................................................................. 2.3.06
Detail 4.1 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.08
Detail 4.2 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.10
Detail 4.3 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.11
Detail 4.4 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.12
Detail 4.5 .............................................................................................................................. 2.3.13
Example of stair construction ............................................................................................... 2.3.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.1
Stairs
Fiberline has developed stairs with the following two (2) types of string:
U 240 x 72 x 8 mm
U 240 x 72 x 12 mm
In designing stairs, it is necessary to ensure that
the individual steps have sufficient strength and rigidity to transfer the load to the strings; see
Table 5.2. In order for a stairs to be comfortable to use, it must fulfil rules for slope, as well as
rules for the rise and tread. See the following page.
the stair string has sufficient strength and rigidity to transfer horizontal and perpendicular forces to
the supports.
the stair string has sufficient torsional strength and rigidity to transfer possible torsional moment to
the supports.
The following tables are calculated with three (3) different slopes, 35, 40 and 45, as well as a horizontal load of
5% of the vertical load, corresponding to a stairs without a railing; and a horizontal load of 0.5 kN/ m, effective 0.9
m above floor level, corresponding to a stairs with a railing.
The values in the table on page 2.3.6 indicate the vertical load on a string, in which the step and the string are
partially fixed. The values indicated can be increased provided:
the support conditions for the stairs are adjusted
the stair string is calculated as being fully fixed to the supporting structure
that sideways cross-bracing is used.
The improvements listed above require thorough calculation. If you need to increase the load capacity of a
stairs, you are welcome to contact the technical staff at Fiberline.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.3
Bases for construction
Step rises and widths
In order for a stairs to function well, there must be a relatively constant ratio between the tread and the rise.
Tread
H
= Rise
No. of steps
Figure 5.0
The general rules are:
a.
2 rises + 1 tread
= 63 cm
b.
1 rise + 1 tread
= 42 cm
Rise in cm
16
16,5
17
17,5
18
18,5
19
19,5
20
20,5
21
Tread in cm
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
Rise in cm
16
16,5
17
17,5
18
18,5
19
19,5
20
20,5
21
Tread in cm
26
25,5
25
24,5
24
23,5
23
22,5
22
21,5
21
a.
b.
Table 5.1, in which the tread is the depth of the individual step and the rise is the difference in height between
two steps. The rise is always identical between the steps of an entire staircase.
Normally a rise of 17 to 20 cm is selected, and a tread of 23 to 29 cm. The slope of the stair string is normally
between 35 and 45. However, in designing stairs, the stipulations laid down by the authorities should always
be consulted.
2.3.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Maximum step widths
Table 5.2 indicates maximum step widths for various types of deck as steps. Fiberline technical staff should be
contacted if values other than those listed are to be used. The conditions for the values listed are:
that the steps can absorb a concentrated load of 2 kN positioned at the middle of the step
that the steps can absorb a uniformly distributed load of 3.0 kN/m2
maximum deflection of 1/ 200 x the width of the stairs.
The maximum stair widths listed in the table fulfil both the strength and the rigidity requirements for the individual
step.
Designation
Walkway plank, h = 40 mm
Pultruded grating, h = 25 mm
Maximum recommended step w idth
1200 mm
600 mm
Pultruded grating, h = 30 mm
850 mm
Pultruded grating, h = 40 mm
1100 mm
Moulded grating, h = 25 mm
500 mm
Moulded grating, h = 30 mm
600 mm
Moulded grating, h = 38 mm
800 mm
Moulded grating, h = 50 mm
1000 mm
Table 5.2. Recommended step widths under the conditions listed above.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.5
Load-bearing capacity of string in kN/m - Horizontal load corresponding to 5% of the vertical load
U240 x 72 x 8
Slope of stairs a / Length L / Height H / Breaking point f d / Application limit point Maximum def lection < L/200 and Maximum def lection < L/400
35
L (m)
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
1.50
1.05
1.40
1.75
2.10
2.45
2.80
1.26
17.00 13.00 10.00 8.00
7.00
2.00
17
H (m)
fd
L / 200
40
1.50
12.10 6.70
L / 400
6.05
3.35
45
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
1.68
2.10
2.52
2.94
3.36
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
13.00 10.00 8.00
7.00
2.00 17.00 13.00 10.00
8.00
7.00
2.00
4.60
3.30
2.00
1.30 10.50 5.80
4.10
2.90
1.70
1.10
9.00
5.00
3.50
2.50
1.50
1.00
2.30
1.65
1.00
0.65
2.05
1.45
0.85
0.55
4.50
2.50
1.75
1.25
0.75
0.50
5.25
2.90
U240 x 72 x 12
Slope of stairs a / Length L / Height H / Breaking point f d / Application limit point Maximum def lection < L/200 and Maximum def lection < L/400
35
L (m)
H (m)
fd
40
45
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
1.40
1.75
2.10
2.45
2.80
3.15
1.68
2.10
2.52
2.94
3.36
3.78
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
8.50 19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00 9.50
8.50
19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00 9.50
8.50 19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00 9.50
L / 200
16.6
9.40
6.30
4.60
2.60
1.80 14.60 8.20
5.40
4.00
2.20
1.60 12.50 7.00
4.80
3.50
2.00
1.30
L / 400
8.4
4.70
3.15
2.30
1.30
0.90
2.70
2.00
1.10
0.80
2.40
1.75
1.00
0.65
2.3.6
7.30
4.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
6.25
3.35
Load-bearing capacity of string in kN/m - 0.5 kN/m horizontal load calculated 0.9 m above floor level
U240 x 72 x 8
Slope of stairs a / Length L / Height H / Breaking point fd / Application limit point Maximum deflection < L/200 and Maximum deflection < L/400
L (m)
H (m)
fd
35
40
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
1.05
1.40
1.75
2.10
2.45
17.00 13.00 10.00
8.00
7.00
4.00
45
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
2.80
1.26
1.68
2.10
2.52
2.94
6.50
17.00 13.00 10.00
8.00
7.00
4.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
3.36
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
6.50
17.00 13.00 10.00
8.00
7.00
6.50
L / 200
36.80 10.70
1.34
32.20
9.36
1.17
27.50
8.00
1.00
L / 400
18.4
0.67
16.1
4.68
0.59
13.75
4.00
0.50
5.35
U240 x 72 x 12
Slope of stairs a / Length L / Height H / Breaking point fd / Application limit point Maximum deflection < L/200 and Maximum deflection < L/400
L (m)
H (m)
fd
35
40
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
1.40
1.75
2.10
2.45
2.80
19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00
9.50
4.50
45
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
3.15
1.68
2.10
2.52
2.94
3.36
8.50
19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00
9.50
4.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
3.78
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
8.50
19.50 15.50 13.00 11.00
9.50
8.50
L / 200
20.00
5.36
14.60
4.68
12.50
4.00
L / 400
10.00
2.68
7.30
2.34
6.25
2.00
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.7
Design of stairs
A stairs is needed at an industrial site with the following primary dimensions:
Width 1.0 m, height 2.0 m with a slope of 45.
The stanchions of the handrail are to be mounted on the outside of a U - 240x72x8 profile which is supported in
accordance with Figure 4.1.
The stairs is to be designed for a uniformly distributed load of 3.0 kN/ m2, and the railing is to be calculated as
a horizontal load of 0.5 kN/ m.
Requirements for deformation of the string are maximum 1/ 400 x L.
The following information is listed on page 2.3.7, as it is a condition that it is possible to calculate the steps as
partially fixed in the strings.
Ultimate limit state:
qd = 1,5 3.0 kN/m2 0.5 m = 2.25 kN/m
qd < 13.00 kN/m.
(OK)
Serviceability limit state:
qk = 1.0 3.0 kN/m2 0.5 m = 1.50 kN/m
qk < 4.00 kN/m.
(OK)
Thus, a U240x72x8 mm string can be selected, and no further calculations are necessary, since the calculations
follow the conditions laid down in the tables.
2.3.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Construction detail 4.5
Construction detail 4.4
Construction detail 4.3
Construction detail 4.2
Figure. 4.1
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.9
Stairs foot
Flange is cut 100 mm above the bottom step
Section A-A
Adhesive base
Construction detail 4.2
2.3.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Section A-A
Pultruded grating
planks or
moulded grating
Construction detail 4.3
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.11
Fixing of stanchions
Inside solid
vv
Section A-A
Inside solid
vv
Construction detail 4.4
2.3.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
Stairs top
Section A-A
Construction detail 4.5
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
2.3.13
Example of construction of stairs
A typical stairs consists of two strings made of u-profiles and steps consisting of
planks, pultruded grating or moulded grating. The railing of the stairs will typically
be constructed as a standard Fiberline railing, secured on the side of the strings by
bolts. See the section on railings on page 2.2.02. The strings are cut off at the ends
to fit against the underlying layer at the floor and at the top.
The steps are secured to the strings using angle profiles which are mounted on the
inner side of the strings with M8 plank bolts. The steps are also secured to the
angle profiles with M8 plank bolts. If necessary, an intermediate layer can be used
to avoid damaging the steps when tightening the bolts.
A stairs is normally secured to the underlying layer by bolts. As the steps are the
only connection between the strings, it can be necessary to mount another form of
connection in some cases; for example, threaded rods to connect the strings.
The railing consists of stanchions of square tube which are secured on the side of
the strings. The distances between stanchions are adjusted so stanchions are
positioned at the ends of steps. Stanchions are mounted with two (2) M8 plank
bolts which also secure the angle profile that provides support under the step.
The handrail fits down onto the stanchions, and is secured by four (4) pop rivets.
A round pipe is used for the kneerail. It passes through a 41 mm hole that is bored
through the stanchions parallel to the strings. The kneerail is secured in each stanchion
by two (2) pop rivets.
The footrail can be mounted approximately 10 mm above the string by two (2) pop
rivets in each stanchion.
2.3.14
Materials for use in
constructing stairs
Fiberline planks mounted
on an angle profile
The step mounted on the
string
Bolts are positioned as
shown to secure
stanchions and steps
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 2 - Revised 2002
CHAPTER 3: BRACKETS FOR ASSEMBLY
The products and how to use them ...................................................................................................... 3.1.03
Example 8.1. ............................................ 3.1.04
Example 8.2 ................................................................................................................................ 3.1.07
Example 8.3 ................................................................................................................................ 3.1.09
Example 8.4 ................................................................................................................................ 3.1.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.1
The products and how to use them
Brackets for assembling Fiberline structural profiles have been developed in stainless steel. The objective is to
ease mounting and reduce the need for preadjustment of pultruded profiles.
The brackets are normally formed to follow part of the surface of the pultruded profile; for example, on the inside
of a U-profile or on the outside of a square profile.
Stainless steel bolts ensure transfer of forces between brackets and profile. In addition, they ensure that the
brackets remain in position during operation.
The brackets are cut by laser beam and are CNC bent to their finished geometry. In situations which require
brackets that are not available in the standard range, the Fiberline technical department will normally be able to
help in manufacturing special brackets.
On the following pages, there are a number of examples of designing joints in which stainless steel fittings are
used. In these examples, the most important criteria for determining the load-bearing capacity of the joints are
included. Below each example, the supplementary investigations are listed which are necessary for investigating
all the conditions that are relevant to the static load-bearing capacity.
There are examples of brackets for assembly in the photograph below.
Brackets for efficient assembly of profile
structures.
Example of joint with a Fiberline bracket.
EP patent No. 0819200
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.3
Example 8.1
90 joint between two I-profiles 160 x 80 x 8
The assembly brackets follow the body and the inside
of the flanges on the through-going and adjacent profile.
The bracket is made of stainless steel with a yield stress
of 220 MPa.
Vertical shear load:
Figure 3.2.1 illustrates the forces in the joint.
The load is transferred as contact compression
between the bracket and the bottom side of the top
flange of the adjacent profile.
The force is transferred through the stainless steel
bracket to the through-going bottom flange of the
profile.
As the through-going profile has relatively little
torsional rigidity, the static model must ensure that
the shear from the adjacent profile can be transferred
to the body of the through-going profile by the joint.
Therefore, there are secondary forces to ensure
balance. The eccentricity moment causes contact
compression between the top flanges of the two
profiles, and tension in the bolts perpendicular to the
through-going body of the profile.
Shear in the top flange of the adjacent profile
Contact compression between the profile and the
bracket is concentrated near the end section of the
profile.
Figure 3.2.1
The capacity of the two flanges is evaluated as
Q1
L tf ftd 2
40 mm 8 mm
25 MPa
Shear in the stainless steel bracket1,3
12 307 N
The dimension of the plate area that is affected by shear is calculated as 96 mm x 140 mm.
The load-bearing capacity of the bracket in shear is evaluated according to EC 3 (ENV 1993-1-1). The designations
below are in accordance with EC3.
kt
= 15.4
5,34
2
96
( 140
)
lw
3.1.4
d 37,4 kt
tw
0.93
140 37,4 15,4
1,0 1,03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
Section A-A
Brackets in stainless steel
T= 1 mm
Plan
Figure 3.1.2
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.5
As lw is greater than 0.8, the load-bearing capacity of the bracket in shear is reduced due to the stability.
ba
(1 - 0.625 x (w - 0.8)) ty
0.92 127 MPa = 117 MPa
The maximum shear that can be transferred through the two brackets is
Q2
d tw tba 2
140 mm 1,0 mm 220 MPa
3 / 1,3 x 2
27 357 N
The shear fracture in the bottom flange of the through-going profile.
The load width of the bottom flange of the through-going profile is evaluated as an effective value of 100 mm.
The capacity of the flange is evaluated as
Q3
L tf ft
100 mm 8 mm
25 MPa
=
1,3
15 384 N
The capacity of the joint with regard to vertical shear force is
Qmax =
min { Q1, Q2, Q3 }
12.3 kN
Supplementary calculations not contained in the example:
normal pressure force (NF) between the top flanges of the adjacent and through-going profiles
bolt strength (PB) perpendicular to the body of the through-going profile
shear between brackets and the body of the adjacent profile
Normal force in the adjacent profile
With normal pressure force in the adjacent profile, there will be a moment due to deflection in the bracket at the
bolts in the through-going profile.
The capacity with regard to normal tensile force in the adjacent profile is
N
2 124 mm
1
6
(1,0 mm)2 220 MPa
40 mm
227 N
If the load-bearing capacity is not sufficient for the purpose, a steel plate can be placed between the bracket
and the nuts on the bolts through the body of the through-going profile.
Supplementary calculations not contained in this example:
3.1.6
normal pressure force (NF) between the top flanges in the adjacent and through-going profiles
bolt strength (PB) perpendicular to the body of the through-going profile
shear between brackets and the body of the adjacent profile.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
Example 8.2
90 joint between I-profiles 300 x 150 x 15 and I 200 x 100 x 10
The joint transfers the shear from the adjacent profile to the through-going profile by way of two (2) types of
bracket:
an angle bracket that is pressed in between the flanges of the adjacent profile so it connects with the body of the
profile, and an angle bracket that connects with the body of the through-going profile and the inside of the
flanges. The shear is transferred by bolts.
Shear
For calculation purposes, the joint has a vertical, downward shear force which must be transferred from the
profile being connected to the through-going profile.
Bolts between brackets:
Pin-bearing strength of bolt in sheet1.5 mm:
M16 :3.2 d t fy =
3,2 16 mm 1,5 mm 220 MPa
1,3
13.0 kN
Bolt strengths must be statically equivalent to the shear force (Q) positioned in the centre line of the body of the
through-going profile.
Bolt strengths, vertical:
NB1
Bolt strengths, horizontal
NB2
The total bolt strength is thus
NB
=
Q
2
Q 30 mm
80 mm
0.375 Q
0.625 Q.
The capacity of the joint with regard to the pin-bearing strength of the bolts is determined by
Q
0,625
13,0
20.8 kN
44.3 kN
9.7 kN
Bolts in the through-going profile
Load-bearing capacity of bolts M16 in the body of I 300 x 150 x 15
M16 : d t fc1
16 mm 15 mm 240 MPa
1,3
The pin-bearing strength of M12 bolt in sheet 1.5 mm is
M12 :3.2 d t fy =
3,2 12 mm 1,5 mm 220 MPa
1,3
The total capacity of the four M12 bolts is thus 4 9.7 kN = 38.8 kN
Shear in the top flange of the adjacent profile
The contact compression between profile and bracket is concentrated near the end section of the profile.
The capacity of the two flanges is evaluated as
Q1
=
L tf f,d 2
=
50 mm 10 mm 2 25 MPa
1,3
19.2 kN
Load-bearing capacity of joint
The total vertical shear force which can be transferred from the profile being connected to the through-going
profile is thus 19.2 kN.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.7
Figure 3.2.2
3.1.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
Example 8.3
Butt joint between two I-profiles 200 x 100 x 10
The joint is typically used in joining two profile sections, the length of which exceeds the lengths normally
supplied. The bracket is made of stainless steel sheet with a thickness of 1.0 mm.
Normal force in I 200 x 100 x 10
Capacity of bolts in pultruded profile:
M20:d t fc0,d
M12:d t fc0,d
20 mm 10 mm 240 MPa
1,3
12 mm 10 mm 240 MPa
1,3
36.9 kN
22.2 kN
The maximum normal force which can be transferred from bolt to profile is the sum total of the capacity of the
individual bolts.
N1
4 36.9 kN + 4 22.2 kN
236.4 kN
10,8 kN
6.5 kN
Capacity of bolts in brackets:
M20:3.2 d t fyd
M12:3.2 d t fyd
3,2 20 mm 1,0 mm 220 MPa
1,3
3,2 12 mm 1,0 mm 220 MPa
1,3
The maximum normal force that can be transferred from bolts to brackets is the sum total of the capacity of the
individual bolts.
N1
8 10.8 kN + 4 6.5 kN
112.4 kN
The capacity of the joint with regard to normal
tensile force is thus determined by the bracket. The
capacity is 112.4 kN, corresponding to axial tension
in I 200 x 100 x 10 of 29 MPa.
Moment in I 200 x 100 x 10
The figure illustrates force sequence in the joint.
The moment in I 200 x 100 x 10 causes a normal
pressure force between the two top flanges of the
profiles.
The bottom part of the bracket transfers the tension
between the bottom bolts in the joint. The maximum
compressive force that can be transferred between
the top flanges is
Figure 3.3.1
N1
= b t fc0d
= 100mm 10 mm 240 MPa
1,3
= 184.6 kN
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.9
Plan
Tensile strength can be increased considerably by these 4x12 M12 bolts
Brackets in stainless steel
T= 1,0 mm
Section A-A
Figure 3.3.2
3.1.10
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
The maximum shear that can be transferred from profile to bracket by means of bolts according to
page 3.1.10 is
M 20
M12
10.8 kN / cut
6.5 kN / cut
M12 in the bottom flange and the bottom row M20 is considered as contributing to absorption of the stress.
The capacity of the joint with regard to moment is thus
Mmax
=
=
=
4 10.8 kN 145 mm + 4 6.5 kN 185 mm
6.3 kNm + 4.8 kNm
11.1 kNm
A moment of 14.4 kNm in I 200 x 100 x 10
corresponds to an edge stress of 47 MPa.
Shear in I 200 x 100 x 10
The figure illustrates the force sequence in the joint.
The shear in I 200 x 100 x 10 results in contact
compression between the flanges of the profile and
the bracket, corresponding to the contact
compression which is illustrated in Example 8.1.
The shear in the top flange of the profile that is
connected, the contact compression between profile
and bracket, is concentrated near the end section of
the profile.
Figure 3.3.3
The capacity of the two flanges is evaluated as
Q1
L tf fd 2
50 mm 10 mm 2 25 MPa
1,3
19.2 kN
Shear in the stainless steel bracket
The dimension of the plate area on the bracket which is affected by shear, is calculated as 112 mm x 180 mm.
The load-bearing capacity of the shear field is evaluated according to EC 3 (ENV 1993-1-1). The calculations
below are in accordance with EC3.
k
5,34
(112
180 )
d 37,4 k
17.8
180 37,4 17,8
=
1.11
tw
1,0 1,03
As w is greater than 0.8, the load-bearing capacity of the bracket in the shear field is reduced due to
stability.
0,81 220 MPa
3 1,3
=
(1 - 0.625 ( - 0.8)) x t
=
=
79 MPa
ba
yd
The maximum shear that can be transferred through the two brackets is
Q2
d tw ba 2
180 mm 1.0 mm 79 MPa 2 =
28.5 kN
The load-bearing capacity of the joint which is determined by the load-bearing capacity of the profile is 19.2 kN,
corresponding to shear stress of 9.6 MPa.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.11
Example 8.4
Support brackets for beams I 200 x 100 x 10 on columns of square tube 100 x 100 x 8
The fitting is used where vertical loads from a beam must be
transferred to a column.
Under the beam ( I 200 x 100 x 10 ) the bracket is L-formed,
around the column, U-formed.
To transfer vertical shear from bracket to column, bolts are
positioned in the tongues which connect to the sides of the column facing the beam, and facing the opposite direction,
respectively.
Figure 3.4.1 illustrates the forces in the joint. The shear from I 200
x 100 x 10 causes a compressive force which, via the vertical
side of the bracket, is transferred to the bottom side of the bracket.
The bottom part of the bracket presses against the front side of
the column, and the top part presses against the rear side of the
column.
Shear in the stainless steel bracket
The dimension of the plate which is influenced by shear is
calculated as 108 mm x 150 mm. The stress occurs 58 mm from
the column. The narrowness of the field of the profile is calculated
Figure 3.4.1
as approximately
75 mm 12
2,0 mm
= 130
A strip of 75 mm is calculated to be effective to withstand the absorption of stress.
The relative narrowness is determined as
0,5
( )
E
fy
130
210000 0,5
220
1.34
Using column curve C, the limits for the inclined pressure in the plate are determined as
Dmax
fyd t beff
0.37 220 MPa 2 mm 75 mm
1,3
9.4 kN
The vertical component of the inclined pressure is 8.8 kN, while the horizontal component is 3.4 kN.
The bottom M16 bolt transfers the vertical load from the fitting to the column.
3.1.12
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
Plan
Square tube
Section A-A
Brackets in
stainless steel
T= 2,0 mm
Section B-B
Figure 3.4.2
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
3.1.13
Pin-bearing strength of the bracket is
M16 :
3.2 d t fyd
3,2 16 mm 2,0 mm 220 MPa
=
1,3
17.3 kN
The force which can be transferred from bolt to profile is
M16 :
d t fc0d
16 mm 8 mm 240 MPa
1,3
The maximum shear which can be transferred from beam to column is thus 8.8 kN.
3.1.14
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 3 - Revised 2002
30.7 kN
CHAPTER 4: FIRE TECHNICAL PROPERTIES
Fire Technical Properties ........................................................................................................... 6.1.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 4 - Revised
4.1.1
Fire technical properties
Fiberline are currently conducting research in cooperation with universities to ascertain fire-resistance capabilities,
as well as to develop calculation methods for profiles during fire and loading.
Fiberline quality P4506 is a fire-inhibiting product which has been approved in accordance with BS 476 Part 7/
6, and is very flame retardant and flame resistant.
Fiberline quality F4010 is the optimal fire-technical phenol matrix. Data for this quality are not included in the
construction manual, but can be obtained by contacting Fiberline.
As fire requirements vary greatly according to use and national legislation, specific requirements for particular
structures should always be obtained in each specific case.
In many cases, it is possible for Fiberline to adjust the content of the matrix materials to fulfil special fire
technical requirements.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 4 - Revised
4.1.3
CHAPTER 5: CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 5.1.03
Fiberline qualities compared to metals and wood ................................................................. 5.1.04
Chemical resistance ............................................................................................................. 5.1.05
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 5 - Revised 2002
5.1.1
Introduction
The chemical resistance list contains an overview of three Fiberline qualities placed in various chemical
environments. The figures indicate the highest known operational temperatures in C, under which the profiles
have displayed good service life in the specific chemical environments. The results have been obtained either
through experience from industrial use, or by means of laboratory tests (ASTM C581) carried out by Fiberline
suppliers.
If the chemical influence is not permanent/concentrated, but short-term/weak (as from steam or waste) it is
possible to use gratings, planks and structural supports in chemical environments which are indicated as NR
(Not recommended), or in higher temperatures than indicated.
In contrast to metals, Fiberline structural profiles are not subject to electrolytic corrosion.
The results in this chemical resistance list are guidelines only, and therefore ought not to be considered as
instructions for the chemical resistance of the various qualities of profile. Any combination of chemicals or
combined environmental stress should be discussed with Fiberline or tested prior to commencing use.
All information contained in this list is supplied in good faith as guidelines for our customers, with no liability
whatsoever for Fiberline.
Fiberline reserve the right to make changes without prior notice.
Please note that the chemical resistance values indicated are based on profiles with surface veils and sealing of
all machined surfaces.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 5 - Revised 2002
5.1.3
Fiberline qualities compared to metals and wood
The chemical resistance of three (3) Fiberline matrix qualities compared to selected metal qualities and wood in
twelve (12) different corrosive environments. The figures in the table indicate the highest known operational temperature in C:
Chemical load
Material
10
11
Fiberline P2600
40
NR
40
40
40
30
NR
40
35
NR
40
Fiberline P4506
50
NR
50
50
50
40
NR
50
40-60
NR
50
Fiberline P3510
100
75
90
100
90
100
45
90
95
45
90
Steel
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Galvanized steel
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R#
NR
NR
R#
LC
NR
NR
R#
Wood
NR
SS 304
NR
SS 316 (Acid-proof )
NR
LC#
Titan
R#
Rapid alloy B
NR
NR
Rapid alloy C
LC
NR
LC
Monel metal 400
LC
LC
LC
LC
NR
NR
NR
Aluminium
LC
LC
NR
NR
NR
NR
LC
NR
NR
Copper/Nickel 70/30
LC
NR
LC
NR
NR
LC
NR
LC
Chemical load:
1) Aluminium chloride 5%
4) Calcium chloride
7) Sodium hydroxide 10%
10) Sodium hypo chlorite 5%
2) Ammonium hydroxide 5%
5) Iron nitrate 5%
8) Mercury chloride
11) Sulphuric acid 15%
3) Barium chloride 5%
6) Hydrochloric acid 10%
9) Sodium chloride
LC : Light corrosion
R : Resistant
NR : Not recommended
#
: Surface pitting can be expected
The values in the tables for metals and wood are valid for surrounding temperatures of approximately 20 C.
5.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 5 - Revised 2002
Chemical resistance Fiberline Profiles
Fiberline Composites A/ S test the chemical resistance of its pultruded profiles in a representative selection of
chemicals which are listed below. The chemical resistance list of our suppliers of polyesters has been
supplemented with the list below, which shows the resistance capabilities of Fiberline profiles in corrosive
environments. The data comparisons enable us to provide improved service and consulting for our customers,
in selecting the appropriate quality of polyester.
Chemical
Ammonium hydroxide2
Iron (III) chloride
Sodium hydroxide2
Sodium hypochlorite1,2
Sodium chloride
Nitric acid
5%
All
10 %
5%
All
5%
Chemical
formula
C2H5OH
NH4OH
FeCI3
NaOH
NaOCl
NaCl
HNO3
Hydrochloric acid
Toluene
Water
10 %
100 %
100 %
HCl
C7H8
H2O
Alcohol, ethyl
Concentration
%
95%
Fiberline
P2600
25C
NR
35C
NR
NR
35C
Fiberline
P4506
30C
NR
50C
NR
NR
50C
Fiberline
P3510
35C
75C
95C
45C
45C
95C
NR
30C
NR
35C
NR
40C
NR
40-60C
65C
95C
35C
90C
NR: Not recommended
1
Contact Fiberline for specific recommendations
Fiberline P3510 recommended
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 5 - Revised 2002
5.1.5
CHAPTER 6 MACHINING AND HANDLING PROFILES
Section 1
Machining pultruded profiles ............................................................................................ 6.1.03
Section 2
Handling and transporting profiles .................................................................................... 6.2.03
Fiberline konstruktionshndbog - Kapitel 6 - Rev. 2002
CHAPTER 6
Section 1 Machining pultruded profiles
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
6.1.1
Machining pultruded profiles
It is often necessary to finish pultruded profiles prior to final use. This is an uncomplicated process. Machining
pultruded profiles can be compared to machining wood, and wood-machining equipment can be used. However,
due to the abrasion resistance of the reinforcement, steel-machining equipment is recommended. Hard-metal
or diamond tools should be used when working with large series.
Examples of hand tools.
Machining fibre-reinforced plastics causes dust. This dust is not considered dangerous to health, due to the
size and form of the individual particles. However, dust levels from machining fibreglass profiles should be
kept as low as possible, as the dust can cause itching and breathing irritations. It can also cause temporary
rashes on sensitive skin. Ordinary ventilation and use of a protective cream can prevent these inconveniences.
Pultruded fibreglass-reinforced profiles are elastic, and twisting and bending can occur when machining long
profiles. Therefore, it is always necessary to ensure fixed, vibration-free support and retention.
The following indications are based on many years' experience which Fiberline Composites A/S have acquired
in machining pultruded profiles. If finished profiles are to be used in chemically aggressive environments, it is
necessary to seal all cuts. Please contact Fiberline Composites A/S for more information.
Cutting
An ordinary hacksaw can be used for a limited number of cuts, and a profile can be shortened the same way
as wood with an ordinary handsaw. A circular saw is ideal for straight cuts. During sawing, the profile should be
securely retained on a vibration-free bed. A diamond saw blade should be used when sawing large series for
smooth cuts without burring. The cutting speed should be 60 mm/second, and to achieve the best results,
feed lightly. Feeding too heavily merely increases wear on the blade.
Shortening with a circular saw
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
6.1.3
Boring
Boring in the profiles is relatively easy. An ordinary metal drill can be used to bore individual holes or small
series of holes. Use of a specially designed drill is recommended for boring large series of holes. At speeds
of between 3600 and 3900 rpm and using a pillar drill, this type of drill delivers a machine time of approximately
30,000 holes ( 10 mm). The drill produces a sharp hole rim without burr also at the drill exit. The drill is
designed to give as little vibration as possible when boring perpendicular to the surface, which is an added
advantage when using hand drills. For boring large holes, a spoon bit with a centre bit is recommended. Burr
on hole rims can be avoided by boring part-way through from one side of the profile, and then the rest of the
way from the other side.
Boring with an ordinary
drill, spoon bit or specially
designed drill.
Grinding and deflashing
Pultruded profiles can be deflashed with sandpaper. Use of a belt grinder at high speed and slow advancement
is recommended.
Deflashing with sandpaper
Turning
Hard-metal plates should be used in turning. Speeds of up to 400 m/min. can be used, and a rake angle on the
cutting edge between 10 - 15 will give the best result. Feeding depends primarily on the stability of the setup, but is typically between 0.05 and 0.5 mm/rev. Depending on the machine and the set-up, the depth of cut
can be up to 10 mm. Using rounded lathe tools and air or liquid cooling results in the best surface finish.
Turning can also be done with a rotating diamond milling machine mounted in the tool holder.
6.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
Milling
Milling with a hard-metal edge or diamond mill is recommended. In this type of machining, tools with
a rake angle on the cutting edge of between 5 and 15 are recommended. Feeding can be up to 0.5
mm/rev., and speeds of up to 1000 m/min. will give the best results. Too heavy feeding will cause
unwanted heating of the surface and gives less satisfactory results.
Machining on a stationary
mill or a CNC mill.
Punching
Pultruded profiles of up to 4 mm in plate thickness, can be punched with an ordinary hard-metal
punch. For thicker sheets (up to 6 mm), a specially designed punch should be used which gradually
punches through the profiles. Punched holes are 0.05 - 0.1 mm smaller than the punch. The clearance
between the punch and the matrix ought to be approximately 50% less than when punching steel.
Threading
Threading cannot be recommended for large loads, although self-threading and self-drilling screws are
used to a large extent. If there is a need for threaded attachments in sheets or plates, blind rivet nuts
of various types in stainless steel or aluminium can be used.
Water jet cutting
Water jet cutting is used for cutting in plates and massive profiles of up to approximately 20 mm in
thickness. In non-massive profiles, using water jets can be problematic. The jet becomes diffused on
cutting through the first plate, and is therefore unable to cut the plates to the rear with sufficient
accuracy. Profiles can also be machined by laser cutting, using a protective gas such as argon.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
6.1.5
CHAPTER 6
Section 2 Handling and transporting profiles
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
6.2.1
Handling and transporting structures
Point load
Avoid point load during lifting, transportation and unloading. Always ensure an even distribution of the load.
Lifting with straps
Lifting straps are positioned so the bearing points are situated in extensions of the vertical reinforcements of the
structure. The lifting straps must show a line which is as straight as possible between bearing point and lifting
point.
During lifting, the structure must be transversely reinforced where the lifting straps bend inward towards the
lifting point at the top edge of the structure. All bearing and contact points between straps and structure must be
protected against marks and scratching, using wood or another solid material.
When the direction of pull is other than 90 on the lifting surface, the lifting straps must be ensured against
slipping by clamps or other means of secure retention.
Lifting with a fork-lift
Lifting with a fork-lift must be done in accordance with the same criteria as those for straps: beside reinforced
points and with some form of protection between the forks and the load.
Transportation
During transportation, it must be ensured that the block bottom and other support remain in the correct position, either by being fastened to the bed or to the structure. The position of the structure in the mode of transport must be ensured with straps.
The restraining straps must be positioned on the structure at the edge of the supports and according to the
same principles as for lifting straps in other words, beside the reinforcements (See Figure 6.2). It can be
necessary to calculate the necessary number of supports for use during transportation.
Unloading
Unloading a structure onto a bed must be done on layers of blocks that level the unloading points to one level.
The layers of blocks must be placed beside the vertical reinforcements of the structure.
If several construction elements are placed on top of each other for unloading or transportation, the support
points, intermediate layers and reinforcements in the structure must describe a column (See Figure 6.3)
It is self-evident that the number of elements placed on top of each other should be limited, so the danger of
shifting is avoided.
Mounting
Never use a hammer or impact tools for adjusting structures of fibreglass-reinforced polyester. Handle with care.
The form of pultruded profiles cannot be adjusted by bending in either a cold or heated state.
Adjusting
Inaccuracies should not be compensated for by deformation of the fibreglass profiles. Adjustments should be
made with the aid of support or distance blocks.
Other information
Fibreglass-reinforced polyester is a strong material. However, it is possible for a surface to be spoiled by
scratches or violent impact. In the event of damage, contact Fiberline Composites A/S for advice.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
6.2.3
Lifting point
Lifting strap
Lifting strap
Transverse support
of profiles
Transverse
support of profiles
Figure 6.1
Layer of supporting blocks
Bearing point
Bearing point
Transverse support of profiles
Transverse support of profiles
Figure 6.2
Safety straps
Transverse support
of profiles
Support 1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567Layer of supporting blocks
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
Transport bed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
Figure 6.3
Layer of supporting blocks
Support
Layer of supporting blocks
Support 1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
Bed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012123456789
123456789012345678901234567
6.2.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 6 - Revised 2000
CHAPTER 7:
ENVIRONMENT AND DISPOSAL / RECYCLING
Section 1
Environment during manufacturing and machining ................................................................ 7.1.03
Environmental impact at the user's site ................................................................................ 7.1.03
Waste handling / recycling .................................................................................................... 7.1.04
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 7 - Revised 2002
7.1.1
Environment and disposal / Recycling
Environment during manufacturing and machining
Since 1 May 1979, Fiberline Composites A/S have manufactured profiles and structures with the approval of the
environmental authorities. Inspections are made on a regular basis.
Fiberline Composites A/S employ the manufacturing method known as pultrusion. This is a process whereby
fibres are pulled through a device, into which liquid thermoset plastics are pumped to impregnate the fibres. The
liquid themoset plastic is cured with the aid of heat and catalysts are added.
The pultrusion process is very friendly to the environment. At Fiberline, manufacturing is done in closed moulds
which minimizes evaporation of volatile substances. This helps ensure the safety of the Fiberline environment.
As the polymerisation is exothermic (develops heat itself), energy consumption per unit produced is extremely
low. The energy consumption used in production of a composite profile is 1/4 of that required for steel, and 1/6
that for aluminium.
As a member of the Danish Plastics Federation (PD), Fiberline Composites A/S complies with Federation
environmental policies. According to an agreement with the Danish Ministry of the Environment, the Danish
Plastics Federation is obliged to participate actively in reduction of volatile organic compounds.
Regular environmental measurements, staff training and focus on waste and emission issues are significant
elements in the environmental control of Fiberline Composites A/S.
Fiberline Composites A/S are a member of Green Network, a regional organization of companies and municipalities.
The objective is to ensure continual improvement in the environments of the member companies. Fiberline
Composites A/S are self-sufficient with green energy from their own wind turbine which meets the needs of the
entire company.
Environmental impact at the user's site
Cured polyester or phenolic resin are stable, virtually non-degradable materials which do not pollute the
environment. In fact, a great deal of environmental impact is avoided (for example, in comparison with steel) due
to the low weight of the material and its need for very little maintenance.
For use in connection with machining of composite profiles, Fiberline Composites A/S have voluntarily compiled
environmental safety data for the polyester and phenolic qualities. The most recent version of the safety data is
available on request.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 7 - Revised 2002
7.1.3
Waste handling / recycling
Fiberline profiles - or remains of them - are classified as fibreglass-reinforced unsaturated polyesters, and at the
end of their service life can be tipped or recycled.
Tipped
Fibreglass-reinforced polyester or phenolic resins are very stable materials which
can be tipped as ordinary industrial waste. The materials do not give off substances
that can harm the environment.
Recycling
First, it should be investigated if used profiles can be reclassified for use under
lower requirements and specifications in other circumstances.
Another possibility for recycling begins with crushing and granulation. The
process is already functioning commercially in, for example, Germany, at Ercom
Composites Recycling GmbH. The company accepts fibreglass-reinforced
unsaturated polyesters against payment, and sells the granulate for reuse.
Granulated remains of Fiberline profiles can be used as a filler and, to a limited
extent, as a reinforcing material.
In controlled incineration, plastic materials release energy in amounts that make
them significant energy carriers for electricity and heating. The composition of
incineration gasses is largely comparable to that of incineration gasses from wood.
The remains are the glass fibres which can be reused as landfill or for manufacturing glass wool.
Tests at the German Arbeitsgemeinschaft Verstrkte Kunststoffe (AKV), among other
places, have shown that it is technically possible to break down the molecule
chains in uncured polyester by pyrolysis, and then reuse the resulting product as
new polyester raw materials. However, pyrolysis is not currently financially viable,
due to the prices of raw materials.
Fiberline Composites A/S will be pleased to answer any further questions.
7.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 7 - Revised 2002
Fiberline standard tolerances
Valid for structural profiles P2600, P3510 and P4506
Fiberline standard tolerances comply with EN 13706
CHAPTER 8: FIBERLINE STANDARD TOLERANCES
Section 1
Standard tolerances for P2600, P3510 and 4506 ................................................................. 8.1.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 8 - Revised 2002
8.1.1
Fiberline standard tolerances
Valid for structural profiles P2600, P3510 and P4506
Fiberline standard tolerances comply with EN 13706
CROSS-SECTION OF PROFILE
TOLERANCES
Profile height and flange width
NOMINAL MEASUREMENT (mm)
0 - 50
50 - 100
100 - 300
300 -
NOMINAL MEASUREMENT (mm)
0 - 10
10 - 20
20 - 50
50 - 100
100 -
NOMINAL MEASUREMENT (mm)
T1
0-2
2-5
5 - 10
10 -
W
0,20
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,20
0,30
0,35
0,40
Interior and exterior diameter, and ovality
d
0,20
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,45
0,20
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,45
d
D
Thickness for open and closed profiles
T2
T2
0,15
0,20
0,35
0,45
0,30
0,35
0,45
0,50
T1
Flatness in the transverse direction
TOLERANCES
F < 0,008 W mm
Other tolerances available on request.
Guidelines also valid for design of special profiles
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 8 - Revised 2002
8.1.3
Fiberline standard tolerances
Valid for structural profiles P2600, P3510 and P4506
Fiberline standard tolerances comply with EN 13706
CROSS-SECTION OF PROFILE
TOLERANCES
Size of angle
TOLERANCE
Y
Y 1,2
Y
Lateral buckling of flanged ends
TOLERANCE
K<
K
W
W
- 0,1
20 x t
PROFILE IN LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION
TOLERANCES
Straightness
TOLERANCE
L
D
D < 0,002 x L mm
Torsion
Maximum 2 mm per metre
TOLERANCE
V < 1,0 x
L
1000
V
Maximum 1,0 per metre
Other tolerances available on request.
8.1.4
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 8 - Revised 2002
Guidelines also valid for design of special profiles
Fiberline standard tolerances
Valid for structural profiles P2600, P3510 and P4506
Fiberline standard tolerances comply with EN 13706
PROFILE IN LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION
TOLERANCES
Cutting-off length
TOLERANCE ON-LINE
L +20/-0 mm
Straightness in cuts
Can be machined to a finer tolerance
TOLERANCE ON-LINE
V 1,5
Can be machined to a finer tolerance
MACHINING TOLERANCES
TOLERANCES
Cutting-off length
TOLERANCES
DS / ISO 2768 -1-m
Straightness in cuts
Minimum 1 mm
TOLERANCES
DS / ISO 2768 -1-c
Drilling
TOLERANCES
b
a
DS / ISO 2768 -1-c
Slitting of profiles
TOLERANCES
B
DS / ISO 2768 -1-c
Minimum 1 mm
Other tolerances available on request.
Guidelines also valid for design of special profiles
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 8 - Revised 2002
8.1.5
CHAPTER 9: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1
Reference to standard and bibliography ........................................................................ 09.01.03
Section 2
Glossary .......................................................................................................................... 09.02.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Rev. 2002
CHAPTER 9
Section 1: Reference to standard and bibliography
Reference to standard and bibliography ............................................................................................... 09.01.03
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.1
Standards
Eurocode 1: Actions on structures - General actions - Densities, self-weight, imposed loads for buildings
DS/EN 1991-1-1:2000
First edition 2002-06-11
Standard relation: EN 1991-1-1:2002
Eurocode 3: Steel structures
DS/ENV 1993-1-1:1993
First edition 1993-09-30
Standard relation: ENV 1993-1-1:1992
Reinforced plastics composites - Specifications for pultruded profiles
EN 13706
First edition June 2002
Bibliography
Structural Design of Polymer Composites - EUROCOMP Design Code and Handbook
The European Structural Polymeric Composites Group
Edited by John L. Clarke, Sir William Halcrow and Partners Ltd. London, UK
Published by E & FN Spon, an imprint of Chapman & Hall, 2-6 Boundary Row, London SE1 8HN, UK
First edition 1996
ISBN 0 419 19450 9
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.3
CHAPTER 9
Section 2: Glossary
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.1
Glossary A - E
A
A4
Grade classification for
stainless steel, acid-proof
bolts, nuts and discs.
Barcol Hardness
A surface hardness value
obtained by measuring
the penetration resistance
of a given material to a
sharp steel point under a
spring load. The Barcol
Impressor is an instrument that measures
hardness on a 0-100
scale.
Accelerator
A chemical additive that
hastens cure or chemical
reaction (see also
catalyst).
Coefficient of thermal
expansion (CTE)
A materials fractional
change in length for a
given unit change of
temperature.
Cohesion
Adherence of a single
substance to itself. Also,
the property holding a
single substance together.
Curing agent or hardener
A catalytic or reactive
agent brings about
polymerization when
added to a resin (see
catalyst).
Cure temperature
The temperature at which
a material attains final
cure.
D
Additive
An ingredient mixed into
resin to improve
properties. Examples
include plasticizers,
initiators, light stabililsers
and flame retardants.
Adhesive
A substance applied to
mating surfaces to bond
them by surface
attachment. An adhesive
can be in liquid, film or
paste form.
Adhesive film
A thin plastic film onto
which premixed adhesives
are cast.
Anisotropic
Fibre directionality in which
different properties are
exhibited when tested
along axes of different
directions.
Aramid
A high-strength, highstiffness aromatic
polyamide fibre.
Bidirectional laminate
A laminate with fibres
oriented in more than one
direction on the same
plane.
Breakout
Separation or breakage of
fibres when the edges of
a composite part are
drilled or cut.
Bromine
A fire-retardant (halogen)
used to reduce or
eliminate a resins
tendency to burn.
C
Carbon fibre
Reinforcing fibre known
for its lightweight, high
strength and high
stiffness. Fibres are
produced by high
temperature treatment of
an organic precursor fibre
based on PAN
(polyarcrylonitrile), rayon or
pitch in an inert
atmosphere at
temperatures above
1800F.
Catalyst
A substance that
promotes and/or controls
curing of a compound
without being consumed
in the reaction.
Composite
A material that combines
fibre and a binding matrix
to maximize specific
performance properties.
Neither element merges
completely with the other.
Compressive strength
The capacity to resist a
crushing or buckling force;
the maximum
compressive load a
specimen sustains divided
by its original crosssectional area.
Continuous mat
A material formed from
fibres of yarns with
random fibre orientation.
Damping
Diminishing the intensity of
vibrations.
Delamination
The separation of ply
layers due to adhesive
failure or the separation of
layers of fabric from the
core structure. A
delamination may be
associated with bridging,
drilling and trimming.
Die, moulding tool
An assembly of parts
containing the space from
which the moulding takes
its form.
E
Creep
The dimensional change in
a material under physical
load over time beyond
instantaneous elastic
deformation.
Cure
To irreversibly change the
molecular structure and
physical properties of a
thermosetting resin by
chemical reaction via heat
and catalysts alone or in
combination, with or
without pressure.
Eccentricity moment
Moment resulting from a
force not acting upon the
line of gravity.
E-glass (electrical glass)
Borosilicate glass fibres
possessing conductive
properties; most often
used in conventional
polymer matrix
composites.
Elasticity
The property by which
materials tend to recover
their original size and
shape after deformation.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.3
Glossary E - I
Elastic limit
The greatest stress a
material is capable of
sustaining without permanent strain remaining after
complete release of the
stress.
Electrolytic (galvanic)
corrosion
accelerated corrosion of a
metal because of an
electrical contact with a
more noble metal or nonmetallic conductor in a
corrosive electrolyte.
Elongation
The fractional increase in
length of a material
stressed in tension. When
expressed as a percentage of the original length,
it is called percentage of
elongation.
Epoxy resin
A common thermoset
material used as a bonding matrix to hold fibres
together. When mixed
with a catalyst, epoxy
resins are resistant to
chemicals and water and
are unaffected by heat or
cold.
Exotherm
Heat released during a
chemical reaction (e.g.,
curing).
Extenders
Low-cost materials used
to dilute or extend highcost resins without
extensive loss of
properties.
Extrude
to form products of
constant cross-sectional
shape by forcing plastic
material through a die.
3.1.4
F
Fatigue
The failure of a materials
mechanical properties
caused by repeated stress
over time.
Fatigue strength
The maximum cyclical
stress a material can
withstand for a given
number of cycles before it
fails.
Fibre architecture
The design of a fibrous
part in which the fibres are
arranged in a particular
way to achieve the
desired result. This may
include braided, stitched
or woven fabrics, mats,
rovings or carbon tows.
appearance and/or lower
density and cost.
Finite element Analysis
(FEA)
A computer analysis
technique using the finite
element method, often
used to model complex
structures.
Flexural strength
The strength of a material
in bending expressed
usually in terms of force
per unit area, as the
stress of a bent test
sample at the instant of
failure.
Folding
Defect due to bending/
folding of fibres.
G
Fibre content/glass
content
The amount of fibre in a
composite expressed as a
ratio to the matrix.
Fibre reinforced plastics
A composite material or
part that consists of a
resin matrix containing
reinforcing fibres such as
glass or carbon having
greater strength or
stiffness than the resin.
The term GRP is most
often used to denote glass
fibre-reinforced plastics.
Filament winding
An automated process for
fabricating composites in
which continuous roving,
either preimpregnated
with resin or drawn
through a resin bath, is
wound around a rotating
mandrel.
Filler
Material added to the
mixed resin to increase
viscosity, improve
Glass fibre
Glass fibres are
manufactured by
drawing melted glass
through nozzles. Due to
its relatively high strength,
easy machining and low
price, glass fibre is the
most commonly used
reinforcement for polymerbased composites.
H
Halogenated resin
A resin combined with
chlorine or bromine to
increase fire retardancy.
Heat-distortion temperature (HDT)
The temperature at which
a test bar deflects a
certain amount under
specified temperature and
stated load.
Honeycomb
A lightweight cellular
structure made from
either metallic sheet
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
materials or non-metallic
materials (e.g., resinimpregnated paper or
woven fabric) and formed
into hexagonal nested
cells.
Hybrid
A fibrous product made
with two or more types of
reinforcing fibres, e.g.
glass and carbon.
Hybrid composite
A composite reinforced by
hybrid.
Hybrid weave
Woven fibrous product
based on two or more
materials.
I
Impact strength
A materials ability to
withstand shock loading
as measured by fracturing
a specimen.
Impregnate
To saturate the voids and
interstices of a
reinforcement with a resin.
Interface
The surface between two
materials (in glass fibres,
for instance, the area at
which the glass and sizing
meet; in a laminate, the
area at which the
reinforcement and laminating resin meet.)
Interlaminar
Existing or occurring
between two or more
adjacent laminae.
Interlaminar shear
A shear force that
produces displacement
between two laminae
along the plane or their
interface.
Glossary I - P
Isocyanate
A highly reactive monomer
used in reaction injection
moulding (RIM).
Isotropic
Fibre directionality with
uniform properties in all
directions, independent of
the direction of applied
load.
K
Kevlar
A strong, lightweight
aramid fibre trademarked
by DuPont and used as a
reinforcement fibre.
L
Laminate
A material composed of
more layers of the same or
different types of material.
Laminate
To unite layers with a
bonding material, usually
via pressure and heat.
Lap joint
A joint made by overlapping two parts and bonding them together.
Low profile
Describes resin
compounds formulated for
low-to-zero shrinkage
during moulding.
M
Mat
A fibrous reinforcing
material composed of
chopped filaments (for
chopped-strand mat) or
swirled filaments (for
continuous-strand mat)
with a binder applied to
maintain form; available in
blankets of various widths,
weights, thicknesses and
lengths.
Matrix
The material in which the
fibre reinforcements of a
composite system are
embedded. Thermoplastic
and thermoset resin
systems, as well as metal
and ceramic, can be
used.
Micro-cracking
Cracking in composites at
points where thermal
stresses exceed the
strength of the matrix.
N
Non-destructive
inspection (NDI)
Determination of material
or part characteristics
without permanent
alteration of the test
subject. (Non-destructive
testing (NDT) and nondestructive evaluation
(NDE) are generally
considered synonymous
with NDI).
P
Modulus
The physical
measurement of stiffness
in a material, equalling the
ratio of applied load
(stress) to the resultant
deformation of the
material such as elasticity
or shear.
Modulus of Elasticity
The ratio of normal stress
to the corresponding
strain for tensile or
compressive stresses less
than the proportional limit
of the material.
Moisture absorption
A material assimilation of
water vapour from air, as
distinguished from water
absorption by immersion,
which results in weight
gain.
Monomer
A single molecule that
can react with like or
unlike molecules to form a
polymer.
Mould release agent
A lubricant used to
prevent a part from
sticking to a mould.
Peel ply
Layer of material applied
to a lay up surface that is
removed from the cured
laminate prior to bonding
operations, leaving a
clean, resin-rich surface
ready for bonding.
Peel strength
Strength of an adhesive
bond obtained by stress
that is applied in a peeling
mode.
Phenolic resin
Thermosetting resin
produced by condensation
of an aromatic alcohol
with an aldehyde,
particularly phenol with
formaldehyde.
Pinholes
Small holes caused by the
mould used.
Poissons ratio
When a material is
stretched, its cross
sectional area changes as
well as its length.
Poissons ratio is the
constant relating these
changes in dimensions,
and is defined as the ratio
of the change in width per
unit width to the change
in length per unit length.
Polyester
Thermosetting resins
produced by dissolving
unsaturated, generally
linear, alkyd resins in a
vinyl-type active monomer
such as styrene. The
resins are usually furnished
in solution form, but
powdered solids are also
available.
Polymer
A large molecule formed
by combining many
smaller molecules or
monomers in a regular
pattern.
Polymerization
A chemical reaction that
links monomers to form
polymers.
Porosity
The presence of visible
voids within a solid
material into which either
air or liquids may pass.
Postcure
Additional elevated
temperature cure, usually
without pressure, to
improve final properties
and / or complete the
cure. In certain resins,
complete cure and
ultimate mechanical
properties are attained
only by exposure of the
cured resin to higher
temperatures than those
of curing.
Puller
Device that pulls out the
fully cured profile from the
processing equipment.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.5
Glossary P - W
Pultrusion / pultruding
An automated, continuous
process for manufacturing
composite rods, tubes
and structural shapes
having a constant crosssection. Roving and other
reinforcements are
saturated with resin and
continuously pulled
through a heated die,
where the part is formed
and cured. The cured part
is then cut to length.
Pyrolysis
The decomposition or
transformation of a
compound caused by
heat.
Q
Quasi-isotropic
Approximating isotropy by
orienting plies in several
directions.
R
Reinforcement
The key element added to
matrix to provide required
properties (primarily,
strength and stiffness);
ranges from short fibres
and continuous fibres
through complex textile
forms.
Resin
A solid or pseudosolid
material with indefinite and
often high molecular
weight and a softening or
melting range that exhibits
a tendency to flow when
subjected to stress. (As
composite matrices,
resins bind together
reinforcement fibres.)
Roving
A collection of bundles of
continuous glass fibre
filaments, either as
untwisted strands or as
twisted yarn.
3.1.6
S
S-glass
Magnesia / alumina /
silicate glass
reinforcement designed to
provide very high tensile
strength; commonly used
in high-performance
parts.
Shear
An action or stress
resulting from applied
forces that causes or
tends to cause two
contiguous parts of a
body to slide relative to
each other.
Shear strength
The maximum shear
stress that a material is
capable of sustaining.
Sizing
A solution of chemical
additives used to coat
filaments. The additives
protect the filaments from
water absorption and
abrasion; they also
lubricate the filaments and
reduce static electricity.
Span
Length of span or length
of beam.
Stiffness
A materials ability to resist
bending; relationship of
load to deformation for a
particular material.
Stress
Internal resistance to
change in size or shape,
expressed in force per
unit area.
Stress concentration
The magnification of
applied stress in the
region of a notch, void,
hole or inclusion.
Stress corrosion
Preferential attack of
areas under stress in a
corrosive environment,
that alone would not have
caused corrosion.
Thermoset system
The matrix, the thermoset
and the additives required
to manufacture the end
product by the chosen
production method.
Stress crack
External or internal crack
in a composite caused by
tensile stresses; cracking
may be present internally,
externally or in
combination.
Tool
Another term for die or
mould.
Surfacing veil
Accompanies other
reinforcing mats and
fabrics to enhance the
quality of the surface
finish. Designed to block
out the fibre patterns of
the underlying
reinforcements, it often
adds ultraviolet protection
to the structure.
Synthetic fibre
Fibre made of materials
other than glass or
carbon, such as polyester.
T
Tensile str
ength
strength
The maximum stress
sustained by a composite
specimen before it fails in
a tension test.
Thermoplastic
A composite matrix
capable of being
repeatedly softened by an
increase in temperature
and hardened by a
decrease in temperature.
Thermoset
Composite matrix cured
by heat and pressure or
with a catalyst into an
infusible and insoluble
material. Once cured, a
thermoset cannot be
returned to the uncured
state.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
U
Unidirectional (UD)
Orientation of fibres in the
same direction, as in
unidirectional fabric, tape
or laminate.
V
Voids
Pockets of entrapped gas
that have been cured into
a laminate.
Vinyl esters
A class of thermosetting
resins containing ester of
acrylic and / or
methacrylic acids.
Viscosity
The tendency of a
material to resist flow. As
temperature increases,
the viscosity of most
materials decreases.
Volatile organic
compounds (VOCs)
Chemical substances,
such as solvents, that
readily evaporate or
volatilize into the air.
W
Water absorption
The ratio of weight of
water absorbed by a
material to weight of dry
material.
Glossary W - Y
Waterjet
High-pressure water
stream used for cutting
polymer composite parts.
Woven roving
Heavy, coarse fabric
produced by weaving
continuous roving bundles.
Y
Young
s modulus
oungs
See Modulus of Elasticity.
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
9.1.7
3.1.8
Fiberline Composites A/S - Design Manual - Chapter 9 - Revised 2002
You might also like
- CAN and FPGA Communication Engineering: Implementation of a CAN Bus based Measurement System on an FPGA Development KitFrom EverandCAN and FPGA Communication Engineering: Implementation of a CAN Bus based Measurement System on an FPGA Development KitNo ratings yet
- Directory of BEL Officers and Employees 27 8 18 PDF60% (5)Directory of BEL Officers and Employees 27 8 18 PDF6 pages
- Next Generation Optical Wireless Communication Systems: A Systems ApproachFrom EverandNext Generation Optical Wireless Communication Systems: A Systems ApproachNo ratings yet
- DC/DC Converter Handbook: SMPS topologies from an EMC point of viewFrom EverandDC/DC Converter Handbook: SMPS topologies from an EMC point of viewNo ratings yet
- Time-dependent Behaviour and Design of Composite Steel-concrete StructuresFrom EverandTime-dependent Behaviour and Design of Composite Steel-concrete StructuresNo ratings yet
- Trilogy of Connectors: Basic principles and connector design explanationsFrom EverandTrilogy of Connectors: Basic principles and connector design explanationsNo ratings yet
- Metal Matrix Composites: Custom-made Materials for Automotive and Aerospace EngineeringFrom EverandMetal Matrix Composites: Custom-made Materials for Automotive and Aerospace EngineeringKarl U. KainerNo ratings yet
- Dokumen - Tips - Bondstrand Pds and Pdms Packages BrochureNo ratings yetDokumen - Tips - Bondstrand Pds and Pdms Packages Brochure2 pages
- Exploring Bentley STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition, V22 Update 12, 6th EditionFrom EverandExploring Bentley STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition, V22 Update 12, 6th EditionNo ratings yet
- Continuum Scale Simulation of Engineering Materials: Fundamentals - Microstructures - Process ApplicationsFrom EverandContinuum Scale Simulation of Engineering Materials: Fundamentals - Microstructures - Process ApplicationsNo ratings yet
- Advanced Manufacturing Processes FINAL PresentationNo ratings yetAdvanced Manufacturing Processes FINAL Presentation39 pages
- Design of FRP-Profiles and All-FRP-StructuresNo ratings yetDesign of FRP-Profiles and All-FRP-Structures67 pages
- Design of FRP-Profiles and All-FRP-StructuresNo ratings yetDesign of FRP-Profiles and All-FRP-Structures67 pages
- Design of FRP-Profiles & All-FRP-Structures (2009) - Presentation PDFNo ratings yetDesign of FRP-Profiles & All-FRP-Structures (2009) - Presentation PDF67 pages
- Addressing Materials Selection Challenges 02 08 2017No ratings yetAddressing Materials Selection Challenges 02 08 201753 pages
- Introduction To Pultrusion: Previous Page Next Page Top of Page Table of ContentsNo ratings yetIntroduction To Pultrusion: Previous Page Next Page Top of Page Table of Contents5 pages
- Corrosion Resistant Fiberglass Piping Systems BrochureNo ratings yetCorrosion Resistant Fiberglass Piping Systems Brochure6 pages
- Spot Welding Interview Success: An Introduction to Spot WeldingFrom EverandSpot Welding Interview Success: An Introduction to Spot WeldingNo ratings yet
- Lecture 26-03-2009 Introduction To Fiberglass Pipe Systems100% (1)Lecture 26-03-2009 Introduction To Fiberglass Pipe Systems60 pages
- Bondstrand 2400 Series Product Data: Uses and ApplicationsNo ratings yetBondstrand 2400 Series Product Data: Uses and Applications4 pages
- RF and Microwave Engineering: Fundamentals of Wireless CommunicationsFrom EverandRF and Microwave Engineering: Fundamentals of Wireless CommunicationsNo ratings yet
- 18-SAMSS-006 - Specifications of Standalone Submarine Fiber Optic CableNo ratings yet18-SAMSS-006 - Specifications of Standalone Submarine Fiber Optic Cable8 pages
- The Fiberbond® Engineering Guide: Engineered Composite Piping SystemsNo ratings yetThe Fiberbond® Engineering Guide: Engineered Composite Piping Systems41 pages
- Modeling Human-Structure Interaction Using a Controller SystemFrom EverandModeling Human-Structure Interaction Using a Controller SystemNo ratings yet
- MAR2021 - Composites - Lecture 3 - Material CharacteristicsNo ratings yetMAR2021 - Composites - Lecture 3 - Material Characteristics29 pages
- Transmission line structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) compositeNo ratings yetTransmission line structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) composite241 pages
- Ericsson For Sale From Powerstorm 4SI11051093No ratings yetEricsson For Sale From Powerstorm 4SI110510935 pages
- The Future of The Physical Learning EnvironmentNo ratings yetThe Future of The Physical Learning Environment8 pages
- K.D.R.I.Kathriachchi: Proposed Factory DPLG at BiyagamaNo ratings yetK.D.R.I.Kathriachchi: Proposed Factory DPLG at Biyagama1 page
- Data Models: Feature or Cartogaphic Object in The GIS, andNo ratings yetData Models: Feature or Cartogaphic Object in The GIS, and38 pages
- General Instructions 700 & 800 Series Models: LightninNo ratings yetGeneral Instructions 700 & 800 Series Models: Lightnin12 pages
- CAN and FPGA Communication Engineering: Implementation of a CAN Bus based Measurement System on an FPGA Development KitFrom EverandCAN and FPGA Communication Engineering: Implementation of a CAN Bus based Measurement System on an FPGA Development Kit
- Directory of BEL Officers and Employees 27 8 18 PDFDirectory of BEL Officers and Employees 27 8 18 PDF
- Next Generation Optical Wireless Communication Systems: A Systems ApproachFrom EverandNext Generation Optical Wireless Communication Systems: A Systems Approach
- Reinforced Concrete Buildings: Behavior and DesignFrom EverandReinforced Concrete Buildings: Behavior and Design
- DC/DC Converter Handbook: SMPS topologies from an EMC point of viewFrom EverandDC/DC Converter Handbook: SMPS topologies from an EMC point of view
- Time-dependent Behaviour and Design of Composite Steel-concrete StructuresFrom EverandTime-dependent Behaviour and Design of Composite Steel-concrete Structures
- Trilogy of Connectors: Basic principles and connector design explanationsFrom EverandTrilogy of Connectors: Basic principles and connector design explanations
- Metal Matrix Composites: Custom-made Materials for Automotive and Aerospace EngineeringFrom EverandMetal Matrix Composites: Custom-made Materials for Automotive and Aerospace Engineering
- Dokumen - Tips - Bondstrand Pds and Pdms Packages BrochureDokumen - Tips - Bondstrand Pds and Pdms Packages Brochure
- Microscopes and Accessory Apparatus Catalogue No. 40From EverandMicroscopes and Accessory Apparatus Catalogue No. 40
- Exploring Bentley STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition, V22 Update 12, 6th EditionFrom EverandExploring Bentley STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition, V22 Update 12, 6th Edition
- Continuum Scale Simulation of Engineering Materials: Fundamentals - Microstructures - Process ApplicationsFrom EverandContinuum Scale Simulation of Engineering Materials: Fundamentals - Microstructures - Process Applications
- Advanced Manufacturing Processes FINAL PresentationAdvanced Manufacturing Processes FINAL Presentation
- Design of FRP-Profiles & All-FRP-Structures (2009) - Presentation PDFDesign of FRP-Profiles & All-FRP-Structures (2009) - Presentation PDF
- Modeling and Dimensioning of Structures: An IntroductionFrom EverandModeling and Dimensioning of Structures: An Introduction
- Addressing Materials Selection Challenges 02 08 2017Addressing Materials Selection Challenges 02 08 2017
- Introduction To Pultrusion: Previous Page Next Page Top of Page Table of ContentsIntroduction To Pultrusion: Previous Page Next Page Top of Page Table of Contents
- Corrosion Resistant Fiberglass Piping Systems BrochureCorrosion Resistant Fiberglass Piping Systems Brochure
- Microstructural Characterization of MaterialsFrom EverandMicrostructural Characterization of Materials
- Turbine Thermal Appraisal: A Spreadsheet ApproachFrom EverandTurbine Thermal Appraisal: A Spreadsheet Approach
- Spot Welding Interview Success: An Introduction to Spot WeldingFrom EverandSpot Welding Interview Success: An Introduction to Spot Welding
- Lecture 26-03-2009 Introduction To Fiberglass Pipe SystemsLecture 26-03-2009 Introduction To Fiberglass Pipe Systems
- Bondstrand 2400 Series Product Data: Uses and ApplicationsBondstrand 2400 Series Product Data: Uses and Applications
- ISA Handbook of Measurement, Equations and Tables, Second EditionFrom EverandISA Handbook of Measurement, Equations and Tables, Second Edition
- RF and Microwave Engineering: Fundamentals of Wireless CommunicationsFrom EverandRF and Microwave Engineering: Fundamentals of Wireless Communications
- 18-SAMSS-006 - Specifications of Standalone Submarine Fiber Optic Cable18-SAMSS-006 - Specifications of Standalone Submarine Fiber Optic Cable
- Digital Filters Design for Signal and Image ProcessingFrom EverandDigital Filters Design for Signal and Image Processing
- The Fiberbond® Engineering Guide: Engineered Composite Piping SystemsThe Fiberbond® Engineering Guide: Engineered Composite Piping Systems
- Modeling Human-Structure Interaction Using a Controller SystemFrom EverandModeling Human-Structure Interaction Using a Controller System
- MAR2021 - Composites - Lecture 3 - Material CharacteristicsMAR2021 - Composites - Lecture 3 - Material Characteristics
- Collapse analysis of externally prestressed structuresFrom EverandCollapse analysis of externally prestressed structures
- Transmission line structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) compositeTransmission line structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) composite
- K.D.R.I.Kathriachchi: Proposed Factory DPLG at BiyagamaK.D.R.I.Kathriachchi: Proposed Factory DPLG at Biyagama
- Data Models: Feature or Cartogaphic Object in The GIS, andData Models: Feature or Cartogaphic Object in The GIS, and
- General Instructions 700 & 800 Series Models: LightninGeneral Instructions 700 & 800 Series Models: Lightnin